Specifications for the Construction of 1.0-MG Prestressed Concrete Reservoir - High Tod Drive - March 1990 S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
F O R T H E
C 0 N S T R U C T I 0 N O F
1. 0 MG
P R E S T R E S S E D C 0 N C R E T E
R E S E R V O I R
S. W. High Tor Drive
between 141st and 144th
FOR
PROF�SJ, TIGARD WATER DISTRICT
��tic*G1NF� 8777 SW Burnham Street
7149 9 Tigard, Oregon 97223
Phone; 1-503-639-1554
OREGO
16, ,9^
FRT E gP
MARCH 1990
F 0 R E W A R D
The specifications in their entirety are prepared in
parts, numbered I thru V. Parts I, II, and III are bound
together herein while Parts IV and V, along with detailed
drawings, although bound separately, are hereby made a part
of the complete documents with the same force and effect as
though all parts and plans referred to therein were under
one binding.
The documents and proposals which appear herein or for
which provisions are made must be used in submitting pro-
posals for construction of the 1. 0-MG prestressed concrete
reservoir for Tigard Water District, Washington County,
Oregon as defined by the plans and specifications therefore.
The general classification of each part is as listed
below:
PART I. . . . . . . . .PROPOSAL FORMS AND ALLIED
DOCUMENTS
PART II. . . . . . . . . INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PART III. . . . . . . . .GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART IV. . . . . . . . .SPECIAL PROVISIONS
PART V. . . . . . . . .TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
NOTE: A conditional use permit (#71-44-V) to construct this
reservoir was granted by Washington County on March 10, 1971.
However, this permit was cancelled in early 1982 when new
codes were established by the county. Another application
has been submitted to the county for approval. It is believed
that no problems will be encountered in acquiring this permit
prior to the proposed starting date for construction, July 1,
1990. If, for some reason, this permit process should delay
or cancel construction of the reservoir, the owner shall not
be held liable.
PART I
(a) Public Notice as advertised
(b) Notice to Contractors
(c) Proposal Forms
(d) Typical forms for Performance Bond,
Certificate of Insurance, and
Agreement
(e) Booklet on Prevailing Wage Rages
PUBLIC NOTICE
REQUEST FOR BIDS
1.0-MG RESERVOIR
Written sealed bids will be received by Administrator John
P. Miller, Tigard Water District, Washington County, Oregon, until
1:00 P. m. , PST, Monday, April 9, 1990, for the excavation, con-
struction, and backfill of a 1.0-MG prestressed concrete reservoir
to be located at the summit of Bull Mountain, SW High Tor Drive,
between 141st and 144th Avenues, Tigard, Oregon. Bids received
after that time and date will not be considered.
The reservoir will have a diameter of 84 feet (O.D. ) and height
of 25 feet. Extensive shoring will be required for construction.
Construction is scheduled to begin no later than July 1, 1990.
No bids will be received or considered by the Board of
Commissioners unless the bid contains a statement by the bidder as
a part of its bid that the provisions of ORS 279.350 (Prevailing
Rate of Wage) are to be complied with.
Bidders shall comply with Chapter 279, ORS, as well as any
changes and amendments thereto. Prospective bidders must be pre-
qualified in accordance with ORS using regular AGC forms. To be
eligible to bid on this project, prequalification forms must be
received at the district office, 8777 SW Burnham Street, Tigard,
Oregon, not later than March 29, 1990. Class of work is general
construction of reinforced concrete structures. The decision of
the Board of Commissioners with respect to qualifications of
prospective bidders is final.
One set of drawings, specifications, and forms of contract
documents may be obtained at the district office after 1:00 p. m. ,
Friday, March 16, 1990. A non-refundable fee of $25 will be
charged for each set.
PUBLIC NOTICE -- Page 1
PUBLIC NOTICE: (Continued)
A surety bond, cashier's check, or certified check in the
amount of 100 of the amount bid for the contract shall be
attached to the bid.
Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at the regular
meeting by a member of the Board of Commissioners at the Tigard
Water District office, located as noted above, at 7:30 p. m. ,
Tuesday, April 10, 1990.
Each bid must contain a statement as to whether the bidder
is a resident bidder as defined in ORS 279.029.
The Board of Commissioners, Tigard Water District, may
reject any bid not in compliance with all prescribed public
bidding procedures and requirements, and may reject for good
cause any or all bids upon a finding of the district it is in
the public interest to do so.
Neither the contractor nor subcontractor(s) need be licensed
under ORS 468.883 (Asbestos Abatement Projects) .
JOHN P. MILLER
Administrator
TIGARD WATER DISTRICT
Phone: (503) 639-1554
PUBLIC NOTICE -- Page 2
Publish: THE TIGARD TIMES: March 15, 1990
DAILY JOURNAL OF COMMERCE: March 13 & 14, 1990
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
CONSTRUCTION OF
1. 0-MG RESERVOIR
FOR TIGARD WATER DISTRICT, WASHINGTON COUNTY, OREGON
Sealed proposals will be received by Administrator
John P. Miller at the office of Tigard Water District,
8777 SW Burnham Street, Tigard, Oregon 97223, until
1: 00 pm, PST, Monday, April 9, 1990 for the construction
of:
1. 0-MG Prestressed Concrete Reservoir
The contractor for this work shall furnish all labor,
equipment, materials (except as noted) , and services of
all kinds to complete the work in accordance with plans
and specifications therefore.
Plans and specifications may be examined or copies
obtained at the office of Tigard Water District at a cost
of $25 per set non-refundable.
Note: Construction site is located at the summit of
Bull Mountain on SW High Tor Drive, between 141st and 144th
Avenues, Tigard, Oregon. Construction includes excavation,
construction of reservoir, and backfill. Contractor is
cautioned to read very carefully the provisions pertaining
to shoring for the excavation. It is planned that construc-
tion will start on or about July 1, 1990.
Notice to Contractors - Page 1
(ATTACH THIS FORM TO THE BOUND CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS AND SUBMIT, COMPLETE, WITH THE BID)
PREQUALIFICATION
You are hereby notified that
(Name of Bidder)
has been prequalified in accordance with
ORS 279 to submit this proposal.
(Administrator) (Date)
Tigard Water District
PROPOSAL
TO: Tigard Water District
ADDRESS: 8777 SW Burnham Street
Tigard, Oregon 97223
TITLE: 1. 0-MG Prestressed Concrete Reservoir
BIDDER:
CONTRACTOR' S
LICENSE NO. (Where required by law)
DATE:
BIDDER' S DECLARATION AND UNDERSTANDING
The undersigned, hereinafter called the bidder, declares
that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal
are those named herein, that this proposal is, in all respects,
fair and without fraud, that it is made without collusion with
any official of the owner, and that the proposal is made without
any connection or collusion with any person making another
proposal on this contract.
PROPOSAL
-1-
The bidder further declares that he has carefully examined
the contract documents for the construction of the project, that
he has personally inspected the site, that he has satisfied him-
self as to the quantities involved, including materials and
equipment, and conditions of work involved, including the fact
that the description of the quantities of work and materials,
as included herein, is brief and is intended only to indicate
the general nature of the work and to identify the said quantities
with the detailed requirements of the contract documents, and that
this proposal is made according to the provisions and under the
terms of the contract documents, which documents are hereby made
a part of this proposal.
The bidder further declares that the provisions required
by ORS 279. 350 relating to prevailing wage rates shall be included
in his contract. (Prevailing Wage Rates document attached hereto) .
The bidder further agrees that he has exercised his own judg-
ment regarding the interpretation of subsurface information and
has utilized all data which he . believes pertinent from the
engineer, owner, and other sources in arriving at his con-
clusions.
CONTRACT EXECUTION AND BONDS
The bidder agrees that if this proposal is accepted, he will,
within ten (10) days, not including Sundays and legal holidays,
after notice to award, sign the contract in the form annexed
hereto, and will at that time, deliver to the owner the performance
bond required herein, and will to the extent of his proposal,
furnish all machinery, tools, apparatus, and other means of con-
struction and do the work and furnish all the materials necessary
to complete the work in the manner, in the time, and according to
the methods as specified in the contract documents and required
by the architect hereunder.
START OF CONSTRUCTION AND CONTRACT COMPLETION TIME
The bidder further agrees to begin work within ten (10)
calendar days after the date of the "Notice to Proceed" from
owner and to complete the construction of the project, in all
respects, within 240 calendar days after the date of the execu-
tion of the contract by the owner or "Notice to Proceed" which-
ever occurs later.
PROPOSAL
-2-
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
In the event the bidder is awarded the contract and
shall fail to complete the work within the time limit or
extended time limit agreed upon, as more particularly set
forth in the contract documents, liquidated damages shall
be paid to the owner at the rate of $300 per day for all
work awarded under one contract until the work shall have
been finished as provided by the contract documents.
Sundays and legal holidays shall be excluded in determining
days in default.
RECIPROCAL PREFERENCE LAW
ORS 279. 029 requires that public contracting agencies,
in determining the lowest responsible bidder, to add a per-
cent increase to each out-of-state bidder' s bid price which
is equal to the percent of preference given to local bidders
in that bidder' s home state. In other words, if the low
bidder is from a state that grants a 10 percent preference
to local bidders, Tigard Water District must add 10 percent
to that bidder' s bid price when evaluating the bid.
TIME LIMIT ON PROPOSAL
The proposal contained herein, and bid price, is valid
for a period of ninety (90) days after the bid-opening date.
It is agreed that if the bidder is awarded the contract
for the work herein proposed and shall fail or refuse to
execute the contract and furnish the specified contract bond
within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of notice of
award, then, in that event, the bid security deposited here-
with, according to the conditions of the 'advertisement for
bids' and ' information for bidders ' shall be retained by the
owner as liquidated damages; and it is agreed that the said
sum is a fair measure of the amount of damage the owner will
sustain in case the bidder shall fail or refuse to enter
into the contract for the said work and to furnish the con-
tract bond as specified in the contract documents. Bid
security in the form of a certified check shall be subject
to the same requirements as a bid bond.
PROPOSAL
-3-
BIDDER BREAKDOWN OF LUMP SUM BID
For the sole purpose of facilitating monthly progress
payment, the following breakdown of the total lump sum bid
is to be given. If so requested by the engineer, the con-
tractor will substantiate any price or prices with further
information. In the event of discrepancy between the written
lump sum stated in article 'Lump Sum Bid' and the arithmetic
total of the following bidder breakdown, the lump sum stated
in writing shall have precedence.
(The bidder must submit with this
proposal the figures called for
below)
TITLE AMOUNT
Bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Move-in and Temporary Facilities. . . . . . $
Earthwork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Underdrain System and Concrete Pipe. . . $
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. . . . . . . . $
Concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
ReinforcingSteel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Expansion and Construction Joints. . . . . $
Wall Base and Top Joints. . . . . . . . . . . . . .$
Prestressing, Sandblast & Shotcrete. . . $
Fabricated metalwork and
Miscellaneous Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . .$
TOTAL LUMP SUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .'$
PROPOSAL
-4-
SUBCONTRACTOR
The bidder further certifies that the subcontracting firm
listed below will be awarded the subcontract for the prestressing,
sandblasting and shotcreting of the reservoir in the event that
the bidder is awarded the contract; he further certifies that
the subcontractor meets all the qualifications of these specifi-
cations, proof of which is enclosed herewith, as called for in
the specifications.
(Name)
(Address)
OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS
Other subcontractors or suppliers are listed below:
Concrete:
Steel Reinforcing:
OTHER INFORMATION
Bidders are required to submit the following information
with their bids:
a. The name (s) of the proposed superintendent who will be
in direct charge of the project for the full duration of the
contract:
b. A list of reservoir jobs successfully completed by each
of the superintendents listed, which shall include a job descrip-
tion, the name and address of the Owner and the Consultant, and
the approximate completion date.
PROPOSAL
-5-
BID OPENING
All bids from prequalified contractors will be opened
and read aloud at the regular meeting of the Board of
Commissioners at 7: 30 p.m. , Tuesday, April 10, 1990.
LUMP SUM BID
The bidder agrees to accept as full payment for work
proposed under this project as herein specified and as
shown on the plans, based upon the undersigned' s own
estimate of quantities and costs, the following lump sum
of:
Dollars
and Cents
(amount written in words has precedence)
Total Lump Sum
Signed:
Date:
PROPOSAL
-6-
SURETY
If the bidder is awarded a construction contract on this
proposal, the surety who provides the contract bond will be
whose address is
(Street) (City (State
(Zip Code) The name of the bidder submitting this proposal is
doing business at
(Street)
(City) (State) � Zip Code)
which is the address to which all communications concerned with
this proposal and with the contract shall be sent.
The names of the principal officers of the corporation submitting
this proposal, or of the partnership, or of all persons interested
in this proposal as principals are as follows:
IF SOLE PROPRIETOR OR PARTNERSHIP
IN WITNESS HERETO the undersigned has set his (its) hand this
day of 19
Signature of Bidder
Title
IF CORPORATION
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned corporation has caused this
instrument to be executed and its seal affixed by its duly
authorized officers this day of 19
(SEAL)
Name of Corporation
By
Title
Attest
(Secretary)
PROPOSAL
-7-
PERFORMANCE BOND*
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we,
the -official name, form of
organization, and address of the Contractor and, if partnership, name of.partners as
Principal, and
the name and address of the surety
a corporation, duly authorized to do business in the State of .
a Surety,are jointly and severally held and bound unto
the name and address of the Owner
in the sum of
-`the tbasic contract price, both in words ane iCures
for the payment of which we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND IS SUCH THAT
WHEREAS , the Principal herein, on the
(name of the Contractor)
day of 19 , entered into a contract with
(the official name of
the Obligee herein, which contract consists of
Owner
list of the Contract Documents as named in
the contract, including the contract itself)
all as hereto attached and made a part hereof, whereby said Principal undertakes to do all labor,
furnish all plant and equipment, and furnish all material in accordance with all the terms and
conditions set forth in said Contract Documents; and promptly to make payment for all labor,
services, and material and ray sums due the State of for industrial accident
Performance Bond - 1
insurance; .and to sive harmless the Obligee from any claims for damages or injury to property or
persons arising by reason of said work, as set out more fully in said Contract Documents;and to
do and perform all things in said Contract Documents required, in the time and manner and
unJer the terms and conditions therein set forth; and in conformity with all laws, state and
national, applicable thereto.
NOW, THEREFORE, if said Principal herein shall promptly pay all persons furnishing labor,
services, material or insurance to said Principal, or to his subcontractors,or to their assigns,on or
about said work; and shall save harmless the Oblige-., its officers and agents, from all claims
therefor, or from any claim for damages or injury to property or persons arising by reason of said
work; and shall in the time and manner, and under the terms and conditions prescribed,well and
faithfully do, perform, and furnish all matters and things as by them in said contract undertaken,
and as by law, state and national prescribed, then this obligation shall be void, but otherwise it
shall remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is subject to the following, further conditions:
(a) All matvrlal men and all persons who shall supply such laborers, mechanics or
subcontractors with material,supplies, or provisions for carrying on such work, shall have a direct
right of action against the Principal and Surety on this bond, second only to the right of the
Obligee under this bond, which right of action shall be asserted in proceedings instituted in the
appropriate court of the State of , and insofar as permitted by the laws of
such right of action shall be asserted in a proceeding instituted in the name
of the Obligee to the use and benefit of the person, firm or corporation instituting such action
and of all persons, firms,or corporations having claims hereunder, and any other person,firm,or
corporation having a'claim hereunder shall have the right to be made a party to such proceeding
(but not later than six months after the complete performance of said contract and final
settlement and judgment rendered thereon).
(b) In no event shall the Surety be liable for a greater sum than the penalty of this bond, or
subject to any suit, action, or proceeding thereon that is instituted later than the period of time
allowed by the ;applicable State or Federal regulation, after the complete performance of said
contract and final settlement thereof.
(c) Said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of
time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed
thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on
this bones, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration,or
addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
Performance [fond - 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have caused this Bond to be executed in
this day of ' 19
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
Principal
Witnesses:
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
Surety
Countersigned:
**
Resident Agent
'Note: This form is subject to the approval or change by the attorney or other person authorized
to represent the Owner.
**Note: The attorney-in-fact (resident agent) who executes the
bond in behalf of the surety must attach to the bond a
copy of his power of attorney notarized and effectively
dated.
Performance Bond -3
i �,q7..
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
This is to certify to:
That the following described policy or policies have been issued to:,
(Name and address of insured)
By the Name and address of insurance company
Description of contract:
Llmits.of Policy Expiration
Type of Coverage Liability Number Date
1. Workmen's Compensation Statutory
2. Employers' Liability $
Bodily Injury 15roperty amaga*
3-. Comprehensive General
Liability
A. Premises& Operations S
B: Blanket Contractual $ S
Independent $
C. Subcontractors $ R
Products Liability and $ $
D. Completed Operations $ $
4. Comprehensive Automobile 3 $""""'
Liability (owned, hired et $ $
non-owned)
5. Builder's All frisk
Expires 12:01 AM standard time at the address of named insured stated herein..
*Indicate the following property damage liability features
Yes No
1. "Broadform" including occurrence and care,custody, and control
2. Explosion,collapse, and underground damage exclusions
The insurer agrees that it mill notify in writing,
of any material change, expiration, or cancellation of t;ie above described policies not less than
30 days before stich chane, expiration, or cancellation becomes effective. It is further agreed the
above named Owner, Ills officers, agents (including the Engineer) and employees are included as
additional named insureds but only as respects the performance of the above described contract.
Name of-insurance company
Date:
Authorized Representative
N R
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day
of June 1990, by and between
hereinafter called the "Contractor" and TIGARD WATER DISTRICT,
8777 SW Burnham Street, Tigard, Oregon 97223, hereinafter
called the "Owner. "
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, pursuant to the invitation of the Owner, the
Contractor did submit to the Owner a proposal containing an
offer which was invited; and
WHEREAS, the Owner has heretofore determined that said
offer was the lowest and best submitted:
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:
First: That the Contractor shall supply all labor and
material necessary to perform and comply in every way with the
requirements of those certain plans and specifications entitled:
Construction of
1. 0-MG Reservoir
Second: That in consideration of faithful compliance
with the terms and conditions of this agreement the Owner
shall pay to the Contractor at the times and in the manner
provided in said specifications the total sum of
Third: That the Contractor shall perform all work in
accordance with the plans and specifications within 240 days
after the effective date of "Notice to Proceed" , subject to
the penalties for non-compliance as outlined in the specifi-
cations. Time is of the essence to this Agreement.
Fourth: That the Contractor shall ensure that all
workers employed under this Agreement shall be paid the
prevailing wage rate (s) as defined in ORS 279. 352 and as
contained in the attached booklet. Tigard Water District
is hereby authorized to pay wages against funds due to the
Contractor in the event the contractor or subcontractor
fails to make prompt payment (OAR 839-16-020) . Contractor
agrees to comply with the requirements of ORS 279. 354 and
OAR 839-16-010 for filing certified payroll statements.
AGREEMENT - Page 1 of 2 Pages
AGREEMENT (Continued)
Fifth: That the Contractor shall show evidence to the Owner
of carrying Liability and Property Damage Insurance coverage as
referred to on Page GC-24 and Page GC-25 of the General Conditions
Section of the Specifications, prior to owners issurance of the
notice to proceed.
Sixth: That the Contractor shall within ten (10) days from
the date of notification by the Owner that this Agreement is ready
for signature and before commencing work thereunder, furnish to
the Owner and maintain in force during the continuance of this
contract a performance bond satisfactory to the Owner in the full
amount of the contract price for the faithful performance of this
contract in all respects, and no contract shall be binding until
the said bond is furnished and approved by the Owner, and if said
bond is not so furnished within ten days herein specified, the
contract may be immediately terminated without any notice of fur-
ther action by either party and the proposed guaranty shall be
forfeited.
Seven: That the contract documents which are made a part of
this Agreement by actual attachment or by this reference thereto
are as follows:
1. The Detailed Plans titled: "Tigard Water District,
Construction of 1. 0-MG Prestessed Concrete Reservoir, " including
the specifications thereto, together with those which may be
issued as supplements thereto.
2 . The Proposal of the Contractor which was submitted to
Tigard Water District on , 1990, the original of which
is on file at the said district office, and
3 . Pages GC-01 through Page GC-42 of the General Conditions,
including those sections covering insurance requirements, and
4. Special Provisions SP-01 through SP-30, and Technical
Provisions specifications, and
5. Attached booklet entitled "Prevailing Wage Rates for
Public Works Contracts in Oregon, " effective January 1, 1990.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Contractor and said Owner have caused
this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.
TIGARD WATER DISTRICT
By:
Chairman
Board of Commissioners
By:
Treasurer
Board of Commissioners
AGREEMENT - Page 2 of 2 Pages
PREVAILING WAGE RATES
for
Public Works Contracts in Oregon
O �
Y,
O
THE UNI N - #
Ig59
�o
, a
1e�4
Mary Wendy Roberts
Commissioner Effective January 1 , 1990
Bureau of Labor and Industries
BUREAU OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES
Mary Roberts, Commissioner
.of
January 1 , 1990
This booklet contains the Prevailing Wage Rates for the building and
construction trades in the State of Oregon. These rates are effective
January 1 , 1990. These rates have been amended in accordance with ORS
279.348 through ORS 279.365.
Prevailing Wage Rates are the minimum wages that must be paid to all
workers employed in the construction, reconstruction, major renovation or
painting of any public works. Copies of these rates must be incorporated
into all bid specifications when the advertisement for a public works
contract is issued. A provision that Prevailing Wage Rates be paid must
also be put in the contract. The rates in effect at the time the bid
specifications are first advertised are those that apply for the duration
of the project, with one exception; if during the bidding process the
Prevailing Wage Rates change, the public contracting agency has the
option of amending the bid specifications to reflect such changes.
If you identify any errors in the rates published, please bring them to
the attention of the Prevailing Wage Rate specialist in Portland
(229-6655). If you have any questions about the manner in which the
Prevailing Wage Rates are enforced, contact the Wage and Hour Division in
Portland (229-5750).
RY WENDY ROBERTS
Commissioner
Bureau of Labor and Industries
PORTLAND SALEM EUGENE
1400 SW 5th Avenue 3865 Wolverine St.NE;E-1 165 E.7th Street,Suite 220
Portland,Oregon 97201 Salem,Oregon 97310 Eugene,Oregon 97401
MEDFORD COOS BAY BEND PENDLETON
700 E.Main 320 Central Ave.,Suite 510 1250 NE 3rd,Suite 8105 700 SE Emigrant,Suite 240
Medford,Oregon 97504 Coos Bay,Oregon 97420 Bend,Oregon 97701 Pendleton,Oregon 97801
AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER
ANNOUNCEMENT
The Prevailing Wage Rates contained in this booklet generally reflect those
rates determined for Oregon by the Secretary of Labor of the United States
pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act; certain changes have been made to better
relect prevailing practices in Oregon. Pursuant to ORS 279.348 to ORS
279.365, these rates have been adopted for use on public works contracts in
Oregon. If you have specific questions regarding how rates are determined or
if you would like a copy of this booklet, please contact:
Prevailing Wage Rate Analyst
Bureau of Labor and Industries
1400 S. W. 5th Avenue,
Portland, OR 97201
(503)229-6655
The first copy is free. Additional copies are available for 75¢ each.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Information in this section and in the "Commonly Asked Questions" is meant to
provide a convenient reference to Oregon ' s Prevailing Wage Rate Law. It is in
no way a complete statement of the laws and rules.
If you have questions about the enforcement of Prevailing Wage Rates , please
contact the Wage and Hour Division. Division offices may be reached at the
following phone numbers:
Bend 388-6330
Eugene 686-7623
Medford 776-6201
Pendleton 276-7884
Portland 229-5750
Salem 378-3292
Apprentices and Trainees
Apprentices and trainees may be employed on public works. To qualify as an
apprentice or trainee, the worker must be registered in a bonafide
apprenticeship or training program of the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training (BAT) or with any State Apprenticeship and
Training Agency recognized by BAT. The apprentice or trainee is to receive
all fringe benefits and a percentage of the journeyman's wage rate; the
appropriate percentage shall be determined by the apprenticeship or training
committee. All other workers must receive rates as published.
Zone Pay
In certain trades, the basic hourly rate of pay progressively increases based
upon the distance between the job site and a designated landmark; this is
commonly referred to as zone pay. To determine the hourly wage, find the
correct zone based on the number of road miles the job site is from the
closest designated city (based either on distance from city hall or from
geographical center of the city, depending on the trade) and add the amount
for that zone to the basic hourly rate. Zone pay, unlike travel pay, is the
basic hourly wage upon which overtime is computed.
January 1990 Page 1
Bid Specifications
The specifications for every public works contract must include the current
Prevailing Wage Rates in effect at the time the specifications are first
advertised. A statement incorporating the existing rates by reference will
not satisfy this requirement (ORS 279.352) .
NOTE: If a public agency fails to include the Prevailing Wage Rates in the
contract specifications or fails to include in the contract the
provision that Prevailing Wage Rates must be paid, the liability for
any unpaid prevailing wages could be exclusively that of the agency.
Fringe Benefits
Payments for fringe benefits are in addition to the basic hourly rate. Fringe
benefits means the amount for:
a) medical or hospital care; pensions on retirement or death;
compensation for injuries or illness resulting from an occupational
activity, or insurance to provide any of the foregoing;
b) unemployment benefits, life insurance, disability and sickness
insurance or accident insurance;
c) vacation and holiday pay;
d) defraying costs of apprenticeship or other similar programs ; and
e) other such bona fide benefits.
NOTE: For the purpose of Prevailing Wage Rates, fringe benefits do not
include any benefits which may be required by federal , state or local
law (e.g. Workers ' Compensation, Unemployment Insurance, etc . ) .
Fringe benefits may be paid to the worker in cash or to a third party
administering a fringe benefit program. When an hourly rate in excess of the
required prevailing base rate is paid, the amount by which the rate is
exceeded may be credited toward payment of fringe benefits.
Overtime
Workers employed on a public works job for more than eight hours in a day or
40 hours in a week must be paid overtime for each additional hour so worked
(ORS 279.334) . Overtime is calculated at no less than one and one-half times
the basic hourly rate as determined by the Commissioner of Labor (not
including fringe benefits which are paid at the straight rate for every hour
worked) . In the computation of overtime, travel pay does not need to be
included but zone pay differentials do.
Work performed on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays must also be compensated
at time and one-half. Legal holidays for purposes of Prevailing Wage Rates
include the following: 1 ) New Year' s Day on January 1 ; 2) Memorial Day on the
last Monday in May; 3) Independence Day on July 4; 4) Labor Day on the first
Monday in September; 5) Thanksgiving Day on the fourth Thursday in November;
6) Christmas Day on December 25.
NOTE: Contractors who are signatory to a collective bargaining agreement
may be subject to different overtime requirements (ORS 279.334[31) .
Page 2 January 1990
Certification of Payroll
The law requires every contractor and subcontractor to file certain
information on wages paid to each worker employed on a public works contract.
This statement must completely and accurately reflect payroll records for the
work week immediately preceding the submission. A contractor or subcontractor
must complete and submit the certified statement contained on Form WH-38 as
well as the information required on the weekly payroll side of the form. A
copy of Form WH-38 and instructions for completing it are included in the back
of this booklet; xeroxed copies may be used for filing.
The schedule for submitting payroll information is as follows: once within 15
days of the date the contractor or subcontractor first began work on the
project and once before the final inspection of the project by the public
contracting agency; in addition, for proiects exceeding 90 days, submissions
are to be made at 90 day intervals. Payroll information is to be filed with
both the public contracting agency and the Wage and Hour Division, Bureau of
Labor and Industries, 1400 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97201 . The
payroll information must be kept by the contractor and or subcontractor for
three years.
COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS
1 ) What are "Prevailing Wage Rates?"
A prevailing wage rate is the minimum wage, including fringe benefits to
be paid workers employed on contracts for public works. Different rates
are established for specific trades and specific geographical areas .
2) Who must be Paid "Prevailing Wage Rates?"
All employees of a contractor or subcontractor engaged on a public works
project when the total price of the project is $10,000 or more must
receive at least the Prevailing Wage Rate (PWR) for time worked on the
project, unless otherwise exempt.
Supervisory and office/clerical employees are not required to be paid the
PWR. A person who owns and operates his/her own truck or other hauling
equipment on construction projects (Owner/Operator) is not required to be
paid the PWR.
3) What about contracts when Federal funds are used?
When more than $2,000 of federal funds are involved, the contract is
usually subject to the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act, not Oregon
statutes. Further information may be obtained from the U.S. Department of
Labor, Wage and Hour Division, Portland, Oregon (221-3057) . However, in
the event that federal funds are involved, but the contract is not
regulated under Davis-Bacon, Oregon's Prevailing Wage Rates Statutes may
apply (ORS 279.348 - 279.365) .
January 1990 Page 3
COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS (Continued)
4) I don't have a pension fund How do I calculate fringe benefits?
Workers must receive at a minimum the sum of the basic hourly rate plus
all fringe benefits for each hour worked on a public works contract.
Fringe benefits may be paid either to a third party trust account or in
cash directly to the worker.
5) What if the employees are not paid on an hourly basis?
All workers must receive at least the basic hourly rate of wage and fringe
benefits for each hour worked on the project. If an employee is paid
other than on an hourly basis, the equivalent hourly rate (for both wages
and fringe benefits) must still be at least equal to the rates published.
6) How do I classify workers?
Virtually all of the job classifications/trades normally used in the
construction industry are represented by the job classifications used in
this PWR publication. These classification titles should be used
according to common practice. Try to fit your workers into existing
classifications. If you have questions about how to classify workers,
contact the Wage and Hour Division at 229-5750 in Portland or at one of
the offices listed on page 1 of this booklet.
Laborers who do basic work requiring no specific skills, training or
knowledge are generally classified as Group 1 Laborers.
(Note that Landscapers are classified as Laborers, and Ornamental
Ironworkers are classified as Ironworkers.)
7) When are new rates determined? How long are they effective?
Prevailing Wage Rates are determined once each year by the Commissioner of
the Bureau of Labor and Industries. The Commissioner may amend the rates
at any time. The rates are usually amended at least once each year. The
rates in effect at the time the bid specifications are first advertised
are those that apply for the duration of the contract, with one
exception. If during the bidding process the prevailing wage rate
changes, the public contracting agency (not the contractor) has the option
of amending the bid specifications to reflect such change.
S) How do I post Prevailing Wage Rates?
Every contractor or subcontractor employing workers on a public works
project is required to post the applicable Prevailing Wage Rates in a
conspicuous and accessible place in or about the work-site.
Rates need to be posted for the duration of the job. Contractors and
subcontractors who intentionally fail to post the PWR can be made
ineligible to receive any public works contract for up to three years.
Page 4 January 1990
COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS (Continued)
9) What can I do about a contractor who is not Complying
law? with Oregon ' s PWR
File a complaint with the nearest office of the Oregon Bureau of Labor and
Industries or contact the Wage and Hour Division, Bureau of Labor and
Industries, 1400 S.W. 5th Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97201 (229-5750) .
Other Bureau offices are located in Bend (388-6330) , Coos Bay (269-4575) ,
Eugene (686-7623) , Medford (776-6013) , Pendleton (276-7884) and Salem
(378-3292) . You may also complain to the contracting agency, which has
the contractual authority to pay PWR claims directly to a contractor's or
subcontractor's workers (ORS 279.314) .
10) What happens to contractors who do not comply with PWR statutes?
Contractors and subcontractors who pay less than the Prevailing Wage Rates
may be liable to the workers affected for the amount found due plus an
equal amount as liquidated damages (ORS 279.356) . Contracting agencies
also have the contractual authority to withhold payments due or to be due
to the contractor or subcontractor in order to pay the unpaid prevailing
wages directly to the worker (ORS 279.314) .
Contractors and subcontractors who intentionally refuse to pay the
Prevailing Wage Rate to workers employed on public works or to post the
PWR on the job site may be determined to be ineligible to receive any
public works contracts for a period of up to three years (ORS 279.361 ) .
Workers employed by the contractor or subcontractors have a right of
action against the surety of the prime contractor for any unpaid
prevailing wages.
A list is kept of all contractors, subcontractors, and other persons
ineligible to receive public works contracts and subcontracts. When a
contractor or subcontractor is a corporation, the individual officers and
agents of the corporation can be debarred, in addition to the
corporation. As a result, individuals who intentionally fail to pay or
Post the PWR are prevented from simply moving from one corporation to
another.
11 ) How much do I pay apprentices?
To qualify as an apprentice, the worker must be registered in a bona fide
apprenticeship program of the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training (BAT) or with any State Apprenticeship Agency
recognized by BAT. The apprentice is to receive all fringe benefits and a
percentage of the journeyman 's wage rate; the appropriate percentage shall
be determined by the apprenticeship committee. All other workers receive
rates as published.
January 1990 Page 5
COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS (Continued)
12) What records must I keep? For how long?
Contractors and subcontractors are required to keep records necessary for
determining if Prevailing Wage Rates were paid. These records must
include the Payroll and Certified Statement Form (WH-38) as well as the
following: The name and address of each employee; the work
classification(s) of each employee; the rate(s) of wages and fringe
benefits paid to each employee; the rate(s) of fringe benefit payments
made in lieu of those required to be provided to each employee; total
daily and weekly compensation paid to each employee; daily and weekly
hours worked by each employee; apprenticeship and training agreements; any
payroll and other such records pertaining to the employment of employees
upon a public works contract.
These need to be kept for a period of three (3) years from the completion
of the public work contract. Records relating to public works contracts
must be maintained separately from records relating to private
projects/contracts.
13) What forms are public agencies required to file with the Bureau of Labor
and Industries?
Public agencies are required to prepare and file with the Commissioner of
the Bureau of Labor and Industries a list of every public improvement that
the agency intends to fund during the subsequent budget period
(ORS 279.023[2]) . If, after the original filing, the agency plans
additional public improvements, a revised list is to be submitted
(OAR 839-16-008[21) .
The "Notice of Award of Public Works Contract" is to be filed with the
Wage and Hour Division within 30 days of the date when a contract is
awarded which requires the payment of Prevailing Wage Rates (i .e. , is
regulated under ORS 279.348 to 279.365) .
Copies of the "Planned Public Improvement Summary" (Form No. WH-118) , the
"Capital Improvement Project Cost Comparison Estimate" (WH-119) , and the
"Notice of Award of Public Works Contract" (WH-81 ) can be found at the
back of this booklet.
14) Does a contracting agency have any power to enforce payment of Prev�
Wage Rates on its public works projects?
Yes. According to ORS 279.314, all public contracts for work or services
must contain a clause or condition permitting the contracting agency to
pay a worker's past due wage claim, charging the payment against funds due
or to become due to the contractor.
Page 6 January 1990
BASIC BASIC
TRADES HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE
RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS
ASBESTOS WORKERS BRICKLAYERS/Stonemasons
Installation of insulation on Area 1
mec anica systems* 18.63 4.33
Journeyman Asbestos Worker Area 2 18.00 4.37
o Projects in buildings which Area 1
are not used for manufact- Baker Hood River Polk
urine, manufacturing services Wallowa
Clackamas Malheur (a) Sherman Wasco (b)
or similar processes (Offices, Clatsop Marion Tillamook Washington
schools, laboratories, etc.) 16.65 4.03 Columbia Morrow Umatilla Yamhill
o Projects in buildings which Gilliam Multnomah Union
are used for manufacturing, Area 2
manufacturing services and
similar process (water Benton Douglas Josephine Linn
treatment plants, electrical Crook Grant Klamath Malheur (c)
generating plants, road main- Coos Harney Lake Wasco (d)
tenance shops, etc.) Curry Jackson Lane Wheeler
o Contracts and subcontracts Deschutes Jefferson Lincoln
less than $100,000 17.25 4.03 a) North half
b) North of the City of Maupin
o Contracts and subcontracts c) South half
of $100,000 or more 18.16 4.03 d) Including the City of Maupin and South
Removal of insulation on mechanical thereof
systems* which are not going to be CARPENTERS (see page 11)
scrapped.**
o Hazardous Materials Handler CEMENT MASONS
Mechanic (in any type ofi Zone 1 (Base Rate):
project regardless of I o Cement Masons 16.79 5.27
value) 12.00 2.45
* o Composition Workers (includes installation
Mechanical systems include pipes boilers
other resinous toppings), and
ducts, flues, breechings, etc. of epoxy
** The removal of all insulation materials Power Mach.
, Oper.
from mechanical systems. is exclusively the 17.13 5.27
work of Asbestos Workers, unless the
mechanical systems are going to be Zone Differential for Cement Masons
scrapped. It does not matter whether the (Add to Zone 1 Rate)
insulation materials contain asbestos.
Laborers do all removal of insulation Zone 2 .65
ma eria s on mechanical systems o e Zone 3 1, 15
scra a an an non-mec anfca wa s Zone 4 1,70
ceilings, oors eams etc. Zone 5 2.15
insulation. TeX also 0 loading of any
insulation materials that have already Zone 1: Projects within 30 miles of City Hall
been removed, bagged and tagged, as well in the cities listed below.
as cleanup at the removal site and all Zone 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40
work done at the disposal site. Laborers miles.
performing asbestos removal are classified Zone 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50
as Group 3 laborers. miles.
BOILERMAKERS Zone 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80
miles.
o Erection and repair of storage tanks, tower Zone 5: More than 80 miles.
tanks, standpipes, swimming pools and Cities
reservoirs.
20.58 4.80 1 Bend Corvallis Coos Bay Roseburg Eugene
o All other work Pasco The Dalles Medford Longview K. Falls
21.61 4.80 Salem Pendleton Astoria Portland Newport
i
January 1990 Page 7
BASIC BASIC
HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE
TRADES RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS
DIVERS & DIVERS' TENDERS ELECTRICIANS (continued)
o Divers 44.44 3.67 Area 5:
o Divers' Tenders 19.55 3.67 o Electricians 20.75 5. 12
Depth Pay and Enclosure Pay are added to the o Cable Splicers 21.50 5.15
Divers' Basic Hourly Rate to obtain the Total
Hourly Rate for the diver. i Area 6:
BASIC HOURLY HOURLY DIVERS' o Electricians 17.58 4.38
HOURLY + DEPTH + ENCLOSURE = TOTAL o Cable Splicers 19.34 4.43
RATE PAY PAY HOURLY PAY
Area 1 Area 2 Area 2(cont) Area 3
o Divers' Depth Pay Malheur Baker Umatilla Coos
Depth of Dive Hourly Depth Pay Gilliam Union Curry
Grant Wallowa Lincoln
50-100 ft ([total ft- 501 x 1.00)/hr. Morrow Wheeler Douglas (a)
100-150 ft $ 50 + ([total ft-100] x 11.50)/hr. Lane (a)
150-200 ft $125 + ([total ft-150]]] x 2.00)/hr. Area 4 Area 5 Area 6
o Divers' Enclosure Pay(working without vertical
escape) Benton Clackamas Harney
Distance Travelled Crook Clatsop Jackson
In the Enclosure Hourly Enclosure Pay DDeschutes Coodmbiver ia Josephine
Klamath
5 - 50 ft .50/hr Lane (b) Multnomah Lake
50 - 100 ft .63/hr Linn Sherman Douglas (b)
100 - 150 ft 2.13/hr Marion Tillamook
150 - 200 ft 4.63/hr Polk Wasco
200 - 300 ft 4.63 + ([total ft-200]x $.05)/hr Yamhill(c) Washington
300 - 450 ft 9.63 + ([total ft-300]x .10)/hr Yamhill (d)
450 - 600 ft 124.63 + ([total ft-450]x .20)/hr a) Those portions lying west of a line North
and South from the NE corner of Coos County
DREDGING to the SE corner of Lincoln County
b) That portion lying east of a line running
o Leverman-Hydraulic 20.07 5.17 i North and South from the NE corner of Coos
o Leverman-Dipper 20.88 5.17 c) County
th hto the SE corner of Lincoln County
o Asst. Engineer d) North half
(including: Watch
Engineer, Welder
Mechanic, Machinist) 19.45 5. 17 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS
o Tenderman
(Boatman, Attending Area 1
Dredge Plan); Fireman 18.98 5. 17
o Assistant Mate o Mechanic 18.74 4.78 + a
(Deckhand); Oiler 18.58 5. 17 o Helper o Probationary Helper 19.37 4_18 + a
DRYWALL/WETWALL
Area 2
o Drywall (Accoustical and
Drywall Applicator) 16.55 4.02 o Mechanic 19.94 4.78 + a
13.96 4.78 + a
o Wetwall (Lather) 15.30 5.27 o Helper
o Probationary Helper 9.97 -
ELECTRICIANS
a) Plus eX of basic hourly rate for employees with
Area l: more than 5 years of service; 6% of basic hourly
rate for 6 months to 5 years of service.
o Electricians 17.00 3.35 Area 2
o Cable Splicers 18.70 3.43 Area 1
Area 2• Umatilla All
Wallowa Remaining
o Electricians 20.71 5.63 Union Counties
o Cable Splicers 21.75 5.66 Baker
Area 3: 17.15 5.21
Area 4: 17.93 3.41
January 1990 Page 8
BASIC BASIC
TRADES HOURLY FRINGE TRADES HOURLY FRINGE
RATE BENEFITS RATE BENEFITS
GLAZIERS LINE CONSTRUCTION
Area 1 18.12 3.08 Area 1
Area 2 13.76 1.72 -110-ne 1 (Base Rate):
Area 1 Area 2 o Group 1 21.68 4.56
o Group 2 19.59 4.49
All Counties Malheur o Group 3 15.35 4.34
except Malheur o Group 4 16.89 3.59
o Group 5 14.78 3.51
o Group 6 13.90 3.49
HIGHWAY AND PARKING STRIPERS Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 Rate)
17.70 2.53 Zone 2 2.40
IRONWORKERS Zone 3 3.15
Zone 4 3.90
o Structural, Zone 5 5. 15
Reinforcing,
Ornamental, Group 3 receives Zone 1 Rate ONLY
Riggers,
Fence Erectors, (No Zone Differential)
Signal Men 18.26 6.16 Area 2:
LABORERS (see page Il) o Cable Splicers 18.06 2.97
o Journeyman Lineman 16.42 2.90
LIMITED ENERGY ELECTRICIANS o Line Equip. Mech.
(Right-of-way) 15.55 2.88
May only be used for electrical work not o Line Equip. Oper. 14.81 2.84
o Line Equip. Srvcman 14.57 2.84
exceeding 100 va in Class II and III
o Grou
installations (as defined in Article 725 of the ndman 11.55 2.12
National Electrical Code): Area 1
Area 1 9.50 2.28 - TI counties except Malheur County
Area 2 9.95 1.53 Zone l: 0 to 3 miles from the geographical
Area 3 9.44 2.00 center of Medford and Portland
Area 4 9.69 2.14 Zone 2: 0 to 20 miles from the geographical
Area 5 10.57 2. 17 center of Astoria, Baker, Burns, Bend,
Area 6 9.55 2.28 Corvallis, Eugene, Klamath Falls,
Area 7 9.88 1.77 Lakeview, Longview, Pendleton, Salem,
Area 8 9.40 2.18 Roseburg, The Dalles, Umatilla (NOTE:
Area 9 9.92 1.70 for Portland and Medford, Zone 2 is 3
Area 10 9.81 1.59 to 20 miles)
Area 11 10.65 1.66 Zone 3• 20 to 35 miles radius
Area 12 12.78 1.69 one : 35 to 50 miles radius
Area 13 10.79 2.04 Zone : Over 50 miles radius
Area 14 10.54 1.84
Area 1 Clatsop, Columbia, Tillamook Group 1 Group 2
Area-T Clackamas, Multnomah, Washington Cable Splicers Certified Lineman Welder
rea Marion, Polk, Yamhill Leadman Pole Heavy Line Equipment Man
rea Benton, Lincoln, Linn Sprayer Lineman
Area Lane
rA ea b Douglas Pole Sprayer
r� Coos, Curry Group 3 Group 4
Area 8 Jackson, Josephine
Arel-9 Hood River, Sherman, Wasco Tree Trimmer Line E ui
Area 0 Crook, Deschutes, Jefferson q pment Man
A-re-a-7T Klamath, Lake Group 5 Group 6
Area Gilliam, Grant, Morrow, Umatilla,
Wheeler Head Groundmn Groundman
Area 13 Baker, Union, Wallowa Jackhammer Man
rea Harney, Malheur Powderman
Area 2
Malheur County
January 1990
Page 9
BASIC BASIC
HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE
TRADES RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS
MARBLE SETTERS (Includes Granite) ROOFERS
Area 1 19.63 4.33 Area 1:
o Roofers 15.60 3.70
Area 1 o Handling coal tar
a er Hood River Sherman Wallowa pitch 11. 16 3.70
Clackamas Malheur (a) Tillamook Wasco (b)
Clatsop Morrow Union Washington Area 2: 15 04 2.93
Columbia Multnomah Umatilla Yamhill (a) o Roofers(a)
Gilliam (Add $2.00 per hour to Fringe for work
with irritable Bituminous material.)
a) North half b) North of the City of Maupin Area 3:
PAINTERS & DRYWALL TAPERS o Roofers 13.05 2.70
(Add $1.50 per hour to Fringe for work
Area 1 with irritable Bituminous material .)
o Painter & Drywall Tapers 12.02 2.01
Area 4:
Area 2 o Roofers 14.75 3.60
o Brush 14.35 3.03 (Add $2.00 per hour to Fringe for work
o Spray, sandblasting, other with irritable Bituminous materials)
pressure blasting over Area 5:
3000 psi, and o Roofers 11.55 3.55
steam cleaning 14.85 3.03 (Add $3.00 per hour to Fringe for work
with irritable Bituminous materials)
o Drywall Tapers 17.55 3.03
Area 1 Area 1(cont) Area 2 Area 2(cont)
Area 1 Area 2
M�feur County emaining Counties Baker Multnomah Benton Klamath
Clackamas Sherman Coos Lake
PLASTERERS Clatsop Tillamook Crook Lane
Columbia Wasco Curry Lincoln
Area 1 17.88 4.02 Jefferson Washington Deschutes Linn
Area 2 Gilliam Wheeler Douglas Marion
o Nozzleman 19.38 4.01 Grant Harney Polk
o Swinging scaffold 18.38 4.01 Hood River Jackson Yamhill
o all other work 17.88 4.01 Josephine
Area 1 Area l(cont) Area l(cont) Area 2 Area 3 Area 4 Area 5
Ma eur Uma Tit la Morrow
Benton Deschutes Lincoln (b) All Union
Coos Harney Linn (b) remaining Wallowa
Crook Jefferson Wasco (b) counties SHEETMETAL WORKERS
Curry Klamath (a) Wheeler (b)
Douglas Lane
Area 1 11.40 3.91
a) Northern one-third b) South half Area 2 16.43 3.65
PLUMBERS & STEAMFITTERS/PIPEFITTERS Area 3 18.86 4.39
Area 1 (Both) 19.55 5.05 16.62 3.51
Area 2 (Both) 21.75 4.91 Area 4
Area 3 (Both) 19.00 4.50
Area 1
Area 1 Area 2 Area 3
Benton Gilliam Linn Tillamook
Baker Grant (b) All remaining counties Clackamas Grant Marion Wasco
Harney (a) Morrow Clatsop Harney Multnomah Washington
Malheur Umatilla Columbia Hood River Polk Wheeler
Wallowa Crook Jefferson Sherman Yamhill
Union Deschutes Lincoln
a) Except Northwest Portion Area 2 Area 3 Area 4 Area 4 (cont)
b) Except Southwest Corner
Baker Morrow Coos Jo-sep 'ne
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (see page 11) Malheur Umatilla Curr yy Klamath
Union Douglas Lake
Wallowa Jackson Lane
January 1990 age
BASIC BASIC
TRADES HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE
RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS
SOFT FLOOR LAYERS WELDERS: RIGGERS
Area 1 15.17 3.67 + a Receive rate for craft performing operation to
Area 2 12.99 2.01 which weldingrigging and are incidental.
a) plus 4% of basic hourly rate for employees
with less than one year of service, 6% for
those with more than one year. CARPENTERS, LABORERS, POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
Area 1 - All counties except Malheur County and TRUCK DRrV—f R5
rea - Malheur County Under the following circumstances a rate lower
SPRINKLER FITTERS20.30 4.25 then the basic hourly rate may be used for
these four trades:
TENDERS TO MASON TRADES The lower rate applies to all public works
Tenders for Bricklayers, Tile Setters, Marble projects of less than $1.0 million. The lower
rate also applies to projects under $1.5 million
Setters and Terrazzo Workers; Topping for involving the construction, reconstruction, major
Cement Finishers and Morter Mixers. renovation or painting of buildings, bridges or
15 i1 3 90 docks. (When the amount is between $1.0 and $1.5
million the work done on a building, bridge or
TENDERS TO PLASTERERS 14.62 3.90 dock must constitute at least 20% of the total
project price to use the lower rates.) In
TILE SETTERS determining the $1.5 million figure, do not
include the cost of underground utilitiesi.e.,
Area 1 the amount of the contract dedicated to facilities
17.10 4.20 for electricity, water, gas, sewerage including
storm water, and communications) which are five
(Add $.50 to base rate if safety belt required feet or more outside of and away from the
by State safety regulations or work involves building, bridge or dock and are subordinate and
epoxy, furnane, alkor, acetylene, black grouting incidental to the major purpose of the project.
and/or steam cleaning.)
Area 2 NOTE: In determining whether or not the lower
18.00 4.37 rates are applicable, consider the total
(Add $.24 to base rate if safetybelt project cost, and not the cost of any
by State safety regulations; $.20 if work
required re individual contract (or schedule) within involves epoxy, furnane, alkor, acetylene, black that project.
grouting, and/or steam cleaning.)
Area 1 Area l(cont) Area 2 Area 2(cont) ZONE RATES AND DESCRIPTIONS
Baker Polk Benton Josephine Zone Differential for Carpenters (Groups 1 and
Clackamas Sherman Coos Klamath 2 only) Laborers Power Equipment Operators
Clatsop Tillamook Crook Lake and Truck Or—ivers�
Columbia Umatilla Curry Lane
Gilliam Union Deschutes Lincoln (Add to Zone 1 Rate)
Hood River Wallowa Douglas Linn
Malheur(a) Wasco (b) Grant Malheur (c) Zone 2
Marion Washington Harney .65
Wasco (d) Zone 3 1, 15
Morrow Yamhill Jackson Wheeler Zone 4 1,70
Multnomah Jefferson Zone 5 2,75
a) North half c) South half Zone 1: Projects within 30 miles of City Hall
b) North of Maupin d) Maupin and south thereof in the Cities listed below.
TILE & TERRAllO HELPERS Zone 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40
miles.
Zone 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50
Area 1 13.32 2.85 miles.
Zone 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80
Area 1 miles.
Zone 5: More than 80 miles.
Baker Hood River Sherman Wallowa I Cities
Clackamas Gilliam (a) Tillamook Wasco (b)
Clatsop Morrow Umatilla Washington Albany Eugene Longview Portland
Columbia Multnomah Union Yamhill (a) j Astoria Goldendale Madras Port Orford
Malheur (North Half) Yamhill (North Half) Baker Grants Pass Medford Reedsport
Wasco (North of Maupin) Bend Hermiston McMinnville Roseburg
TRUCK DRIVERS (see below) Brookings Hood River Newport Salem
Burns Klamath Falls Oregon City The Dalles
Coos Bay LaGrande Ontario Tillamook
Corvallis Lakeview Pendleton
January 1990
BASIC BASIC
HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE
TRADES RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS
CARPENTERS (See preceding page for explanation LAB0RERS1
of when the lower rates may be used) LESS THAN
LESS THAN 100% 100%
100% 100%
Zone 1 (Base Rate):2
Zone 1 (Base Rate):* o Group 1 11.57 13.74 4.90
o Group 1 15.19 18.17 3.67 o Group 2 11.85 14.09 4.90
o Group 2 15.31 18.32 3.67 o Group 3 12.09 14.39 4.90
o Group 3 15.39 18.42 3.61 o Group 4 12.29 14.64 4.90
o Group 4 15.51 18.57 3.67 o Group 5 9.94 11.50 4.90
o Group 5 15.21 18.27 3.67 o Group 6 8.90 8.90 4.90
o Group 6 15.35 18.37 3.67
*NOTE: Zone rates for Carpenter Groups 1 and 2 Group 1
are listed in the preceding column.
Zone rates for Carpenter Groups 3 Asphalt Plant Laborers General Laborer ***
through 6 are listed below. Asphalt Spreaders Guardrail, Median
Batch Weighman Rail (c)
Zone Differential for Groups 3 through 6 Only Broomers Leverman or Aggregate
(Add to Zone 1 Rate) Brush Burners/Cutters Spreader (d)
Carpenter Tender Material Yard Man (e)
Zone 2 .85 Car & Truck Loaders Powderman Tender
Zone 3 1.25 Change-House Man Railroad Track Laborers
Zone 4 1.70 Choke Setter Ribbon Setters (f)
Zone 5 1.95 Chipper Operator (a) Rip Rap Man (Hand
Zone 6 2.80 Clean-up Laborers *** Placed)
Concrete Laborers Road Pump Tender
Zones for Groups 3, 4, 5 and 6 Carpenters are Culvert (hand labor) Sewer Laborer
determined by the distance between the project Curing,.concrete Signalman
site and either 1) the worker's residence or Demolition, wrecking Skipman
2) City Hall of a reference city for the and moving *** Slopers
appropriate group shown below, whichever is Driller Tender Sprayman
closer. Dry-shack Man Stake Chaser
Dumpers, road oiling Stockpiler
Zone 1: 0-30 miles. crew. Timber Faller/Bucker
Zones 30-40 miles. Dumpmen for grading (Hand Labor)
Zone 40-50 miles. crew Toolroom Man (Job site)
Zone : 50-60 miles. Elevator Feeders Tunnel Bull Gang
Zone 5: 60-70 miles. Fine Graders (Above Ground)
Zone�- Over 70 miles. Fire Watch Weight-Man-Crusher (g)
Form Strippers (b)
Cities for Groups 3 and 4 a) Pittsburg or similar types
Corvallis Longview North Bend The Dalles b) Not swinging stages
Eugene Medford Portland c) ReferenceWay Post,
Guide Post, or
ht-ofCities for Groups 5 and 6 d) Flaherty, Loading Spotters or similar types
e) Including electrical
Astoria Eugene Newport Salem f) Including steel forms
Bend Klamath Falls Portland The Dalles g) Aggregate when used
Coos Bay Medford Roseburg
*** Laborers can tear off roofs, clean up or
Group 1 Group 2 handle roofing materials only when at least one
new story is added or in demolition work, where
Auto. Nailing Machine Floor Layers & Finishers no reroofing will occur.
Carpenters Stationary Power Saw
Form Stripper Operators Group 2
Manhole Builders Wall & Ceiling Insulators i
Applicators (a) Gunite or Pot Tender
Group 3 Group 4 Brush Cutters (b) Handlers/Mixers (f)
Burners Post Hole Digger, Air,
Millwrights Certified Welders Choker Splicer gas or electric
Machine Erectors Clary Power Spreader(c) Power Tool Operators (g)
Clean-up Nozzleman Sand Blasting (wet)
Group 5 Group 6 Green Cutter (d) Stake Setter
Concrete Power Buggyman Tampers
Bridge, Dock & Wharf Boom Men Crusher Feeder Tunnel Muckers/Brakeman/
Builders Demolition/Wrecking (e) Concrete Crew/Bull
Piledrivermen Grade Checker Gang (underground)
Granite Nozzleman
Tender
(Group 2 continues top of next page.)
1 See page 11 for description of when rates less than 100% may be used
2 See page 11 for zone rates and descriptions
January 1990 Page 12
BASIC BASIC
HOURLY FRINGE
TRADES HOURLY FRINGE
RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS
LABORERS Group 2 (continued) POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORSI
a) Including Pot Tender for same, applying LESS THAN
Protective material by hand or nozzle on 100% 100%
utility lines or storage tanks on project
b) Power saw Zone I (Base Rate):2
c) And similar types o Group 1 13.44 16.64 5.17
d) Concrete, rock, etc. o Group 2 13.59 16.82 5. 17
e) Charred Materials o Group 3 13.71 16.98 5. 17
f) Of all materials of an irritating nature o Group 4 13.87 17.18 5. 17
including cement and lime o Group 5 13.91 17.22 5. 17
g) Includes, but not limited to: Ory Pack o Group 6 13.99 17.33 5. 17
Machine, Jackhammer, Chipping Guns, Paving o Group 7 14.05 17.40 5. 17
Breakers, Vibrators (less than 4" diameter) o Group 8 14.16 17.54 5. 17
o Group 9 14.23 17.63 5.17
Group 3 o Group 10 14.30 17.71 5. 17
o Group 11 14.31 17.73 5.17
o Grou12 14. 9 Asbestos Removal Power Saw Operators (d) o Group 13 14.47 17.93 5. 17
Asphalt Rakers Pumperete Nozzleman o Group 14 14.67 18. 17 5. 17
Bit Grinder Sand Blasting (dry) o Group 15 14.82 18.36 5. 17
Concrete Saw Operator Pipe Layers of all Types o Group 16 15.02 18.61 5.17
Drill Doctor Sewer Timberman u Group 17 15.18 18.81 5. 17
Drill Operators (a) Track Liners (e) o Group 18 15.38 19.06 5. 17
Gunite Nozzleman Tugger Operator o Group 19 15.52 19.24 5. 17
High Scalers, Tunnel-Chuck Tenders,
Strippers, Drillers(b) Nippers, Timberman Group 1
Laser Beam (c) Vibrator (4" and larger)
Manhole Builder Water Blaster Assistant Conveyor Partsman (too] room)
Powdermen Welder Operator Pump Operator (a)
a) Air Tracks, Cat Drills, Wagon Drills: Brakeman/Switchman Oiler (b)
Crusher Feederman Scaffolding Operator (c)
Rubber-mounted drills, and other similar Deckhand
tes
Switchman
b) Covers work in Swinging Stages, chairs Guardrail Punch Oiler
or belts, under extreme conditions unusual a) Under 4 inches
to normal drilling, blasting, barring-down, b) Including Plant, Crane, Crusher, Guardrail
or sloping and stripping Equipment, and Trenching Machine
C)
Pipe laying, applicable when employee c) Self-propelled
assigned to move, set up, align Laser Beam.
d) Bucking and falling Group 2
e) Anchor Machines, Ballast Regulators,
Multiple Tampers, Power Jacks A-Frame Truck Helicopter Radioman
Group 4 Operator (a) (Ground)
Auger Oiler
Blade Operator (b) Roller(Operator (g)
Laser Beam (Tunnel), applicable when employee Boatman Tar Pot Fireman (h)
assigned to move, set-up, align laser beam Crane Fireman (c) Temporary Heating Plant
Tunnel Miners Driller Tender Operator
Tunnel Powderman Fork Lift or Lumber Truck Crane Oiler/
Group 5** Stacker (d) Driver (i)
Grade Checker Tugger or Coffin type
Flagger Grade Oiler (e) Hoist Operator
Heavy Duty Repairman Welder's Tender
Group 6** Tender
Fence Builder Landscaping or planting laborer a) Single drum
P 9 P 9 b) Pulled type
c) All equipment except floating
**Groups 5 and 6 were formerly a single group. d) On job site
Note the difference in rates between the two e) Required to check grade
groups now. f) Including combination guardrail machines
g) Grading of base rock (not asphalt)
h) Including power agitated type
i) 25 ton capacity and over
1 See page 11 for description of when rates less than 100% may be used
2 See page 11 for zone rates and descriptions
January 1990 Page 13
BASIC BASIC
HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE
TRADES RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (continued) POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (continued)
Group 3 Group 6
Air Filtration Hydrographic Seeder Asphalt Burner and Concrete Spreader
Equipment Machine (e) {{ Reconditioner Curb Machine (b)
Asphalt Plant Fireman Hydrostatic Pump i Cast-In Place Pipe Loaders (c)
Ballast Jack Tamper Mixer Box Operator (f) Laying Machine Maginnis Internal Full
Bell Boy, Phones, etc Motorman Concrete Finishing Slab Vibrator
Broom Operator (a) Pugmill Operator Machine (A) Pavement Grinder and/or
Bucket Elevator (any type) Concrete Joint Machine Grooving Machine (d)
Loader (b) Pump Operator (g) Concrete Paving Machine Rock Spreaders (e)
Cement Hog Ross Carrier Operator (h) Concrete Planer
Compressor Operator (c) Taming Machine (i)
Concrete Saw and Truck-mounted Asphalt a) Clary, Johnson, Bidwell, Burgess, Bridges
Concrete Curing Spreader (with screed) Deck or similar type
Machine (d) Welding Machine Operator b) Mechanical Berm, Curb and/or Gutter
Conveyor Operator Wire Mat or grooming c) Rubber-tired type, 2 1/2 cu. yds. and under
Hydraulic Pipe Press Machine Operator d) Ridlinpropelled
a) Self-propelled on job site Group 7
b) Barber Greene and similar type �_
c) Any power, under 1250 cubic feet total A-Frame Truck (a) Grouting Machine
capacity Ballast Regulator Hydraulic Backhoe (e)
d) Riding type Ballast Tamer (b) Locomotive, 40 tons &
e) Straw, pulp or seed
f) C.T.B. Drybatch, etc. i Beltcrete over
g) Any power, 4 inches and over Boom Truck Pot Rammer
h) On Job site Churn Drill/ Earth Pumcrete Operator (any
i) Mechanical self-propelled Boring Concrete Mixer n(c) Roller (any asphalt mix)
Group 4 I Concrete Pum Shuttle Car
Elevating Grader (d) Tie Spacer
Combination Mixer & Helicopter Hoist Operator Fuller-Kenyon and Tower Mobile Operator
Compressor (a) Hydra Hammer or similar similar Track Liner
Compactor, including types
Vibratory Locomotive, under 40 tons 1 a) Double drum
Compressor (Any Lull Hi-Lift Operator (d) I b) Multiple purpose
Power (b) Pavement Breaker i c) Single drum, five bag capacity and over
Concrete Mixer Pum Operator (e) d) Tractor towed requiring operator or grader
Operator (c) Roller Operator, Oiling e) Wheel type 3/8 cu. yds. and under with or
Floating Equipment C.T.B. without front end attachment 2 1/2 cu. yds.
Fireman Screed Operator and under (Ford, John Deere, Case type)
Fork Lift, over 5 ton Service Oiler (Greaser)
Group 8
a) Gunnite work
b) Over 1,250 cu. ft. total capacity Asphalt Paver Operator Diesel-Electric
c) Single drum, under five bag capacity Batch Plant and/or Engineer (c)
d) Or similar type wet-4►ix (a) Generator Operator
e) More than 5 (any size) Belt Loader (b)
Group 5 a) One and two drum
b) Kolman and Ko Cal types
Chip Spreading Machine Pulva Mixer or similar c) Plant, Crusher, Generator, Floating
Operator types
Concrete Batch Plant Slip Form Pumps, power Group 9
Quality Control driven hydraulic
Operator lifting device for Asphalt Plant Operator Guardrail Punch and
Elevator Operator concrete forms Bolt-Threading Machine Auger (d)
Extrusion Machine Sweeper, Wayne type (b) Boom-Type Lifting H.D. Mechanic and Welder
Hoist, single drum Tractor (c) Device (a) Hammer Operator
Lime Spreading (a) Trenching Machine (d) Boring Machine Hydraulic Backhoe (e)
Power Jumbo, setting Wagner Pactor (e) Bulldozer Lift Slab Machine
slip forms, etc. in Cherry Picker (a)(b) Loader (f)
tunnels. Chicago Boom (c) Machine Tool Operator
Compactor with Blade Pipe Cleaning, Doping,
a) On job site Concrete Cooling Bending and wrapping
b) Self-propelled on job site Machine Machines
c) Rubber-tired 50 H.P. flywheel and under Crusher Plant Operator Side-boom Cat
d) Maximum digging capacity 3 ft. depth
e) Or similar type without blade (Group 9 continues top of next page.)
January 1990 Page 14
BASIC BASIC
TRADES HOURLY FRINGE
RATE BENEFITS TRADES HOURLY FRINGE
RATE BENEFITS
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS Group 9 (continued) I POWER EOUIPMENT OPERATORS (continued)
Drill Cat Operator Stationary Drag Scraper Grou 13
Drill Doctor Surface Heater and Planer ! —�
Drill Doctor (Bit Tractor (gg) Back Filling Machine
Grinder) Tractor Derrick, under 100 tons
(h) Blade (a)
der
Grizzly Crusher Trench Machine (i) ! Blade, multi-engine FloatinggCllamshelleetc.(f)
a) 5 ton capacity or less Blade Operator, finish Floating Crane (g)
b) Or similar type crane-hoist i Brid
Operatorn(b) Grand over 1 over yd.
C) And similar types Cableway Operator (c) Hoist (h)
d) All types Concrete Paving Road Piledriver Operator
e) Track type 3/8 cu. yds. Mixer
f) Front end and overhead, 2 1/2 cu. yds. and under Crane (d) Shovel, etc (i)
4 cu. yds.
g) With boom attachments a) Externally controlled by electronic,
h) Rubber-tired over 50 H.P. flywheel mechanical hydraulic manes
i) Maximum digging capacity over 3 ft. depth b) Locomotive Crane, Gantry and Overhead
Group 10 c) 25 ton and over
d) Over 25 ton and including 40 tons
Barge Operator, Compactor, e) Operated by Tractor Operator, Sierra, Eculid,
self-loadin or, multi-engine or similar
Bulldozer (a)g Dozers and Pushers (c) f) Under 3 cu. yds.
Driller (d) g) Derrick Barge, less than 30 ton
Cable Plow (any type) Jack Operator/Elevating h) Stiff Leg, Guy Derrick, or similar, 50 tons
Combination H.D. Barges and over
Mechanic-Welder (b) i) 1 cu. yd. and less than 3 cu. yds.
a) Twin engine (TC 12 and similar) Group 14
b) With dispatcher and/or required to do both
c) Rubber-tired (Michigan, Cat, Hough type) Rubber-tired Scraper (a)
d) Percussion, Diamond, Core, Cable, Rotary Tower Crane Operator
and similar type
Group 11 a) With Tandem Scrapers: self-loading, Paddle
Wheel, Auger type, finish and/or 2 or more
Clamshell,Hoe, etc.(a) Dragline units
Combination Guardrail Grade-Alis (a) Group 15
Machines (b) Mixer Mobile
Concrete Breaker Mucking Machine (tunnel) Loader, 4 cu. yds., but less than 6 cu. yds.
Crane Operator (c) Shovel Rock Hound Operator
a) Under 1 cu. yd. Group 16
b) i.e., Punch, Auger, etc.
c) 25 tons and under Autograder or Floating Crane (Derrick
Group 12 "Trimmer" Barge) (c)
Automatic Concrete Loader (d)
SliBatch Plant and/or Paddle Wheel, Auger Type Cableway a)Paver Shovel Rubber-�f�ed Scraper (e)
Wet Mix (a) Piledriver (not crane Concrete Canal Line Tandem Bulldozer (g)
Blade Mounted type) Crane (b) Wheel Excavator (h)
Spreaders ( b) Reinforced Tank Banding Floating Clamshell, Whirley, 80 ton and under
Blade Operator Machine (K-11 or etc., 3 cu. yds.
Elevating Loader (c) similar)
iand over
Hoist, two or more Rubber-tired Scraper (d)
drums Shield Operator I a) 25 tons and over
Single Scraper (e) b) Over 40 ton and including 100 ton
a) 3 units or more c) 30 ton but less than 80 ton
b) Ulrich and similar types d) 6 cu. yds., but less than 12 cu, yds.
c) Athey and similar e) With Tandem Scrapers, multi-engine
d) Single and twin engine f) 3 cu. yds., but less than 5 cu. yds.
e) With Push-pull attachments, self loader g) Quad-nine and similar
h) Under 750 cu. yds. per hour
j Group 17
Canal Trimmer Loader (c)
Crane (a) Shovel, etc. (d)
Floating Crane (b) Whirley (e)
(Group )7 continues top of next page.)
1 See page 11 for description of when rates less than 100% may be used.
2 See page 11 for zone rates and descriptions.
January 1990
Page 15
BASIC BASIC
HOURLY FRINGE HOURLY FRINGE
TRADES RATE BENEFITS TRADES RATE BENEFITS
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS Group 17 (continued) TRUCK DRIVERS (continued)
a) Over 100 ton and including 200 ton Over 30 cu. yds. and inc. 40 cu. yds 8
b) Derrick Barge, 80 ton, but less than 150 ton Over 40 cu. yds. and inc. 50 cu. yds 9
c) 12 cu. yds. and over Over 50 cu. yds. and inc. 60 cu. yds 10
yds. and over Over 60 cu. yds. and inc. 70 cu. yds 11
d) 5 cu.
e) Over 80 ton and including 150 ton Over 70 cu. yds. and inc. 80 cu. yds 12
Over 80 cu. yds. and inc. 90 cu. yds 13
Group 18 Over 90 cu. yds. and inc. 100 cu. yds. 14
Band Wagons (a) Wheel Excavator (d) Dumpsters or Similar Equipment-all 5
Crane (b) Whirley (e) sizes . . . . . . . . •
Floating Crane (c) Flaherty Spreader Driver or Leverman. . . . 4
a) In conjunction with Wheel Excavator
b) Over 200 ton Lift Jitneys, Fork Lifts--all sizes--used
c) 150 ton but less than 250 ton in loading, unloading & transporting 1
d) Over 200 ton material on job site. . . . . . . . . . . .
e) 150 ton and over Loader and/or Leverman on Concrete Dry
Group 19 Batch Plant, manually operated. . . . . . 1
Floating Crane (a) Remote Controlled Earth Low Bed Equipment, Flat Bed Semi-
Helicopter (b) Moving Equipment Truck and Trailer or Doubles trans-
Under Water Equipment (c) porting equipment or wet or dry 4
materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a) 250 ton and over
Lubrication Man, Fuel Truck Driver,
b) When used in erecting work
c) Remote or otherwise Driver, Tiremans Wash Rack, Steam 2
Cleaner or combination. . . . . . . . . .
TRUCK_DRIVERSI Lumber Carriers Driver-Straddle
LESS N N 100% Carrier--used in loading, unloading
O
and transportation of material on ,lob
site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Zone 1 (Base Rate):2
o Group 1 13.24 15.88 5.20 Oil Distributor Driver or Leverman. . 4
o Group 2 13.28 15.93 5.20 1
o Group 3 13.32 15.98 5.20 Pilot Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
o Group 4 13.36 16.03 5.20
o Group 5 13.50 16.08 5.20 Slurry Truck Driver or Leverman . . . . . . 3
o Group 6 13.48 16.18 5.20
o Group 7 13.56 16.28 5.20 Solo Flat Bed and Misc. Body Trucks-- 1
o Group 8 13.64 16.38 5.20 0-10 tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
o Group 9 13.72 16.48 5.20
o Group 10 13.86 16.65 5.20 Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix Trucks: 1
o Group 11 13.94 16.75 5.20 5 cu. yds. and under . . . . . . . . . .
o Group 12 14.02 16.85 5.20 Over 5 cu. yds. and inc. 7 cu. yds . . . 5
o Group 13 14.10 16.95 5.20 Over 7 cu. yds. and inc. 9 cu. yds . . . 6
o Group 14 14.18 17.05 5.20 Over 9 cu. yds. and inc. 11 cu. yds. 7
Over 11 cu. yds. and inc. 13 cu. yds 8
Work Group Over 13 cu. yds. and inc. 15 cu. yds 9
A-Frame or Hydra-lift Truck w/load Team Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
bearing surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3
Tireman, full-time basis.
Battery Rebu i 1 der . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Truck Helper. . . . . 1
Bus or Man-Haul Driver. . . . . . . . . . . 1
Truck Mechanic--Welder--Body Repairman. 6
Concrete Buggies (Power operated) . . . . . 1 1
Truck Mechanic Helper .
Drivers and Helpers handling Sacked
Cement-add 15¢ per hour Water Wagons (Rated Capacity) up to: 1
1600 gallons . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Dump Trucks, Side, End and Bottom 1600 to 3000 gallons . . . . . . . . . 4
Dumps, including Semi-Trucks and t 3000 to 5000 gallons 6
trains or combinations thereof: 5000 to 7000 gallons . . . . . 1
6 cu. Vs. and under 1 7000 to 10 000 gallons . . . . . . . . . 8
Over 6 cu. yds. and inc.-10 cu. yds 3 10,000 to 15,000 gallons . . . . . . .
Over 10 cu. yds. and inc. 20 cu. yds 6
Over 20 cu. yds. and inc. 30 cu. yds 7 Winch Truck--takes classification of
truck on which winch is mounted
1 See page 11 for description of when rates less than 100% may be used.
2 See page 11 for zone rates and descriptions.
January 1990 Page 16
Bureau of Labor and Industries PAYROLL Payroll and Certified Statement
Wage and Hour Division (For Contractor or Subcontractor's Use; See Instruction, Form WH-38A (3/84)) Form - For Use in Complying
with ORS 279.354
IATA
Phone:
-0R WEEK ENDING CONTRACTING AGENCY PROJECT AND LOCATION PROJECT OR CONTRACT NO. DATE CONTRACT
SPECIFICATIONS FIRST
ADVERTISED FOR BID
Phone ( )
1 2 N 3 4 DAY AND DATE 5 6 7 (8 —
NAME, ADDRESS, AND = WORK N TOTAL RATE GROSS DEDUCTIONS I NET
SOCIAL SECURITY CLASSIFICATION HOURS OF PAYWAGE
AI•IOUNT FICA FEDERAL STATE OTHER TOTAL
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEErou a (include o
group EARNED WITH- WITH- DEDUC- PAID
x number if HOLDING HOLDING TIONS FOR
applicable) TAX TAX WEEK
0
S
0
S
0
S
0
S
0
S
0
S
S
CERTIFIED STATEMENT
1 (4) That:
flame or signatory party— (Title) (a) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID TO APPROVED PLANS, FUNDS OR PROGRAMS
In addition to the basic hourly wage rates paid to each worker li"ted
cfo hereby stale: in the above referenced payroll, payments of fringe benefits as
listed in the contract have been or will be made to appropriate
(1) That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by programs for the benefit of such employees, except as noted in
Section 4(c) below.
on the (b) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID IN CASH
Contractor, subcontractor or surety Building or work Each worker listed in the above referenced payroll has been paid,
as indicated on the payroll, an amount not less than the sum of
that during the payroll commencing on the the applicable basic hourly wage rate plus the amount of the
--——--- required fringe benefits as listed in the contract, except as noted
day of 19 and ending the day of in Section 4(c) below.
(c) EXEMPTIONS _
19 all persons employed on said project have been EXCEPTION CRAFT EXPLANATION
Faid the full weekly wages earned, that no rebates have been or will he made
either directly or indirectly to or on behalf of said
Contractor, subcontractor or surety
from the full weekly wages earned by any person and that no deductions have been —--
made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned by any person,
other than permissible deductions as specified in ORS 652.610, and described
below: ----
REMARKS
I have read this certified statement, know the contents thereof and it is
(2) That any payrolls otherwise under this contract required to be submitted _
true to� knowledge.
for the above period are correct and complete; that the wage rates for workers NAME AND TITLE SIGNATURE
contained therein are not less than the applicable wage rates contained in any
wage determination incorporated into the contract; that the classifications set
forth therein for each worker conform with work performed.
(3) That any apprentices employed in the above period are duly registered in aContractor f---1 Subcontractor (--1 Surety
bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State apprenticeship agency
recognized by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department
of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a State, are registered with --- to the
the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department of Labor. File Eureaufrof Laboris frm with the dnd Industries , Ling 1400aSWncy FifthdAve., Portland send a true POR 97201
FORM W11-38 (3/34)
BUREAU OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES - WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING PAYROLL AND CERTIFIED STATEMENT FORM, WH-38 (Rev 3/84)
General : This form meets needs resulting from the 1983 amendments to the
reF vaiTing Wage Rate Law. Under this amended law, the contractor is required to
pay not less than fringe benefits as predetermined by the Bureau of Labor and
Industries, in addition to payment of not less than the predetermined rates. The
contractor's obligation to pay fringe benefits may be met either by payment of the
fringes to the various plans, funds, or programs or by making these payments to the
employees as cash in lieu of fringes.
This form provides for the contractor's showing of the payroll and all monies paid
to the employees, whether as basic rates or as cash in lieu of fringes and provides
for the contractor's representation in the certified statement that he/she is
paying to others fringes required by the contract and not paid as cash in lieu of
fringes. Detailed instructions concerning the preparation of the form follow:
Fill in all boxes at top of form. Be sure to enter the date the contract was first
advertised for bid by the contracting agency. This date should appear on the bid
documents.
Column 1 - Name, Address, and Social Security number of Employee: The employee's
full name must be shown on each payroll submitted. The employee's address must
also be shown on the first payroll submitted. The address need not be shown on
subsequent payrolls unless the address changes. Although not required, space is
available in the name and address section so that Social Security numbers may be
listed.
Column 2 - Withholding Exemptions: This column is merely inserted for the
employer's convenience and is not a requirement.
Column 3 - Work Classifications: List classification descriptive of work actually
performed by em 1 oyees. nc1ude group number when appropriate. Consult
classifications and minimum wage schedule set forth in contract specifications. If
additional classifications are deemed necessary, see Contracting Officer or Agency
representative. Employee may be shown as having worked in more than one
classification provided accurate breakdown of hours so worked is maintained and
shown on submitted payroll by use of separate line entries.
Column 4 - Hours Worked: Enter as overtime hours all hours worked in excess of 8
hours per day, a hours worked on Saturday and Sunday and hours worked on legal
holidays as defined in ORS 279.334.
Column 5 - Total : Self-explanatory.
Column 6 - Rate of Pay, including Fringe Benefits: In straight time box, list
actual hourly rate paid the employee for straight time worked plus any cash in lieu
of fringes paid the employee. When recording the straight time hourly rate, any
cashpaid in lieu of fringes may be shown separately from the basic rate, thus
$12.50/2.35. This is of assistance in correctly computing overtime. See "Fringe
Benefits" below. Payment of not less than time and one half the basic or regular
rate paid is required for overtime under ORS 279.334. In addition to paying not
less than the predetermined rate for the classificaion in which the employee works,
the contractor shall pay to approved plans, funds, or programs or shall pay as cash
in lieu of fringes amounts predetermined as fringe benefits in the wage decision
made part of the contract. See "FRINGE BENEFITS" below.
FORM WH-38A (Rev 8/84) -1-
FRINGE BENEFITS -- Contractors who pay all required fringe benefits: A contractor who pays
ringe 5enetits to approved plans, Tunas, or programs in amounts not less than were
determined in the applicable wage decision of the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and
Industries shall continue to show on the payroll the basic cash hourly rate and overtime rate
paid to employees. Such a contractor shall check paragraph 4(a) of the Certified Statement
to indicate that he/she is also paying to approved plans, funds, or programs not less than
the amount predetermined as fringe benefits for each craft. Any exceptions shall be noted in
Section 4(c).
Contractors who pay no fringe benefits: A contractor who pays no fringe benefits shall pay
to the emp oyee, and insert in Ene straight time hourly rate column of the payroll , an amount
not less than the predetermined rate for each classification plus the amount of fringe
benefits determined for each classification in the applicable wage decision. Inasmuch as it
is not necessary to pay time and a half on cash paid in lieu of fringes, the overtime rate
shall be not less than the sum of the basic predetermined rate, plus the half time premium on
basic or regular rate, plus the required cash in lieu of fringes at the straight time rate.
In addition, the contractor shall check paragraph 4(b) of the Certified Statement to indicate
that he/she is payingg fringe benefits in cash directly to employees. Any exceptions shall be
noted in Section 4(c).
Use of Section 4(c) , Exceptions
Any contractor who is making payment to approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts less
than the wage determination required is obliged to pay the deficiency directly to the
employees as cash in lieu of fringes. Any exceptions to Section 4(a) or 4(b) , whichever the
contractor may check, shall be entered in Section 4(c) . Enter in the Exception column the
craft, and enter in the Explanation column the hourly amount paid the employee as cash in
lieu of fringes and the hourly amount paid to plans, funds, or programs as fringes. The
contractor shall pay, and shall show that he/she is paying to each such employee for all
hours (unless otherwise provided by applicable determination) worked on the project an amount
not less than the predetermined rate plus cash in lieu of fringes as shown in Section 4(c).
The rate paid and amount of cash paid in lieu of fringe benefits per hour should be entered
in column 6 on the payroll . See paragraph on "Contractors who pay no fringe benefits" for
computation of overtime rate.
Column 7 - Gross Amount Earned: Enter gross amount earned on this project. If part of the
employees' wage was earnedon projects other than the project described on this payroll ,
enter in column 7 first the amount earned on the project and then the gross amount earned on
all projects, thus $63.00/120.00.
Column 8 - Deductions: Four columns are provided for showing deductions made. If more than
our deductions should be involved, use first 3 columns; show the balance of deductions under
"Other" column; show actual total under "Total Deductions" column; and in the attachment to
the payroll describe the deductions contained in the "Other" column. All deductions must be
in accordance with the provisions of ORS 652.610. If the employee worked on other jobs in
addition to this project, show actual deductions from gross wage, but indicate that
deductions are based on gross wages.
Column 9 - Net Wages Paid for Week: Self-explanatory.
Certified Statement Required by ORS 279.354: While this form need not be notarized, the
Certified tatement is subject to the pens ties provided by ORS 279.990. Accordingly, the
party signing this required statement should have knowledge of the facts represented as true.
Space has been provided between items (1 ) and (2) of the Statement for describing any
deductions made. If all deductions made are adequately described in the "Deductions" column
above, state "See Deductions column in this payroll ." See paragraph entitled "FRINGE
BENEFITS" above for instructions concerning filling out paragraph 4 of the Statement.
FORM WH-38A (Rev 8/84) -2-
PLANNED PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT SUMMARY
'ISCAL YEAR - PAGE OF
(Name of State or Local Government Agency)
Project Project Agency or
Number Project Name Type Project Location Estimated Project Cost Contract Work
ORS 279.023 generally states that not less than 30 days prior to adoption of its budget for the subse uent bud et period,
each public a enc s hall repare and file with the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries a list of every public
improvement known to that agency t at t e agency p ans to un to the u get period It the agency decides to use its own—
equipmenT and personne I tor cons fructing projects estimated to—cost more tan CO, the agency shall show that the decision
conforms to the policy of the State of Oregon that public agencies shall make every effort to construct public improvements
at the least cost to the public agency, and the public agency shall cause to be kept and preserved a full , true and accurate
account of the costs of performing the work including all engineering and administrative expenses and a reasonable estimate
of the cost, including investment cost, of the equipment used. NOTE: This Improvement Summary together with the project
FORM W H - 116 ( 10/82) estimate and least cost determination constitutes a public record available in the usual manner for public review or copying.
Mail a copy of this public improvement summary to: Wage and Hour Division, 306 State Office Building; Portland, Oregon 97201
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECT COST COMPARISON ESTIMATE
(Name of State or Local Government Agency)
DEPARTMENT: PROJECT NAME: FUND:
PROJECT NUMBER:
PROPOSED YEAR:
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
Rough Agency Force Estimate Agency Contract Estimate
Quantity Unit Total Unit Total
Estimate Units Work Class Description Cost Cost Cost Cost
Estimated Construction Period $ $
determines that (Agency Forces)(Contractor) can perform this work at the least cost.
(Name of Agency) (cross out one)
FORA WH - 119 (10/82) (Agency Official )
NOTICE OF AWARD OF PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT
• (For Use by Public Agency in Complying with ORS 279.363)
1 . PRIME CONTRACTOR 3. C014TRACT INFORMATION illi
Name
A. Contract Name and Number:
Address
City, State, Zip B. Location of work:
Phone Number ( ) C. County:
2. CONTRACTING AGENCY
D. Amount of the Award: $
Name E. Source of Funds: (i .e. 100% I
Federal Funds; 50/50, i
Address Federal , State; 100% local )
I
City, State, Zip
i
Phone Number ( ) F. Date Contract Awarded: �
Submit this completed notice to:
Wage and Hour Division, G. Date Contract Specifications
Prevailing Wage Section, Advertised for Sid:
1400 S.W. 5th Avenue - Room 306
Portland, Oregon 97201
FORM WH-81 (Rev. 6/88)
NOTICE OF AWARD OF PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT
(For Use by Public Agency in Complying with ORS 279.363)
1 . PRIME CONTRACTOR 3. CONTRACT INFORMATION
Name ZAK CONSTRUCTION COMPANY A. Contract Name and Number:
Address 1234 N.W. Camille Street Dam Repair 100-H
City, State, Zip Alexandra, OR 97201 B. Location of work: Becca, Oregon
Phone Number ( 503 ) 12-45674/ C. County: Malheur
2. CONTRACTING AGENCY D. Amount of the Award: $ 25,000
Name LOPEZ IRRIGATION DIST _ E. Source of Funds: (i .e. 100%
Federal un s; 0/50,
Address 1234 N.W. Shannon Court Federal , State; 100% local )
i
City, State, Zip Jamestown, OR 97201 100% State
Phone Plumber ( 503 ) 987-6543 F. Date Contract Awarded: July 16, 1985
Submit this completed notice to:
Wage and Hour Division, G. Date Contract Specifications
Prevailing Wage Section, Advertised for Bid:
1400 S.W. 5th Avenue - Room 306
Portland, Oregon 97201 July 10, 1985
FORM WH-81 (Rev. 6/88 )
BUREAU OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES
UULK RATE
1400 S.W. 5th AVENUE
U.S.Postage
PORTLAND, OREGON 97201 PAID
PortlanQ Oregon
Permit No.0458
ADDRESS CORRECTION REQUESTED
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART It- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Section Description page
IB-01 INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS I8-01
I B-02 INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS 18-01
IB-03 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONDITIONS I B-02
I B-04 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDER I B-02
18-05 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL 1 B-02
I B-06 ALTERATION OF DOCUMENTS PROHIBITED 18-03
18-07 SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL 1 B-03
I B-08 MODIFICATION OF PROPOSAL 18-03
18-09 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL I B-03
IB-10 OPENING BIDS IB-03
18-11 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18-04
1 B-12 BASIS OF AWARD 18-04
18-13 REJECTION OF BIDS I B-04
PART II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
IB-01 INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ,
It is the intention of these specifications to provide for careful,
thorough and workmanlike construction procedure in the installation of
materials and equipment and in the manufacturer and delivery of such materials
and equipment. The bidder to whom the contract is awarded shall furnish all
the material and labor necessary to complete said contract in accordance
with all of its terms and conditions.
The plans,standard detail sheets, and specifications shall be considered
and used together; anything appearing as a requirement of either shall be
accepted as applicable to all even though not so stated therein or shown.
The engineer may furnish supplemental plans and specifications to define more
clearly any requirement of the original documents; these shall be accepted
by the contractor as of the some force and effect as though they had been
included among the listed drawings and in case of any conflict between the
listed and the supplemental drawings, the latter shall govern. The contractor
shall not be entitled to extra payment because of his compliance with the
requirements of such supplemental drawings unless they contain new requirements
involving costs which clearly could not have been anticipated by an experienced
contractor in his examination of the original listed drawings or could not rea-
sonable be inferred therefrom as requirements of the contract.
All specifications and notes appearing on the plans shall have the
same force and effect as though they were repeated herein.
I B-02 INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS
If a prospective bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part
of the plans, specifications, or other proposed Contract Document, he may
submit to the engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof. The
person.submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery to the
engineer. An interpretation will be made only by addendum duly issued by
IB-01
the engineer and copy thereof will be mailed or otherwise delivered to each
prospective bidder. The owner will not be responsible for any other form of
explanation or interpretation.
IB-03 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONDITIONS
Before making a proposal, the bidder shall examine the site of the work
and ascertain for himself all the physical conditions in relation thereto. Failure
to take this precaution shall not release him from his obligation as implied by
the proposal he submits nor excuse him from performing the work in strict
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
No oral statement made by an officer, agent, or employee of the owner
pertaining to the site of the work or the conditions under which the work must
be performed will be binding on the owner.
IB-04 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDER
The owner desires that this project shall be built by a contractor who
is competent and adequately financed. The owner may request the bidder to
submit a written statement to show experience in construction work of this
character as an indication of qualifications and business standing. If required
the bidder may make his statement in such form as may seem appropriate but
it should be notarized and failure to comply with this request may cause
rejection of the bid which is affected.
IB-05 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL
Bids must be submitted by filling in with ink (or typing) each and every
-blank provided for such purpose in the form headed "Proposal" or if the bidder
is required to provide a special form appropriate to the nature of his bid then
such form shall be complete in all respects as required by the specifications if
it is to merit consideration by the owner. Where indicated all blank spaces
shall be filled in with words and figures. Written amounts shall take precedence
where there is a conflict between the written amount and the figure.
If the proposal is made by a partnership, it should contain the name of
each partner and should be signed in the firm name, followed by the signature
of a partner or that of a person duly authorized to act for and on behalf of
such partnership. If made by a corporation, the proposal should be signed
with the name of the corporation and the State in which incorporated, followed
by the written signature of the qualified officer and the designation of the
office he holds in the corporation. The address of the person, firm or corporation
in whose behalf the proposal is submitted shall be given. The bidder shall
comply with all other specific requirements of the proposal form.
IB - 02
IB-06 ALTERATION OF DOCUMENTS PROHIBITED
Except as may be provided otherwise herein, proposals which are
incomplete or are conditioned in any way which the plans or specifications
do not authorize, contain unverified erasures or alterations, include items
which are not named in the proposal form or which are unlawful, may be
rejected as informal.
IB-07 SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL
Each proposal shall be completely sealed in a package addressed as
required by the official advertisement, marked with the name of the bidder,
the title of the project and the time of proposal submission. The proposal
must be delivered to the address at or before the time named in said advertisement.
IB-08 MODIFICATION OF PROPOSAL
Change in a proposal already delivered will be permitted only if a
request for the privilege of making such modification is made in writing
signed by the bidder and the specific modification itself is stated prior to the
scheduled closing time for the receipt of proposals. To be effective every
modification must be made in writing over the signature of the bidder, no
other form of procedure will be acceptable.
IB-09 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL
A proposal may be withdrawn at any time prior to the scheduled closing
time for filing bids. This may be done by the bidder in person or upon his
telegraphic or written request. A telephone request for withdrawal of a
proposal will not be recognized for this purpose. If withdrawal is made personally,
a written acknowledgment (hereof will be required,
After the scheduled closing time for filing bids, no bidder will be
permitted to withdraw his proposal unless no award of contract has been made
prior to the expiration of fifteen (-15) days immediately following the time
when bids are submitted. Bids received after the scheduled closing time will
be returned to the bidder unopened.
IB-10 OPENING BIDS
All proposals received prior to the scheduled closing time and which are
not withdrawn as above provided will be publicly opened and read aloud
even though there may be irregularities or informalities therein, except that
any proposal which is not signed or does not include the required proposal
guaranty, will not be read and, consequently, will be rejected without
consideration.
IB - 03
IB-11 AWARD OF CONTRACT
Within fifteen (15) calendar days after the opening of the proposals
the owner will accept one of the proposals or reject all bids.
I11-12 BAS IS SOF AWARD
The award will be made to the responsible contractor who submits the
lowest acceptable bid.
IB-13 REJECTION OF BIDS
The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals or to .
waive any informalities therein if it is believed that the best interest of the
owner will be served thereby.
IB-04
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART III - GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section Description Page
GC -01 DEFINITION OF TERMS GC-01
1 . Definition of Terms GC-01
GC-02 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS GC-04
1 . Inclusion of Proposal in Contract GC-04
GC-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT GC-04
1 . Time Reserved for Award of Contract and
Preparation of Contract Documents GC-04
2. Contractor to Furnish Performance Bond GC-04
3. Execution of Contract GC-04
4. Examination of Plans, Specifications, and
Site of Work GC-04
5. Estimate of Quantities Approximate Only GC-05
6. Amount of Contract GC-05
GC-04 SCOPE OF WORK GC-05
1 . Intent of the Plans and Specifications GC-05
2. Increased or Decreased Quantities GC-05
3. Alterations in Details of Construction GC-06
4. Extra Work - Additional Work GC-06
5. Protection of Work During Suspension GC-06
6. Final Trimming of Work GC-06
7. Final Cleaning Up GC-06
8. Removal of Contractor's Equipment and
Materials GC-07
GC-05 CONTROL OF THE WORK GC-07
1 . Authority of the Engineer GC-07
2. Deviation from the Plans GC-08
3. Interpretation of Contract, Specifications
and Plans GC-08
4. Plans and Working Drawings GC-08
5. Quality of Equipment and Materials GC-10
6. Quality of Workmanship GC-11
7. Specifications by Standard Designations GC-11
8. Equipment Review Data GC-11
9. Cooperation with Other Contractors GC-12
-1-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part III - General Conditions (Cont'd)
Section Description Page
10. Contractor to Have Representative on Work GC-12
11 . Information Regarding Work GC-13
12. Notice to Contractors GC-13
13. Notice by Contractors GC-13
14. Surveys GC-13
15. Authority and Duties of Inspectors GC-13
16. Inspection GC-14
17. Unauthorized and Defective Work GC-14
18. Disputed Claims GC-15
19. Final Contruction Review GC-15
GC-06 CONTROL OF MATERIALS GC-15
1 . Materials to be Reviewed Before Use GC-15
2. Tests of Materials GC-16
3. Storage of Materials GC-17
4. Defective Materials GC-17
5. Ordering Materials GC-17
6. Materials Furnished by the Owner GC-17
7. Manufacturer's Directions GC-17
8. Domestic Materials and Machinery GC-17
9. Property Rights in Materials GC-18
10. Title to Materials Found on the Work GC-18
11 . Warranty Period GC-18
GC-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC GC-18
1 . Laws to be Observed GC-18
2. Permits and Licenses GC-19
3. Patented Devices, Materials, and Processes GC-19
4. Sanitary Provisions GC-19
5. Public Safety and Convenience GC-19
6. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Flagmen GC-20
7. Fences GC-20
8. Safeguarding of Excavations GC-21
9. Use of Explosives GC-21
10. Trespass GC-21
11 . Protection of Property and Persons GC-21
12. Restoration of Damaged Property GC-22
-2-
err
r.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
` Part III - General Conditions (Cont'd)
Section Description page
13. Indemnification GC-22
14. Contractor's Responsibility for Work GC-23
15. Personal Liability of Engineer GC-23
16. No Waiver of Legal Rights GC-23
17. Insurance GC-24
a. Hold Harmless Clause GC-24
b. General GC-24
c. Industrial Accident Insurance GC-24
r. d. Contractors Public Liability, Property
Damage Insurance and Vehicle
Liabiltiy Insurance GC-24
e. property Insurance GC-25
18. Payment of Bills by Contractors GC-26
19. Air and Water Pollution Laws GC-27
20. Use of Completed Portions GC-27
GC-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS GC-27
1 . Beginning of the Work GC-27
2. Schedules and Progress Reports GC-27
3. Prosecution of the Work GC-27
arr
4. Subletting or Assignment of Contract GC-28
5. Limitations of Operations GC-29
6. Water Supply GC-29
7. Use of Premises GC-29
r 8. Protection of Work and Property GC-29
9. Character of Workmen and Equipment GC-30
10. Temporary Suspension of the Work GC-31
11 . Time of Completion of Work and Extension of
Time Limit GC-31
12. Annulment and Cancellation of Contract by
Owner GC-33
13. Right of Owner to do Work GC-34
14. Contractor's Right to Stop Work or Terminate
Contract GC-34
15. Suits or Actions Concerning the Work GC-34
-3-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part III - General Conditions (Cont'd)
Section Description Page
GC-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GC-35
1 . Methods of Measurement and Computation GC-35
2. Scope of Payment GC-35
3. Alteration in Details of Construction GC-35
4. Quantities and Unit Prices GC-36
a. Lump Sum GC-36
b. Unit Prices GC-36
5. Claims for Extra Compensation GC-36
6. Payment for Force Account Work GC-37
7. Force Account Bills GC-38
8. Payment for Omitted Items GC-39
9. Partial Payments GC-39
10. Advances on Materials GC-41
11 . Allowance for Materials Left on Hand GC-41
12. Final Estimate GC-41
13. Suspension of Payments GC-42
14. Correctign of Work after Final Payment GC-42
15. Payments GC-42
-4-
PART III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC-01 DEFINITION OF TERMS
1 . Definition of Terms. In these specifications and the contract, the
following words or expressions shall be understood to have the meanings
given below:
A.A.S.H.O.- American Association of State Highway Officials.
A.S.T.M. - American Society for Testing Materials.
A.W.S. - American Welding Society.
A.W.W.A. - American Waterworks Association.
"Bidder" - Any individual, firm or corporation formally submitting a
proposal for the work contemplated, or any portion thereof, acting directly
or through an authorized representative.
"Change Order" - A written order issued by the engineer to the contractor,
covering changes in either the plans, specifications or quantities, within the
scope of the contract.
"Contract" - The agreement between the owner and the contractor
describing the work to be done and defining the obligations of the owner and the
contractor in accordance therewith. It includes the "Specifications","Plans",
"Proposal", "Performance Bond","Maintenance Bond", and it includes also,
all agreements of a supplemental nature that may be entered into during the
progress of the work.
"Contract Documents" - The plans, specifications, agreement, performance
bond, proposal, and maintenance bond including all modifications thereof
incorporated in the documents before their execution and all agreements of a
supplemental nature that may be entered into during the progress of the work;
the "Contract" includes all of the "Contract Documents".
"Contractor" - The individual, firm or corporation undertaking the
execution of the work under the terms of the contract and acting directly or
through his or its agents or employees.
"District" - The "Owner" and "Engineer" as defined above, members
of all Board of Commissioners or like groups affiliated with the owner, and all
employees or assistants of the "Owner" and the "Engineer".
GC - 01
"Engineer" - The Engineer for the work as indicated in the official
advertisement and named in the Contract Documents or his representative
duly authorized in writing to act for the Engineer.
"Extra Work" - An item of work not provided for in the contract as
awarded, but determined by the engineer as essential to the proper completion
of the contract within its intended scope.
"Inspector" - The duly authorized representative of the engineer
limited to the particular duties entrusted by the engineer.
"Maintenance Bond" - The form of security approved by the owner
and governing agency furnished by the contractor and his surety, guaranteeing
the quality of workmanship and material furnished by the contractor to be
adequate to fulfill the intent of the plans and specifications for the warranty
period.
"Owner" - The owner of the work as indicated in the official advertise-
ment and named in the contract.
"Performance Bond" - The form of security approved by the owner,
furnished by the contractor and his surety, guaranteeing the complete and
faithful performance and payment of all of the obligations and conditions placed
upon the contractor by the contract.
"Plans" - The maps, plans, and drawings as listed and referred to in
the "Contract Documents" together with any supplemental drawings furnished
by the engineer to the contractor and also all approved shop drawings submitted
by the contractor and approved by the engineer, all as provided elsewhere in
these specifications or other contract documents.
"Proposal" - The written proposal of the bidder on the form furnished
for the work contemplated and which is required to be signed by the bidder.
"Proposal Guaranty" - The security to be furnished by the bidder as
a guaranty of good faith to enter into a contract for the work contemplated
if it be awarded to him.
"Right of Way" - The area provided by the owner for use in constructing
the work covered by the contract, including the appurtenances thereto. The
right of way so designated may be either temporary or permanent.
"Specifications" - The directions, requirements, explanations, terms
and provisions pertaining to the various features of the work to be done, the
GC-02
w
manner and method of performance, and the manner and method of measurement
and payment. The specifications include such directions, requirements, and
explanations as appear on the plans.
"Subcontractor" - Any individual, firm or corporation acting for or
in behalf of the contractor in the execution of any part of the contract. This
does not include those working for hire or supplier of material or equipment
except that production of materials or supplies at the project site shall be
deemed as being produced by a subcontractor where such is not produced by
the contractor's own forces and equipment.
"Supplemental Agreement" - Any written agreement or understanding
entered into between the contractor and the owner to supplement or clarify,
or alter the plans, specifications or contract, or to otherwise provide for
Ow unforeseen work, contingencies, alterations in plans, and other matters not
contemplated by or adequately provided for in the plans and specifications.
"Surety" - The Company or Association which is bound with and for the
contractor, for the acceptable performance of the contract, and for his payment
of all obligations arising out of the contract. Where applying to the "Proposal
Guaranty", it refers to the Company or Association which engages to be
responsible for the bidder's execution of a satisfactory contract when and if his
bid is accepted by the owner.
ww
"Work" - Work shall be understood to mean the furnishing of all
labor, materials, equipment and other incidentals necessary or convenient
to the successful completion of the project or the portion of the project involved
and the carrying out of all the duties and obligations imposed by the contract .
rrr "Written Notice" - A written communication delivered in person to
the individual or to a member of a firm or to an officer of the corporation for
whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by mail to the lost business address
known to the one who gives the notice. It shall be the duty of each party to
advise the other parties to the contract as to any change in business address
until completion of the contract.
VW
"Act of God" - Means an earthquake, flood, cyclone or other
cataclysmic phenomenon of nature. Rain, wind, flood or other natural
rrr phenomenon of recorded intensity for the locality of the work shall not be
construed as an Act of God and no reparation shall be made to the contractor
for damages to the work resulting therefrom.
r.
GC - 03
,n
GC-02 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
I . Inclusion of Proposal in Contract. The requirements and conditions
of the proposal are hereby made part of this contract.
GC-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
it
1 . Time Reserved for Award of Contract and Preparation of Contract
Documents. The time of completion of the wo-rk contemp ated by this contract
s all not be vitiated by the fact that there will, of necessity, be a certain
period of elapsed time between the date of receiving bids and the signing of
the written instruments by all parties thereto. In specifying the dates for
completion, it has been assumed that a period of not more than fifteen (15)
16
days will elapse between the receiving of the bids and the submission to the
contractor of the written contract for his execution. If the above period
exceeds this amount, the bidder will be released from his proposal bond unless 00
by written notice to the owner the contractor has granted the owner an extension
of time for official award of the contract.
as
2. Contractor to Furnish Performance Bond. The contractor shall
within ten days from the date of notification by the owner that the contract
is ready for signature and before commencing work thereunder, furnish to the ift
owner and maintain in force during the continuance of this contr4ct a per-
formance bond satisfactory to the owner in the full amount of the contract
price for the faithful performance of this contract in all respects, and no contract
shall be binding until the said bond is furnished and approved by the owner,
and if said bond is not so furnished within the ten days herein specified, the
contract may be immediately terminated without any notice or further action
by either party and the proposal guaranty shall be forfeited. No work may
be commenced until the bond has been approved by the owner. In addition,
the performance bond shall meet the guarantee and warranty requirements of
Section SP-04, GC-05-6 and GC-06-11 .
3. 'Execution of Contract. Within ten (10) days after receiving from ,,
the owner.,proper y prepared contract documents, the successful bidder shall
sign the contract.
to
4. Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of Work. It is
understood that the contractor, ore signing t contract, as ma e a
careful examination of the plans, specifications, and contract; that he has w
fully informed himself as to the quality and quantity of materials and the
character of the work required; and that he has made a careful examination of
the location and condition of the work and the sources of supply for any and e
all materials. The owner will in no case be responsible for any loss or for
unanticipated costs that may be suffered by the contractor as a result of conditions
pertaining to the work.
G C-04
5. Estimates of Quantities Approximate Only. It is expressly agreed
that the quantities s own in tIle proposal form, whether for a "Unit Price
Contract" or in connection with a "Lump Sum Contract", given under the
heading "Schedule of Contract Prices" are approximate only and are not to be
taken to be either representations or warranties. The owner does not expressly
nor by implication agree that the actual amount of work will correspond there-
with, and reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any class
or portion of the vork as may be deemed necessary or expedient by the owner
without extra or special compensation to the contractor except as may be
provided elsewhere in these specifications.
6. Amount of Contract. The amount of the contract shall be understood
to be the tots sum of t e amounts computed from the approximate quantities
and unit prices or the lump sum as given in the proposal form. Where prices
are given on alternate items, only the amounts of the alternates accepted
by the owner will be included in the total.
GC-04 SCOPE OF WORK
1 . Intent of the Plans and Specifications. The true intent of the
plans and specifications is to provide forte execution and completion in every
detail of the project or work described in the special provisions and contract.
Except as otherwise specifically provided, the contractor shall furnish all
labor, tools, implements, machinery, supplies, materials, and incidentals,and
shall do all things necessary to perform and to complete, according to the
specifications and the plans, the work to be done under the contract. This
shall be understood to include, in addition to the work specifically called
for in the plans and specifications, the performance of such extra, additional,
and incidental work as may appear in the sole judgement of the owner to be
necessary for the completion of the work contemplated in a substantial
workmanlike, and otherwise satisfactory manner.
2. Increased or Decreased Quantities. The right is reserved by the
Owner, without impairing the contract to make such increases and decreases
in the quantities of the work as may be considered necessary to complete fully
and satisfactorily the work included in the contract. The contractor shall have
no claim for damages or for anticipated profits on account of any portion of
the work that may be omitted, provided such omission shall not thereby reduce
the amount of the contract by more than ten per cent (10%) provided, however,
that the owner shall have the privilege of deleting any item or items of any
schedule in its entirety and said ten per cent (10%) of permissable reduction
then shall apply only to the aggregate contract price for the remaining items.
Deletion of entire items generally shall be made when the contract is executed
by in case the contractor shall have performed some work on account of any item
which is subsequently deleted, he shall be paid therefor on the basis of extra work.
GC-05
3. Alterations in Details of Construction. The engineer, during the
progress of the work, may alter any of the detai�s of construction as may be
found expedient or necessary, such alterations shall not invalidate the contract
nor release the surety, and the contractor agrees to accept and execute the work
as altered the same as if it had been a part of the original contract. The
compensation to the contractor in such cases shall be determined as specified
for Additional Work should additional requirements be made of the contractor
or by negotiation if the work is reduced.
4. Extra Work - Additional Work. Upon the written order of the
engineer, the contractor shall perfo`r`m_s_ucTi additional or extra work that may or
may not be included under or covered by contract prices, as may be necessary
for the satisfactory completion of the project. If the work is of a kind for which a
specification is given herein, it shall be performed in accordance with that
specification subject to such supplemental or additional specifications, plans
and instructions as the engineer may issue. If the work is of a kind not covered
by a specification given herein it shall be performed in accordance with
accepted practice for the class of work intended and in accordance with such
plans as may be issued by the engineer.
The owner shall have the option of paying for additional or extra work
at the stipulated unit prices or stipulated lump sum given in the proposal form
or on a force account or cost plus basis described in Article GC-09-6 of these
specifications. Payment for extra work will be made only when the wo rk involved
has been authorized by the engineer, in writing prior to performance of the work.
5. Protection of Work During Suspension. If it should become necessary,
because of the lateness of the season or any other reason to stop the work, then
the contractor shall open proper drainage ditches, erect temporary structures
where necessary; prepare the work so there will be minimum interference with
traffic, if the work is on a public right of way; and take every precaution to
prevent any damage or unreasonable deterioration of the work during the time
the work is closed. If upon reopening the work, it is found that any such
damages or deterioration has occurred, due to the lack of said precautions then,
and in that event, the contractor shall correct all such conditions at his own
expense.
6. Final Trimming of Work. The work to be done under the contract
shall include such repair work as may be necessary to overcome such deterior-
ation as may occur on some portions of the work while other portions of the work
are being performed. The project shall be in a neatly trimmed and well-
finished condition throughout at the time of completion and acceptance.
7. Final Cleaning Up. Upon completion of the work and before accep-
tance and final payment s a made, the contractor shall clean up the right
GC-06
of way and all properties on which he has operated in the construction of the
project, including removing or burning all discarded materials, rubbish, and
debris. He shall tear down, remove or burn all construction plant structures
erected by or for him, or by or for his subcontractors or employees on the right
of way or on property controlled by the owner. He shall do all things necessary
to put the whole of the right of way and such other property controlled by the
owner as he may occupy in a neat, clean and orderly condition. Should the
contractor fail to perform adequate clean up, the owner may take steps to
perform the same and deduct the cost from monies dye the contractor.
8. Removal of Contractor's Equipment and Materials. It is understood
and agreed that the contractor is to expeditiously and promptly remove from
the project right of way and other property owned or controlled by the owner,
all equipment and material that he places thereon that is not to become the
property of the owner. It is further understood and agreed that any such equip-
ment and material of all kinds that is .not removed, as herein provided, within
thirty (30) days after the date upon which all other work to be done under the
contract is completed, or within such longer time as may be agreed upon in
writing between the contractor and the owner shall become the property of the
owner and may be used or otherwise disposed of by the owner without obligation
to the contractor or to any party to whom he may transfer title.
Nothing in the above clause shall be construed as relieving the contractor
from his obligation to clean up the right of way and the sites of his operation
and to remove and dispose of debris, waste materials, etc., in accordance with
other provisions of the contract.
GC-05 CONTROL OF THE WORK
1 . Authority of the Engineer .To prevent misunderstandings, disputes
and litigation it is expressly understood by all of the parties to the contract,
including the surety, that engineer shall, in all cases, determine any and all
questions which may arise concerning the quality, quantity and acceptability
of materials furnished and work performed; the interpretation of plans and
specifications; and the amounts and classifications of the several kinds of work
and materials; and his estimates and decisions in these matters shall be final,
binding, and conclusive upon all parties to the contract.
It is further understood that all work to be done under the contract shall
be done under the construction review of engineer; that said work will not
be considered completed until reviewed by engineer and accepted by the
owner and the applicable governmental agency; that the contractor shall at
all times carry out and fulfill the instructions and directions of the engineer in
so for as the quality of work to be performed under the contract is concerned;
GC-07
and that in the event the contractor fails to carry out and fulfill such instructions
and directions, the owner shall refuse to make any partial or final payments to
the contractor so long as such instructions and directions are not complied with,
2. Deviation from the Plans. No deviation from the plans-or the
reviewed working and/or sop drawings is permissible except on written order
of the owner.
3. Interpretation of Contract, Specifications and Plans. In cases of
conflict in t e requirements and provisions as set out by the contract, the
specifications, or the plans, such conflict shall be reconciled by the acceptance
of the following order of precedence for the various contract documents;
(1) the contract document bearing the signature of the owner and the contractor;
(2) the written proposal of the contractor; (3) Parts I, II, III, iv, and v of
specifications; and (4) the plans, including notes written thereon.
The apparent silence of the specifications and the plans as to any detail
or the apparent omission from them of a detailed description concerning any
point, shall be regarded as meaning that only the best general practice is to
prevail and that only material and workmanship of first quality are to be used.
The contractor shall carefully study and compare the contract
documents with each other and with information furnished by the owner,
including surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations
and utility locations for the site of the project, and shall at once
report to the Owner errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered.
The contractor shall not be liable to the owner or engineer for damage
resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the contract docu-
ments unless the contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or
omission and knowingly failed to report it to the engineer. If the
contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a
recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the contract documents
without such notice to the Owner , the contractor shall assume appro-
priate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate
amount of the attributable costs for correction.
4. Plans and Working Drawings. The contractor will be supplied
with six (6) sets of specifications and the prints of the drawings pre-
pared by the engineershowing the project in detail. The contractor
may obtain any additional prints required from owner by compensating
owner for the cost of printing involved.
Numbered dimensions on the drawings shall be used in preference
to scaled dimensions from the drawings. Where the work of the contractor
is affected by finish dimensions, these shall be determined by the con-
tractor at the site, and he shall assume responsibility therefor.
GC-08
General drawings showing such details us are necessary to give a com-
prehensive idea of the construction contemplated will be included in the plans;
but the contractor shall submit to the engineer for review such additional shop
details, setting, schedules and such other working drawings as may be required
for the construction of any part of the work, and prior to the review of such
additional drawings as may be required for the construction of any part of the
work, and prior to the review of such plans any work done or material ordered
shall be at the contractor's risk.
All shop or working drawings shall be made in such a manner that
clear and legible blueprint copies can be made from them. Any drawings
submitted for review which are, in the engineer's opinion, carelessly pre-
pared, erroneous or unchecked, will be returned to the contractor for redrawing
and checking, and after such redrawing and checking shall be resurrtibtted to
the engineer.
All drawings submitted to the engineer for review shall be one of the
following sized: 8 1/2 x 11 inches, 11 x 17 inches, or 22 x 36 inches.
Shop drawings for structural steel items structures or miscellaneous
iron items shall consist of shop details, erection and other working plans showing
dimensions, sizes of material, lists of field rivets and bolts, details and
other information necessary for the complete fabrication and erection of all
such metal work.
Shop drawings for mechanical equipment and other structures or equip-
ment shall consist of such detailed plans as may be reasonably required for the
successful prosecution of the work and which are not included in the plans
furnished by the engineer. These may include plans for falsework, bracing,
centerline and form work, masonry layout diagrams, bending diagrams for
metal reinforcement, shop details for precast concrete items, and installation
drawings or instructions.
It is expressly understood that the review by the engineer of working
drawings or shop drawings submitted by the contractor or his agents will not
relieve the contractor from responsibility for errors in details, dimensions, or
quantity or strength of such materials. Material improperly fabricated shall
be replaced or modified at the contractor's expense.
The contractor shall submit with such promptness as to cause no delay
in his own work or in that of any other contractor, not less than two copies of
all shop or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various
trades, and the engineer -shall review them with reasonable promptness,
GC-09
making desired corrections, including all necessary corrections relating to
effects on design. The contractor shall make any corrections required by the
engineer, file with him not less than six corrected copies, one of which shall
be a reproducible transparancy, and furnish such additional copies as needed
should he wish more than one approved copy returned for his use. The engineer's
review of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the contractor from
responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in
writing called the engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of
submission, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort
in shop drawings or schedules.
The contract bid prices shall include the cost of furnishing all shop
and installation drawings and the contractor will be allowed no extra compen-
sation for such drawings.
The contractor shall keep one copy of all drawings (including reviewed
shop drawings) and specifications on the work, in good order, available to the
engineer and to his representatives, at the job site.
5. Quality of Equipment and Materials. In order to establish standards
of quality, t e engineer may refer to certain products by name and catalog
number. This procedure is not to be construed as eliminating from competition
other products of equivalent or better quality by other manufacturers. The words
"Approved Equivalent" shall be considered following all such listings regardless
of whether or not they so appear.
The contractor shall furnish to the engineer the complete list of
proposed desired substitutions together with such engineering and catalog data
as the engineer may require in sufficient time prior to their use to give the
engineer adequate time for his review. Failure on the part of the contractor
to supply data to the engineer prior to ordering or using such alternate material
or equipment will not relieve the contractor of furnishing acceptable material
or equipment as required by the engineer.
The contractor shall abide by the engineer's judgement when proposed
substitute materials or items of equipment are judged to be unacceptable and
shall furnish the specified material or item or equipment or other "approved
equivalent" . All proposals for substitutions shall be submitted in writing by
the contractor and not by individual trades or material suppliers. The engineer
will review proposed substitute materials submitted by the contractor and will
approve or disapprove the use of the proposed materials within a reasonable
time. No substitute materials shall be used unless they have been approved
in writing by the engineer.
GC-10
6. Quality of Workmanship. All work shall be done by competent
workmen in a workmanlike manner that meets the requirements or intent of
the plans and specifications. Work that fails to meet the above requirements
shall be immediately corrected or redone.
In addition the quality of workmanship shall be guaranteed for a period
of one (1) year following written acceptance of the work by the owner and
governing agency. All failures that occur during the warranty period shall,
after written notice, be promptly attended to by the contractor. If curcumstances
warrant, the owner may make temporary or immediate repairs and the cost of
the same shall be borne by the contractor.
7. Specifications by Standard Designations. Whenever practicable,
specifications will be made ereiny designating certain published "Standards"
of recognized organizations. Abbreviations "A.S.T.M." will be used to
indicate the American Society for Testing Materials and this will be followed
by the officially published designation number for the particular specification
to which the reference applies. Other standards will be indicated by the full
name of the sponsoring organization or by clearly recognized abbreviations.
In all cases it shall be understood that such references mean the designated
specifications or the latest revision thereof.
All material, equipment and devices not specifically covered by such
"Standards" as indicated above, these specifications, by the plans or by
addenda shall be subject to the review of the engineer to determine the
suitability for the service intended.
8. Equipment Review Data. The contractor shall furnish two (2)
copies of comp ete cata og data for the manufactured items of equipment and
all components to be used in the work, including specific performance data,
material description, rating, capacity, working pressure, material gauge or
thickness, brand name, catalog number and general type, as requested by the
engineer.
This submission shall be compiled by the contractor and reviewed by
the engineer before any of the equipment is ordered.
Each data sheet or catalog in the submission shall be indexed according
to specification section and paragraph for easy reference.
After written conditional acceptance this submission shall become a part
of the contract, and may not be deviated from except upon written review of
the engineer.
GC-11
Catalog data for equipment reviewed by the engineer shall not in any
case supersede the contract documents. The conditional acceptance of the
engineer shall not relieve the contractor from responsibility for deviations
from drawings or specifications, unless he has in writing called the engineer's
attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him
from responsibility for errors of any sort in the items submitted. The contractor
shall check the work described by the catalog data with the contract documents
for deviations and errors prior to submission to the engineer for approval.
It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to insure that items to
be furnished fit the space available. He shall make necessary field measure-
ments, including those for connections, and shall order such sizes and shapes
of equipment that the final installation shall suit the true intent and meaning
of the drawings and specifications.
Where equipment requiring different arrangement of connections from
those shown is conditionally accepted, it shall be the responsibility of the
contractor to install the equipment to operate properly, and in harmony with
the intent of the drawings and specifications, and to make all changes in
the work required by the different arrangement of connections.
Upon conditional acceptance of the equipment by the engineer the
contractor shall furnish six (6) copies of catalog data of all process equipment
or components thereof together with six (6) copies of operating and maintenance
instructions.
9. Cooperation With Other Contractors. The contractor shall conduct
his operations so as to interfere as itt a as possible with those of other contractors,
subcontractors or the owner on or near the work. It is expressly understood that
the owner has the right and may award other contracts in connection with the
work so long as it does not interfere with the work under this contract.
Where one contractor's operations are within the limits or adjoin the
operations of another contractor, each shall be responsible to the other for any
damage, injury, loss, or expense which may be suffered on account of inter-
ference of operations, neglect or failure to finish work at the proper time, or
of any other cause.
10. Contractor to Have Representative on Work. The contractor shall
at all times have a competent superintendent or oreman who shall at all times
be acceptable to the engineer and capable of reading and thoroughly under-
standing the plans and specifications as his agent on the work, who shall receive
instructions from the engineer or his authorized representatives. The superin-
tendent or foreman shall have full authority to execute the orders or directions
of the engineer without delay and to promptly supply such materials, tools,
plant, equipment, and labor as may be required, regardless of whether or not
the work is to be performed by the contractor's own forces or those of a
GC-12
subcontractor. The fact that an approved subcontractor is performing any
portion of the work shall not relieve the contractor of this requirement.
11 . Information Regarding Work. The contractor shall furnish the engineer
every reasonable facility' necessary for obtaining such information as he may
desire respecting the nature and quality of the materials used or to be used
and the progress and manner of the work.
The engineer shall be allowed access at all times to the books and
records of the contractor, and the contractor shall furnish him all data necessary
for the determination of the actual cost of all or any part of the work.
12. Notice to Contractors. Any written notice to the contractor which
may be required by law or y t e provisions of the specifications may be served
on said contractor or his representative, either personally or by mailing to the
address given in the contract or by leaving the same at said address.
13. Notice by Contractors. Wherever in the specifications the contractor
is required to notify the engineer concerning the progress of the work, or con-
cerning any complaint which he may have to make, or for any other reason, it
shall be understood that such notification is to be made in writing, delivered
to the engineer or his representative in person, or mailed to the office of the
engineer at the last business address known to the contractor.
14. Surveys. Base lines and grades for buildings and all structures and
appurtenant fac�ties including sewers and pressure lines shall be established
by the engineer. The contractor shall develop and make all detail surveys
necessary for construction, including the setting of batter boards or other
construction guides from the marks given by the engineer.
The contractor shall give notice to the engineer not less than five (5)
working days before lines and grades will be needed on the work. The
contractor's request shall also include desired offset, location and schedule of
expected progress of the work as required in GC-08-2, Schedules and Progress
Reports. All stakes, marks, property corners, etc. , shall be carefully preserved
by the contractor and in cases of their careless or unnecessary destruction or
removal by him, his subcontractor or his employees, such stakes, marks,
property corners, etc., shall be replaced by the engineer at the contractor's
expense.
Should valdalism occur, the engineer and contractor shall coordinate the
staking schedule to minimize damages.
15. Authority and Duties of Inspectors. Inspectors shall be authorized
to review all work done an materials furnished. Such review may extend to
all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture
of the materials to be used. It is the duty of the inspector to report to the
GC-13
engineer as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being
performed, also to report whenever it appears that the material furnished or
the work performed by the contractor fails to fulfill the requirements of the
plans and specifications, and to call to the attention of the contractor any such
failure.
In case of any dispute arising between the contractor and the inspector
as to materials furnished or manner of performing the work, the inspector shall
have authority to reject materials or suspend the work until the question at
issue can be referred to and decided by the engineer. The inspector is not
authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, relax or release any requirements of the
plans and specifications, nor to approve or accept any portion of the work,
nor to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications, nor may the
inspector in any way direct the work of the contractor or his employees other
than as provided in the contract.
The engineer wi II make periodic visits to the job site to observe the
progress of the work and to observe whether or not it is being performed in
accordance with the plans and specifications. This does not in any way mean
that the engineer is a guarantor of the contractor's work; has accepted any
work or material; nor does this mean that the engineer is exercising control
over the contractor's methodof performing work. Visits to the job site by the
engineer shall not in any way shift the responsibility for safety from the contractor
to the engineer.
16. Inspection. The engineer or his representatives shall be allowed
access to all parts of tie work at all times and shall be furnished with every
reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as performed is in
accordance with the requirements and intent of the plans and specifications.
The contractor shall cut and replace with new materials, at his own expense,
such samples as are customarily required for testing purposes. Any work or
materials used without review or inspection by the engineer or his represen-
tative may be ordered removed and replaced at the contractor's expense. At
the engineer's request, the contractor shall, at any time before acceptance
of the work, remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be
directed. After examination, the contractor shall restore said portions of the
work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus
exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and the
replacing of the covering or the making good of the parts removed, shall be
paid for as "extra work", but should the work so exposed or examined prove
unacceptable, the uncovering or removing, and replacing of the covering and
the making good of the parts removed, shall be at the contractor's expense.
17. Unathorized and Defective Work. Any defective work, whether the
result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damaged through care-
lessness, or of any other cause, found to exist prior to acceptance of or final
GC-14
payment for the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced by work and
materials which shall conform to the specifications, or shall be remedied other-
wise in an acceptable manner authorized by the engineer. These provisions shall
have full effect regardless of the fact that the defective work may have been
done or the defective materials used with the full knowledge of the inspector.
The fact that the inspector in charge may have previously overlooked such
defective work shall not constitute an acceptance of any part of it.
Work done contrary to or regardless of the instructions of the engineer,
work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein
provided, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered
as unauthorized and will not be paid for by the owner. Work so done may
be ordered removed or replaced at the contractor's expense.
18. Disputed Claims. In any case where the contractor deems extra
compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly covered in the contract
or not ordered by the engineer as an extra as defined herein, the contractor
shall in writing notify the engineer of his intention to make claim for such
compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If
such notification is not given or the engineer is not afforded proper facilities
by the contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost, then the contractor
hereby agrees to waive the claim for extra compensation. Such notice by the
contractor and the fact that the engineer has kept account of the cost as afore-
said, shall not in any way be construed as proving the validity of the claim.
In case the claim is found to be just, it shall be allowed and paid for under a
supplemental agreement to be entered into between the parties to the contract.
19. Final Construction Review. Unless otherwise provided, the engineer
and other appropriate government agents shall make final review of all work
included in the contract within ten (10) days after written notification by the
contractor or his superintendent that the work is completed. If the work is
not acceptable to the engineer, he shall advise the contractor in writing as
to the particular defects to be remedied before final acceptance can be made.
GC-06 CONTROL OF MATERIALS
1 . Materials to be Reviewed Before Use. Only materials conforming
with the specified requirements and conditionally accepted by the engineer shall
be used in the work.
Before the delivery of any material to be used in the vurk is commenced,
the contractor shall have advised the engineer as to the source from which the
material is to be obtained, shall have furnished such samples as may be required
for testing purposes, and shall have received the engineer's conditional
GC-15
acceptance for the use of that particular material. The conditional acceptance
of any source of supply by the engineer will not imply that all material from
that source will be accepted and should material from any conditionally accepted
source fail to maintain a quality meeting the requirements of the specifications,
use of material from that source shall be discontinued, and the contractor shall
furnish acceptable material from other sources. Regardless of the source, any
material delivered upon the work which fails to meet the requirements will be
rejected, and only material meeting all requirements will be allowed to be
incorporated in the work. Any material or item incorporated in the work which
does not meet requirements of the contract documents, even though it be installed
with the consent and/or in the presence of an inspector, shall be removed and
acceptable material shall be used in its place and all costs for removal and
installation shall be at the contractor's expense.
Material which after conditional acceptance has, for any reason, become
unsuitable for use, shall be rejected and not used.
2. Tests of Materials. All tests of materials shall be made in accordance
with acceptable methods as described and designated in the specifications.
When tests of materials are required, such tests shall be made by a testing
laboratory accepted by the engineer and at the expense of the contractor.
The contractor shall afford such facilities as may be required for collecting and
forwarding samples and shall hold the materials represented by the samples until
ests have been made and the materials found equal to the requirements of
the specifications or to approved samples. The contractor in all cases shall
furnish the required samples without charge.
In the absence of any definite specification or reference to a specification
in the technical specifications or in the special provisions for the particular
project involved, it shall be understood that such materials shall meet the spec-
ifications and requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials.
Unless otherwise specified, all tests of materials shall be made in accordance
with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing Materials.
Wherever in the specifications a particular specification of the
American Society for Testing Materials is referred to by number, it shall be
understood that such reference shall include all amendments and additions
thereto adopted by such organizations prior to the award of the contract.
The testing of materials shall be done in a laboratory, acceptable to
the engineer, and the results of the tests made therein shall be used as a basis
for evaluation in accordance with the specifications for the particular material.
GC-16
3. Storage of Materials. Materials shall be stored in such a manner as
to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for use. When considered
necessary to protect materials against dampness, or to keep them clean and
free from dust, dirt or other detrimental matter, suitable sheds, platforms and
covers shall be provided. Materials shall be stored in such a manner as to
facilitate inspection.
4. Defective Materials. All materials not conforming tothe require-
ments of the sp-e-c-i-f--ic-a-t-i—o-n-s-sTa7 be considered as defective. No defective
material, the defects of which have been subsequently corrected, shall be
used until conditional acceptance has been given. Upon failure on the part of
the contractor to comply within ten (10) days with any order of the engineer
made under the provisions of this article, the owner shall Have authority to have
the defective material removed and replaced by workmen other than the
contractor's, and to deduct the cost of said removal and replacement from any
monies due or to become due the contractor.
5. Ordering Materials. The contractor is cautioned against placing
orders for fu quantities of materials until the work has advanced to a state
permitting the determination of the exact quantities required. Estimates of
quantities of materials furnished by the engineer are understood to be approx-
imate only, and, unless otherwise specified, the owner will in no way be
responsible for any materials that the contractor may deliver upon the ground
in excess of actual requirements. Neither will the owner be responsible for
any increased costs or extra expense that the contractor may have to bear on
account of materials or work not being ordered at some earlier date.
b. Materials Furnished by the Owner. Materials specifically indicated
shall be furnished by the owner. The fact tat the owner is to furnish material
is conclusive evidence of its acceptability for the purpose intended, and the
contractor may continue to use it until otherwise directed. If the contractor
discovers any defect in material furnished by the owner, he shall notify the
engineer. Unless otherwise noted or specifically stated, materials furnished
by the owner, which are not of local occurrence, are considered to be f.o.b.
the project site. The contractor shall be responsible for material loss or damage
after receipt of material at the point of delivery.
7. Manufacturer's Directions. Manufactured articles, material and
equipment shall be applied, insta led, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned as directed by the manufacturer unless herein specified to the
contrary.
8. Domestic Materials and Machinery. In the performance of this
contract or of any subcontract thereunder, t ere shall be used only such
GC-17
unmanufactured articles, materials, and supplies as have been mined or produced
in the United States, and only such manufactured articles, materials, supplies,
equipment, and machinery as have been manufactured in the United States,
substantially all from articles, materials, supplies, equipment and machinery
mined, produced or so manufactured, as the case may be, in the United
States. In the event that articles, materials, supplies, equipment, or machinery
of the class or kind to be used as specified herein, or the articles, materials,
supplies, equipment, or machinery from which they are manufactured, are not
mined, produced, or manufactured in the United States, these requirements
relative to domestic origin shall not apply. The owner reserves the right to set
aside the provisions of this article, if the contractor submits an application
setting forth specifications of the article, materials, machinery, supplies, or
process the contractor desires to utilize on or incorporate in the work, and if
the owner deems that it is in his (their) best interest to allow the application
of the contractor.
9. Property Rights in Materials. Nothing in this contract shall be
construed as vesting in t�ie�Contractor any right of property in the materials
used after they have been attached or affixed to the work or the soil, or after
payment has been made for the value of unused material delivered to the site
of the work. All such materials attached or affixed or unused shall become the
property of the owner.
10. Title to Materials Found on the Work. The right to the use of
all soil, stone, gravel, sand, and all other materials and equipment developed
and obtained in the excavation or in other operations by the contractor or any
subcontractor or any of their employees, and the right to use or dispose of some,
and except as otherwise provided herein, are hereby expressly reserved in the
owner and neither the contractor, nor any subcontractor, nor any of their
employees shall have any right, title, or interest in or to any part thereof,
nor shall they, nor any of them assert or make any claim thereto. The
contractor shall be permitted to use in the work without charge any such
materials which meet the requirements of these specifications.
11 . Warranty Period. The contractor shall warrant all materials and
equipment furnished by him for a period of one year from date of written accep-
tance of the work by the owner and governing agency. This warranty shall mean
prompt attention to the correction and/or complete replacement of the faulty
material or equipment.
GC-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
1 . Laws to be Observed. The contractor at all times shall observe and
comply with all federal and state laws and local laws, ordinances, and regulations
in any manner effecting the conduct of the work, and all such orders or
GC-18
decrees as exist at present and those which may be enacted later, of bodies
or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority over the work, and shall
indemnify and save harmless the owner and the officers, employees, and
agents (including the engineer) of the owner against any claim or liability
arising from or based on the violation of any such laws, ordinances, regulations,
orders or decrees, whether such violations be by the contractor, his sub-
contractors or his employees.
2. Permits and Licenses. The contractor shall procure all permits
and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and
incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work.
3. Patented Devices, Materials, and Processes. The contractor
assumes the responsibility of defending any and a suits or actions brought for
the infringement of any patent claimed to be infringed by material, device,
plan, method or process to be incorporated in the work and/or required to be
used in connection with the work to be done under the contract, including all
attorney's fees and court costs, and he shall indemnify and save harmless the
owner, the officers, employees, and agents (including the engineer) of the
owner from all claims of and suits or actions for infringements of patents.
4. Sanitary Provisions. The contractor shall observe all rules and re-
gulations of the state and local health officials, and shall take such precautions
as are necessary to avoid creating conditions which are not sanitary. The
contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition such
accommodations for use of his employees as may be necessary to comply with
the requirements of,public health officials, he shall permit no public nuisance
at any place over which he has control.
5. Public Safety and Convenience. The contractor shall at all times
so conduct his work as to insure the east possible obstruction to traffic. The
convenience of the general public and the protection of persons and property is
of prime importance and shall be provided for by the contractor in an adequate
and satisfactory manner.
The contractor shall conduct the work with the view of causing a
minimum of inconvenience to traffic on intersections and connecting streets and
to persons conducting commercial enterprises or residing along the route of work,
Entrances to residences, garages, service stations, business places, driveways
of all kinds shall not be blocked for more than a few hours, if at all. Satisfactory
means of ingress and egress for persons residing, or having occasion to transact
business along the route of the work shall be maintained at all times.
GC-19
6. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Flagmen. The contractor shall at
his expense and without further or other order provide, erect and maintain at
all times during the progress or temporary suspension of the work suitable barr
icades, fences, signs, or other adequate warnings or protections, and shall
provide, keep and maintain such caution lights, signals, and flagmen as may
be necessary or as may be ordered by the engineer to insure the safety of the
public as well as those engaged in connection with the work. All barricades
and obstructions shall be protected at night by signal lights which shall be
suitably distributed across the roadway and which shall be kept burning from
sunset to sunrise. Barricades shall be of substantial construction and shall
be suitably painted to increase their visibility at night.
Failure of the engineer to notify the contractor to maintain barriers,
lights, signals, or flagmen shall not operate to relieve the contractor from
this responsibility.
If flagmen are necessary for reasonable prosecution of the work and for
protection and safety of traffic, such flagmen shall be furnished at the
contractor's expense.
The signs to be furnished and used by the contractor in directing,
controlling and safeguarding traffic shall conform with standard sign designs
in use by the state highway officials.
The contractor's responsibility for the safeguarding of traffic as
specified above shall cease when all work included in the contract is accepted
as complete.
7. Fences. By the construction of temporary fences, or by other
adequate means, tie contractor shall restrain stock from leaving the lands
wherein they are confined or from trespassing which would be made possible
by, or which might result from, the removal or destruction of existing fences
or the carrying out of any part of the work under the contract. The contractor
shall be responsible for all loss, injury or damage that may result from his
failure to restrain stock as above provided. The expense of erecting and main-
taining temporary fences and for otherwise providing for the restraint of stock
shall be borne by the contractor.
The contractor shall use all reasonable care to avoid damaging existing
fences, and he shall repair or replace at his own expense, and to the satis-
faction of the owner, all fences which are in any way damaged by his operations.
The tearing down and removal of cross fences and other fences occurring within
the right of way limits shall be considered to be a part of the clearing and
grubbing work, and payment for same shall be understood to be included in the
payment for clearing and grubbing.
GC-20
8. Safeguarding of Excavations. The contractor shall provide such safe-
guards and protections around and in t e vicinity of the excavations he makes
as may be necessary to prevent and avoid the occurrence of damage, loss, injury
and death to property and persons because of such excavations. Liability for
any such damage, loss, injury or death shall rest with the contractor, in the
cases of excavations made on the highway right of way or on lands owned or
otherwise controlled by the owner, the contractor's responsibility for safe-
guarding and protecting and his liability for damage, loss, injury or death
shall terminate when all work to be done under the contract is completed and
accepted by the owner.
9. Use of Explosives. In the use and storage of explosives, the contrac-
tor shall use every precaution to prevent injury to persons and damage to
property. Secure storage places shall be provided, and all such places shall
be clearly marked with warning signs. Only persons experienced in the
handling of explosives shall be allowed to use them on the work, and no shot
shall be set off until warning has been sounded and all persons within the radius
of danger removed and necessary steps have been taken to protect adjacent
endangered property.
j
In the handling and storage of explosives, the contractor must comply
with all federal, state and local laws, and the owner will in no way be
responsible for any noncompliance therewith or for damages to property or
injury to persons resulting from accidental or premature explosions.
10. Trespass. The contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the
owner and the e officers, employees and agents (including Architect ) of the
owner for any trespass upon adjacent property or injury thereto, resulting from
or in connection with his operations. He will be liable for any claims that
may be made on account of the deposit of debris of any kind upon adjacent
property.
11. Protection of Property and Persons. In the performance of the work
to be done under the contract, the contractor shall use every reasonable and
practicable means to avoid damage to property, injury to persons and loss,
expense, inconvenience and delay to property owners, users of streets or
highways and others. He shall provide protective devices and flagmen where-
ever and whenever needed in affording this protection and, in the performance
of the work, he shall use no means or methods which will endanger, unnecessarily,
either persons or property.
At points where the contractor's operations are adjacent to properties
of railway, telegraph, telephone and power companies, or adjacent to other
property, damage to which might result in material expense, loss, or inconven-
ience, work shall not be commenced until all arrangements necessary for the
protection of the interests of the owner, as well as any interest that a third
party may have therein, have been made.
GC-21
When explosives are used, particularly in proximity to buildings or
other structures, care shall be taken to protect the surroundings from injury
by the explosion, the resultant concussion or by flying rocks or debris. The
quantities of explosives and the manner of their use shall be such that adjacent
property will not be damaged. In case the vicinity of the work is accessible
to the general public, the contractor shall, before any shots are fired, post
men about the work in various directions to warn all persons of the danger
existing and to prevent them approaching closer than safety will permit.
12. Restcration of Damaged Property. All damage and injuryto property
that may be caused by or that may resu t rom the carrying out of the work to
be done under the contract from any act, omission or neglect of the
contractor, his subcontractors, or his employees, shal I promptly be made good
by the contractor either by the repairing, rebuilding, or replacing of the pro-
perty damaged, or in some other manner satisfactory to the owner of such property.
In case of failure on the part of the contractor to promptly and satisfactorily
make good such damage or injury, the owner may, without notice to the contractor,
proceed to repair, rebuild, or replace such property as may be deemed necessary,
and the cost thereof will be deducted from any monies due or which may become
due the contractor under the contract.
In applying the provisions above stated, the repairing rebuilding or
replacing of damaged property shall be understood to include the providing
of any temporary facilities that may be needed to maintain normal service
until the required repairing, rebuilding or replacing is accomplished.
13. Indemnification. To the extent permitted by law, the contractor
shall indemnify and hold harmless the owner, engineer, engineer's con-
sultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,
damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees,
arising out of or resulting from performance of the work, provided that
such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sick-
ness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property
(other than the work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but
only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions
of the contractor, a subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed
by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether
or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party
indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,
abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would
otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this and the following
two paragraphs.
In claims against any person or entity indemnified under these para-
graphs by an employee of the contractor, a subcontractor, anyone directly
employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemni-
fication obligation under these paragraphs shall not be limited by a limi-
tation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by
or for the contractor or subcontractor under workers' or workmen's compen-
sation acts, disability benefit acts or other benefit acts.
GC-22
The obligations of the contractor under these paragraphs (para 13)
shall not extend to the liability of the engineer, engineer's con-
sultants, and agents and employees of any of them arising out of (1) the
preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys,
change orders, designs or specifications, or (2) the giving of or the
failure to give directions or instructions by the engineer, the engineer's
consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving
or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage.
Except as provided elsewhere in these specifications, it is specifically
agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by
any of the provisions of the contract to designate the public or any member
thereof a third party beneficiary hereunder, or to authorize the _public or any
member thereof to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage
pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract.
14. Contractor's Responsibility for Work. Until final acceptance of
the work, the contractor shall e d responsible for any injury or damage to
the work or to any part thereof by the action of the elements,
and he shall make good at his own expense all such injuries or damages
to any portion of the work before its completion and final acceptance, to the extent
not covered by the all-risk property insurance to be provided pursuant to
this agreement.
15. Personal Liability of Engineer.- See paragraph 13 above.
16. No Waiver of Legal Rights. The owner shall not be precluded or
estopped by any measurement, estimate, or certificate made either before or
after the completion and acceptance of the work and payment therefor from
showing the true amount and character of the work performed and materials
furnished by the contractor, or from showing that any such measurement,
estimate, or certificate is untrue or incorrectly made, or that the work or
materials do not conform in fact to the contract. The owner shall not be
precluded or estopped, notwithstanding any such measurement, estimate or
certificate, and payment in accordance therewith, from recovering from the
contractor and his sureties such damages as it may sustain by reason of his failure
to comply with the terms of the contract. Neither the acceptance by the owner,
or by any representative or agent of the owner, nor any payment for nor accep-
tance of the whole or any part of the work, nor any extension of time, nor
any possession taken by the owner shall operate as a waiver of any portion of the
contract or of any power herein reserved, or any right to damages herein provided.
A waiver of any breach of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any
other subsequent breach.
GC-23
17. Insurance
a. Hold Harmless Clause. See paragraph 13 on Page GC-22
b. General. The contractor shall not commence work until
he has obtained all insurance required under this section or unti I he has satis-
fied the owner in this respect; nor shall he allow any subcontractor to commence
work until he also has obtained similar insurance which is applicable to his
work. The contractor shall maintain insurance throughout the life of this
contract as will hold the owner harmless and shall indemnify the owner for any
losses arising out of the contractor's operations including any contingent
liability arising therefrom.
c. Industrial Accident Insurance. The contractor shall take
out and maintain during the life o t is contract, industrial accident insurance
for all employees who will work on this project and, if any work is sublet, the
contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide such insurance for
all of the latter's employees unless they are included under the protection afforded
by the contractor. If employees engaged in hazardous work are not protected
under the state statutes (or rules of) for industrial accident insurance the contractor
and any subcontractor who is affected must provide compensation insurance with
a private company which in amount shall be equivalent to that provided by the
state industrial accident insurance for the protection of employees who are not
so engaged.
d. Contractors Public Liability, Property Damage Insurance
and Vehicle Liability Insurance. The contractor shall tae out an maintain
in force during tFe life of this contract Contractor's Public Liability Insurance,
Contractor's. Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance as shall
protect the contractor against losses which may result from claims for damages
for personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for
property damages, which may arise from any operations under this contract,
whether such operations be those of the contractor, a subcontractor or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by either of them and the amount of such insurance
shall be as follows unless modified by the Special Provisions of these specifications.
Contractor's Public Liability Insurance and Vehicle Liability
Insurance shall be in an amount not less than Two Hundred Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($250,000) for injuries, including accidental death
GC-24
r
wr to any one person, and subject to the same limit for each person in
an amount not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000)
on account of one occurrence; Contractor's Property Damage
w Insurance shall be in an amount not less-than Two Hundred Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($250,000) for any one occurrence and subject to
that limit per occurrence a total (or aggregate) limit of not less than
wr Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) for all damages arising
out of injury to or destruction of property during the policy period.
Property damage shall be insured on the Broad Form basis.
WIN
The Contractor shall either (1) require each of his subcontractors to
procure and to maintain during the life of his subcontract, Subcontractor's
dw Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance
of the type and in the amounts specified above, or, (2) insure the activities
of his subcontractors in his own policy.
so e. Property Insurance.
The contractor shall effect and maintain fire in-
surance w/&11-risk coverage upon the entire structure on which the
+o work of this contract is to be done to one hundred per cent (100%) of the
insurable value thereof, (unless otherwise provided in the special provisions)
including items of labor and materials connected therewith whether in or ad-
w jacent to the structure insured, materials in place or to be used as part of the
permanent construction including surplus materials, protective fences,
!ridges, or temporary structures, miscellaneous materials, and supplies incident
to to the work, and such scaffolding, stagings, towers, forms, and equipment
as are not owned or rented by the contractor, the cost of which is included
in the cost of the work. EXCLUSIONS: This insurance does not cover any
0" tools awned by mechanics, any tools, equipment, scaffoldings, stagings, towers,
and forms owned or rented by the contractor, the capital value of which is not
included in the cost of the work, or any other
AW structures erected for housing the workmen. The loss, if any, is to be made
adjustable with and payable to the contractor as trustee for whom it may concern,
except in such cases as may require payment of all or a proportion of said
d' insurance to be made to a mortgagee as his interests may appear.
The owner shall be named jointly with the contractor in all policies,
all of which shall be open to inspection. Certificates of insurance shall be
filed with the owner. . The owner or his agents including . engineer, the
contractor and all subcontractors waive all rights, each against the others, for
damages caused by fire or other perils covered by insurance provided for
under the terms of this contract, except such rights as they may have to the
proceeds of insurance held by the trustee.
++w
OW
GC-25
a
If required in writing by any party in interest, the contractor as trustee
shall, upon the occurrence of loss, give bond for the proper performance of 10
his duties. The trustee shall deposit any money received from insurance in an
account separate from all his other funds and he shall distribute it in accordance
with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or under an award 111111►
of arbitrators appointed, one by the owner, another by joint action of the other
parties in interest. If after loss no special agreement is made, replacement of
injured work shall be ordered and executed as provided for changes in the work. to
The trustee shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the
insurers unless one of the interested parties shall object in writing within to
three working days of the occurrence of loss, and thereupon arbitrators shall
be chosen as above. The trustees shall in that case make settlement with the
insurers in accordance with the directions of such arbitrators, who shall also, ia
if distribution by arbitration is required, direct such distribution.
18. Payment of Bills by Contractors. The contractor shall promptly IN
make full payment.for labor, material, supplies and provisions, at such times
as they become due and payable, to all persons supplying said contractor or his
subcontractor with labor, services, materials, supplies or provisions for the
prosecution of the work provided for in the contract, and he shall not permit any
lien or claim to be filed or prosecuted against the owner for or on account of
any labor, services, material, supplies or provisions furnished.
In the event that said contractor fails, neglects, or refuses to make
prompt and full payment of any claim for labor, services, materials, supplies go
or provisions furnished by any person in connection with the contract as said
claim becomes due, whether said labor, services, materials, supplies or
provisions to be performed or furnished for said contractor or for his subcontractor,
then, and in such event, the owner may withhold the amount of such claim
by the person or persons furnishing such labor, services, materials, supplies,
or provisions and deduct the amount thereof from funds due or to become due
said contractor by reason of the contract. The deduction of any such amounts
because of claims in the manner herein authorized will not, however, relieve
the contractor or his surety from his or its obligations with respect to any unpaid at
claims. Sums withheld for the purpose named herein will be paid to the
contractor upon certification that said claims have been paid.
to
Nothing contained in the foregoing section shall create any contractural
relation between the contractor's creditors, agents,and/or employees and the
owner. '
GC-26
r
�r
19. Air and Water Pollution Laws. The attention of the contractor is
called to statutes of the state relating to the pollution of water and air. The
contractor shall carry out his operations in conformity with the applicable
sections of state statutes and all regulations which are adopted pursuant thereto.
20. Use of Completed Portions . The owner shall have the right to
take possession of and use any comp eted or partially completed portions of the
work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such
portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not
be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the
contract documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the
completion of uncompleted work or causes refinishing of completed work, the
contractor shall be entitled to such extra compensation, or extension of time
or both, as the engineer may determine.
GC-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
1 . Beginning of the Work. The work to be done under the contract
shall not be commenced unti t —econtract and performance bond have been
executed by the contractor and his surety and delivered to the owner and
until written notice to proceed has been received by the contractor.
Performance of the work to be done under the contract shall be commenced
within ten (1Qdays after receipt of written notice to proceed by the contractor,
unless later commencement of the work is authorized by the engineer.
2. Schedules and Progress Reports. At the beginning of the project
the contractor shall furnis a sc edu a of expected r I
under
the contract, showing approximately the dates on hichreach f part or division
of the work is expected to be begun and finished. The contractor shall also
forward to the engineer as soon as practicable after the first day of each month,
a summary report of the progress of the various parts of the work under the
contract in the shops and in the field, stating the existing status, rate of
progress, estimated time of completion, and cause of delay, if any.
3. Prosecution of the Work. If it appears to the engineer that the rate
of progress being made is not suc as will insure the completion of the work within
the specified time limit, he shall notify the contractor, his surety and the owner
and appropriate steps shall be taken to insure completion of the contract as
specified.
If the contractor desires to carry on work at night or outside the regular
hours, he may submit application to the engineer. The contractor shall allow
ample time between submitting his application and proposed date of commencing
GC-27
the new working hours to enable satisfactory arrangements to be made for
inspecting the work in progress. If granted permission, he shall light the different
parts of the work in a manner satisfactory to the engineer and in compliance with
all federal, state, and local regulations.
4. Subletting or Assignment of Contract. The contractor agrees not to
assign, transfer, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his right, title,
or interest therein either in whole or in part, or his power to execute such contract
to any other person, firm, or corporation, or to subcontract any part of the work
without the previous consent in writing of the owner. In this connection, it is to
be understood that the owner will not approve of the subcontracting of more
than fifty (50) per cent of the work to be done under the contract.
It is understood and agreed that, if any part of the work to be done
under the contract is subcontracted, the subcontracting shall be None in
accordance with, and the contractor shall be bound by, the following provisions:
If the contractor proposes to sublet any of the work, he shall list the
name of the subcontractor or subcontractors in the space provided in the
proposal form and submit the list with his bid. Should the proposal form not
provide space for the listing of the names of proposed subcontractor(s), the
contractor shall provide such a list to accompany his bid. Failure to include
this information in his proposal could constitute cause for rejection of any and
all future requests for subcontracting any portion of the work.
All subcontracts shall be in writing and shall provide that all work to
be performed thereunder shall be conducted and performed in accordance with
the terms of the main contract. Upon request, certified copies of any or all
subcontracts shall be furnished to the engineer.
In case the terms of any subcontract are, in the opinion of the engineer,
unfair to the subcontractor or otherwise unsatisfactory from the standpoint of the
owner, or in case the work being done or to be done under any subcontract is
not conducted in a manner satisfactory to the engineer, the contractor shall,
upon written notice to this effect, cause such subcontract to be terminated
and the subcontractor and his employees to be removed from the work. Any
loss or damage that may be suffered, on account of such action shall be borne by
the contractor.
The contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the owner for
the acts and omissions of his subcontractors and of persons either directly or
indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of his own
employees. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any
contractural relation between any subcontractor, his creditors, agents, and/or
employees and the owner.
GC-28
Insofar as is practicable, the contractor shall make payment for sub-
contract work in the same units and on the same basis of measurement as apply
under the main contract. The owner will not be responsible for loss resulting
from the contractor's failure to do so. In making payments to subcontractors
the contractor shall protect himself against possibility of overpayment, and he
shall assume such losses as may result from overpayment.
The subcontracting of any of the work to be done will in no way relieve
the contractor of any part of his responsibility under the contract. The
contractor shall have on the work at all times a qualified and capable super-
intendent whose duty shall be to direct and coordinate the operations of the
subcontractors and to see that the orders of the engineer are carried out
promptly and intelligently. Failure of the contractor to control the work of
the subcontractors to the satisfaction of the engineer will result in the issuance
of orders requiring the cancellation of the subcontracts and the removal of the
subcontractors from the work.
5. Limitation of Operations. With reference to Item 2 above, no
part of the wor s a e underta en without the engineer's review and no work
shall be carried on contrary to his instructions.
In case of a dispute arising between two or more contractors working
in the same area as to the respective rights of each under the specifications,
the engineer shall determine the matters at issue and shall define the respective
rights of the various interests involved, in order to secure the completion of
all parts of the work in general harmony and with satisfactory results. His
decision shall be final and binding on all parties concerned.
6. Water Supply. The contractor shall provide pumps or other means
to supply water under pressure to clean up the excavated surface and forms
prior to concreting, for sprinkling concrete, and for other purposes for which water
is required. He shall also provide an adequate and pure supply of drinking
water for the use of his employees and shall indicate the some by sign.
Provision shall be made for fire protection where fire hazards exist.
7. Use of Premises. The contractor shall confine his equipment, storage of
materials andoperations of his workmen to limits indicated by law, ordinances
or permits and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials.
The contractor shall not load or permit any part of a structure which he
is constructing under this contract to be loaded with a weight that will endanger
its safety, nor shall he use any such structure for any purpose without the approval
of the engineer.
8. Protection of Work and Property. The contractor shall continuously
maintain adequate protection of all his work from damage and shall protect the
GC-29
owner's property from injury or loss arising in connection with this contract.
He shall make good any such damage, injury or loss, except such as may be
directly due to errors in the contract documents or caused by agents or
employees of the owner. He shall adequately protect adjacent property as
provided by law and these contract documents.
The contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety
of employees on the work, and shall comply with all applicable provisions
of federal, state and municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent
accidents or injury to persons on, about or adjacent to the premises where the
work is being performed. He shall erect and properly maintain at all times,
as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards
for the protection of workmen and the public, and shall post caution signs warning
against the hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails,
hod hoists, well holes, elevator hatchways, scaffolding, window openings,
stairways and falling materials; and he shall designate a responsible member
of his organization on the work, whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.
The name and position of the person so designated shall be reported to the
engineer by the contractor.
In an emergency affecting the safety of I i fe or of the work or of ad-
joining property the contractor, without special instruction or authorization from
the engineer or owner, is hereby permitted to act, at his discretion, to prevent
such threatened loss or injury, and he shall so act, without appeal, if so
instructed or authorized. Any compensation, claimed by the contractor on
account of emergency work, shall be determined by agreement.
9. Character of Workmen and Equipment. The contractor shall employ
only competent and efficient foremen, superintendents, laborers, mechanics,
or other employees; and whenever any employee is or becomes unsatisfactory for the
work assigned to the employee the contractor shall remove him from the work
and not employ him again upon it.
The methods, equipment and appliances used and the quantity and
quality of the personnel employed on the work shall be such as will produce
a satisfactory quality of work and shall be adequate to complete the contract
within the time limit specified.
Only efficient and competent laborers and foremen shall be employed
on force account work, and only tools and equipment in good condition and
suitable for the work shall be used. The engineer shall have the authority
to dismiss from force account work any laborer or foreman whose efficiency
and ability is below that necessary for the reasonable, adequate and timely
prosecution of the work required and to refuse to allow the use of tools and
equipment which are not suitable for the work. Dismissed laborers and foremen
as well as rejected tools and equipment shall be replaced by the contractor to
the satisfaction of the engineer.
GC-30
10. Temporary Suspension of the Work. The engineer shall have authority
to suspend the work w oI ly or in part for suc period or periods as necessary,
due to weather or such other conditions as are considered unsuitable for the
prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure
on the part of the contractor to carry out orders given or to perform any or
all provisions of the contract.
If it should become necessary to stop work for an indefinite period
the contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not
obstruct or impede the traveling public unnecessarily nor become damaged in
any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration
of the work performed, provide suitable drainage, et cetera, and erect tem-
porary structures where necessary. The contractor shall not suspend the work
without written approval from the engineer. In all cases of suspension of
construction operations, the work shall not again be resumed until permitted
by order of the engineer.
The contractor will be responsible for all damage to the work that may
occur during suspensions of work the same as though the damage had occurred
while the work was in progress.
1.1 . Time of Completion of Work and Extension of Time Limit. Time is
of the essence of t e contract. Therefore, the work to be done under the
contract shall be completed in its entirety within the time specified in the
Special Provisions; provided however, that the owner may, by mutual agreement,
extend the time for completion of the work without invalidating any of the provisions
of the contract and wi thout releasing the surety.
Extensions of time as above provided will be considered by the owner
only upon receipt of a written request from the contractor accompanied by the
written consent of the surety. Each request shall state the date to which the
extension is desired and shall describe the conditions which have operated to
prevent completion of the work within the specified time.
When an extension of time is granted on any basis other than those
delays caused by acts of the owner or "Acts of God", it shall be with the
understanding that the contractor will reimburse the owner for the engineering
expense incurred in connection with the work during the period of the extension
in addition to extra expense of any kind that may be brought upon the owner by
reason of the over-run in time.
Should the owner cause a delay in the completion of the work by reason
of requirements on extra work or otherwise not provided for by the plans or
these specifications, the contractor will be granted an extension of time for
GC-31
completion equal to the amount of such delay and no charge wi I I be made
against him for the extension of time so granted, provided, however, that all
such extensions requested by the contractor shall be made to the owner in
writing on or before the fifth of the month following that in which the alleged
delay is said to have occurred and such claim for extension of time shall state
explicitly the reasons therefor. Should the contractor fail to file such written
claim for extension of time within the period provided therefor, he thereby
shall have abandoned any claim therefore. No claim for delay will be
considered by the owner except that alleged to have been caused by extra
work or special order of the owner acting through the engineer. The owner shall
have the right to order the wo rk to cease for a time because of inclement
weather, but in case such order is given, the owner also will give notice
as to when the work shall be resumed and the contractor's time for completion
will be extended for a time equal to the amount of the delay so ordered. The
contractor must not anticipate such orders, but must obey them as issued and
shall have no claim for damages other than that covered by the extension
of time.
In naming the prices for completion of the work within the time specified,
it shall be understood and agreed the work shall be completed within that time.
If, however, said work is not completed within the time named in the contract,
as extended to cover the total days of delay allowed in the paragraph above,
the owner shall deduct and retain out of any sum then due or that may become due
the contractor at time of such delinquency or later, the sum specified in the
Special Provisions for each and every calendar day that the date of final completion
of each contract is delayed. In submitting a proposal and signing the contract,
the contractor thereby shall have agreed to these provisions and, furthermore,
that the sum deducted and retained is not a penalty but a reimbursement to the
owner for damages which the owner will have sustained by reason of such
delayed completion. Damages so liquidated are understood to include the
additional cost to the owner for any additional engineering and review, interest
charges, and overhead all of which damages would be difficult or impossible
to ascertain accurately.
Delay forced upon the contractor by failure on the part of the owner
and its representatives to act promptly in the carrying out of its obligations
and duties under the contract will be considered cause for waiving a part or
al I of the aforementioned reimbursement, only when and to such extent as such
failure does actually prevent reasonable completion of the work within the
specified time.
Changes in plans and increases in the quantities of work to be performed
will be considered cause for said waiver only when they are of such nature
and when they occur at such times that they materially and necessarily retard
the progress of the work.
GC-32
Temporary suspensions of the work when ordered by the engineer in
advance and with written agreement to the effect that time extensions will
be allowed for them, will be considered cause for said waiver.
Amounts due the owner from the contractor under the foregoing provisions
shall be deducted from any monies then due or to become due said contractor
under the contract, and such deductions shall not in any degree release
the contractor from further obligations in respect to the fulfillment of the entire
contract, nor any right which the owner may have to claim, sue for, and recover
compensation and damages for no performance or breach of the contract.
12. Annulment and Cancellation of Contract by Owner. If the
contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should ma e a general
assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed
on account of his insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse
or should fail to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials
for the efficient prosecution of the project, or if he should fail to make
prompt payment to subcontractors or for material or labor, or persistently dis-
regard laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the engineer, or other wise be
guilty of a substantial violation of any provisions of tNe contract, then the owner,
upon the certificate of the engineer that, in his opinion, sufficient cause
exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other right or
remedy and after giving the contractor and his surety seven (7) days written
notice, terminate the employment of the contractor and take possession of the
premises and of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon and finish the
work by whatever method it may deem expedient.
In the event action as above indicated is taken by the owner the con-
tractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is
completed. On completion of the work, determination shall be made by the
engineer of the total amount the contractor would have been entitled to
receive for the work under the terms of the contract, had he himself completed
the work. If the difference between said total amount and the sum of all
amounts previously paid to the contractor, which difference will hereinafter
be called the "unpaid balance", exceeds the expense incurred by the owner in
completing the work, including expense for additional managerial and
administrative services, such excess will be paid to the contractor, with the
consent of the surety. If, instead, the expense incurred by the owner exceeds the
unpaid balance, the mount of the excess shall be paid to the owner by the contractor
or his surety.
The expense incurred by the owner as herein provided, and the damage
incurred through the contractor's default, shall be as determined and certified
by the engineer.
GC-33
In addition to and apart from the above mentioned rights of the owner
to terminate the employment of the contractor, it is expressly understood that
the contract may be cancelled at the election of the owner for any willful
failure or refusal on the part of the contractor to faithfully perform the contract
according to all of its terms and conditions; provided, however, that in the
event the owner should cancel the contract, neither the contractor nor his
surety shall be relieved from damages or losses suffered by the owner on account
of the contractor's said breach of contract.
It is understood and agreed that the owner may, at its discretion, avail
itself of any or all of the above rights or remedies and that the invoking of any
one of the above rights or remedies will not prejudice or preclude the owner from
subsequently involving any other right or remedy set forth above or elsewhere in
the contract.
13. Right of Owner to Do Work. If the contractor should neglect to
prosecute the work properly or fail to perform any provision of the contract,
the owner after three (3) days written notice to the contractor, may, without
prejudice to any other remedy it may have, made good such deficiencies and
deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the contractor.
14. Contractor's Right to Stop Work or Terminate Contract. If the work
should be stopped under an order of any court, or other pub is aut ority, for a
period of three months, through no act or fault of the contractor or of anyone
employed by him, or if the engineer should fail to issue any certificate for
payment within ten (10) days after it is due, or if the owner should fail to-
pay to the contractor within thirty (30) days of its presentation, any sum cer-
tified by the engineer and approved by the owner, then the contractor may,
upon seven days written notice to the owner and the engineer, stop work or
terminate this contract and recover from the owner payment for all work executed
and any loss sustained upon any plant or materials and reasonable profit and
damages.
15. Suits or Actions Concerning the Work. Should a suit or action be
filed by either the contractor (or is surety) against the owner or by the owner
against the contractor (or his surety), the parties agree that the venue of said
suit or action shall be in the county of the state in which the work was or is to
be performed.
If one of the questions at issue is the satisfactory performance of the
work by the contractor and should the appropriate court of law judge the work
of the contractor to be unsatisfactory, then the contractor or his surety shall
reimburse the owner for all reasonable attorney's fees and for all legal and all
other expenses (as may be allowed and set by the court) incurred by the
GC-34
owner because of the suit or action and, further, it is agreed that the owner
may deduct such expenses from any sum or sums then or that may become due the
contractor. Should there be no such funds available or should such funds be
not sufficient to cover the said expenses, then the contractor or his surety shall
pay all or such additional costs involved.
GC-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1 . Methods of Measurement and Computation. All work completed
under the contract shall e measured by—the engineer according to United
States standard measures.
The methods of measurement and computation to be used in the
determination of the quantities of materials furnished and the quantities of work
performed under the contract shall be the methods outlined in these specifications
or by those methods generally recognized as good engineering practice, which in
the opinion of the engineer, give the greatest accuracy consistent with
practicable application.
2. Scope of Payment. The contractor shall accept the compensation,
as herein provided, in fug payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools
and equipment, and for performing all work under the contract, also for all loss,
damage, or liability arising from the nature of the work or from the action
of the elements, or from any unforseen difficulties which may be encountered
during the prosecution of the work until its final acceptance by the owner.
3. Alteration in Details of Construction. The owner reserves the right
to make, at any time during the progress of t e work, such increases or decreases
in quantities and such alterations in the details of construction as may be found to be
necessary or desirable. Such increases and alterations shall not invalidate the
contract nor release the surety, and the contractor agrees to accept the work
as altered, the same as if it had been a part of the original contract.
Unless such alterations and increases or decreases materially change
the character of the work to be performed or the cost thereof, the altered
work shall be paid for at the same unit prices as other parts of the work.
If, however, the character of the work or the unit costs thereof are materially
changed, an allowance shall be made on such basis as may have been agreed
to in advance of the performance of the work, or in case no such basis has been
previously agreed upon, then an allowance shall be made, either for or against
the contractor, in such amount as may be determined to be fair and equitable.
No claim shall be made by the contractor for any loss of anticipated
profits because of any such alteration, or by reason of any variation between
the approximate quantities and the quantities of work as done.
GC-35
4. Quantities and Unit Prices.
a. Lump Sum. The contractor shall include in the contract
sum all allowances named in the contract document for items (or for the
entire work ) which are to be paid for under a lump sum price (s) and shall
cause the work so covered to be done for such sums. Should the engineer direct
that additional work be required or work deleted under a lump sum price (s)
item, the contract sum will be adjusted therewith by negotiation or may be
based upon the basis of "extra work" for additional work at the option of the
owner. The contractor declares that the lump sum price (s) includes such sums
for all expenses and profit as he deems proper. No demand for expense or
profit other than those included in the Iump sum price (s) will be allowed.
b. Unit Prices. The total amount to be paid under the contract
for items for which unit prices are to be named will be calculated on the basis
of the unit prices named in the proposal for the quantities actually incorporated
into the finished project, all as provided by the proposal . The quantities
named in the proposal or separately listed are approximate only but these
are to be used as a basis for the comparison of bids and to determine the amount
of the performance bond. However, if unit prices appear to the owner to be
unbalanced to such an extent that changes in actual quantities required under
the contract might result in contract price adjustments which would increase
payments to the contractor excessively, then the owner may take such a condition
under consideration in making the award of the contract. The owner expressly
reserves the right to increase or decrease the estimated quantities during construction
and to make any reasonable changes in design without thereby being obligated
to the contractor in any way as a result of losses he may sustain because of
inadequate unit prices or because anticipated profits are not realized.
5. Claims for Extra Compensation. In the event any situation arises
which, in the opinion of the contractor, entitles him or will entitle him to
compensation in addition to that which he will receive at the prices and on the
basis of payment specifically set forth in the contract and in previously issued
extra work orders, price agreements and supplemental agreements, the
contractor shall notify the engineer of the situation and of his intention to make
claim for such additional or extra compensation. The notice to the engineer shall
be made in writing and shall be delivered before any of the extra expense to be
claimed is incurred. The notice shall set forth the grounds on which the
additional or extra compensation is to be claimed. If notice to the engineer is
not thus given, or if the engineer is not afforded proper facilities by the
contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost, then the contractor
hereby agrees to waive the claim for such extra compensation. Such notice by
the contractor, and the fact that the engineer has kept account of the cost as
GC-36
aforesaid, shall not in any way be construed as proving the validity of the claim.
In case the claim is found to be valid and just, it may be allowed and paid for
as an extra as provided herein for extra work, or it may be allowed and paid
under a supplemental agreement to be entered into between the parties to
the contract.
6. Payment for Force Account Work. When extra work is ordered by
the engineer to be dine on a force account asis (either by the contractor or
an approved subcontractor) such work will be paid for on the basis of the
actual cost to the contractor or subcontractor plus an allowance of fifteen (15)
per cent thereof. Where said work is performed by an approved subcontractor,
five (5) per cent will be allowed the contractor for supervision of the sub-
contractor's work.
The items of cost to which the above percentage will be added and to
which payment will be restricted are as follows.-
a.
ollows:a. The payment to be made for labor used in the work will
be made at the rates actually paid (plus a sum not to exceed 25 per cent
thereof for items of direct overhead on labor such as but not limited to
welfare or fringe benefit payments, social security, accounting, insurance,
etc.) to the laborers and foremen by the contractor or subcontractor unless these
rates are in excess of the current local prevailing wage rates, in which event,
payment will be made at the local prevailing wage rate. The time allowed
will be the number of hours worked directly on force account operations.
b. Payment for purchased materials, equipment and supplies
used on force account work wi I I be made at the prices bi I led to the contractor
or subcontractor by the supplier, less all discounts. It will be assumed that
the contractor or his subcontractor has taken advantage of all possible discounts
on bills for materials and supplies, and such discounts will be subtracted from
the total amounts of bills regardless of any failure of the contractor to take
advantage of same. Freight and express on material and supplies will be
considered to be a part of the cost of the materials and supplies and will be
paid for as materials and supplies.
c. Materials and supplies produced by the contractor or
subcontractor will be paid for at prices to be agreed upon between the contractor
and the engineer, which prices will be no greater than the prices at which the
materials and supplies can be obtained elsewhere.
d. Where the use of rental equipment is authorized by the
engineer rental on such equipment used will be paid at the rates actually paid
by the contractor or subcontractor unless these rates are in excess of the current
local rates or unless the equipment is owned by the contractor or subcontractor,
GC-37
in either of which events payments will be made at the rates to be agreed upon
between the contractor and the engineer prior to beginning work, which rates
will in no case be greater than the current local rates.
For equipment rented on a daily or hourly basis, rental will be allowed
for only those days or hours during which the equipment is in actual use. For
equipment rented on a monthly basis, straight time rental will be allowed from
the day the equipment is first used on the particular piece of force account work
until and including the last day on which it is used on that particular work,
provided the equipment is not used on other work during the period, and
provided further that the equipment is not idle for a continuous period of
more than six days. No rental will be allowed for any parts of idle period of
lengths greater than six days or for any time during which the equipment is
used on other work.
The rental allowed for equipment will in all cases be understood to
cover all fuel, supplies, repairs, and renewals, and no further allowances
will be made for those items unless specific agreement to that effect is made
in writing before the work is commenced. Individual pieces of equipment having
a value of one hundred (100) dollars or less will be considered to be tools or
small equipment, and no rental will be allowed on such.
The fifteen X15) per cent allowance to be made to the contractor (or
subcontractor) will be made on all items of cost listed above except for rental
on equipment authorized by the engineer to be used on the work in which case
the allowance will be five (5) per cent.
The percentage allowances made to the contractor in accordance with
the terms outlined above will be understood to be reimbursement and compen-
sation for all supervision, use of tools and small equipment, overhead expenses,
bond cost, insurance premiums, profits, indirect costs and losses of all kinds,
and all other items of cost not specifically designated herein as items involved
are furnished or incurred by the contractor or by the subcontractor. No other
reimbursement, compensation or payment will be made for any such services,
costs or other items.
Should any percentage allowange or other corresponding allowance be
made by the contractor to a subcontractor (other than specified herein), in
connection with force account work, such allowance shall be at the sole
expense of the contractor and the contractor will not be reimbursed or other-
wise compensated for the same by the owner.
7. Force Account Bills. Bills for force account work must show in
payroll form the dates, names, ours worked each day, rates of pay, and amounts
GC-38
paid to each individual employed on such work, and must give in detail the
nature of the work done by each. Bills for materials must be fully itemized,
showing dates of delivery, quantities, unit prices, amounts,and discounts,
and must be accompanied by receipted invoices covering every item.
All bills, payrolls, and other forms of claims for payment on force
account work must be submitted in triplicate, must state the number of force
account work or change order applicable and the name or number of the contract
under which the work was performed, and must be approved by the engineer.
Failure to present claims in proper form within thirty (30) days after the close
of the month in which the work covered was performed shall constitute a waiver
on the part of the contractor of his right to present such claim trereafter or
to receive payment therefor.
8. Payment for Omitted Items. The owner shall have the right to cancel
portions of the contract relating to construction of any item therein by payment
to the contractor of a fair and equitable amount covering all items of cost
incurred prior to the date of cancellation or suspension of the work by order
of the engineer. Where practicable the work completed before cancellation
shall be paid for at unit prices, otherwise the contractor shall be allowed a
profit percentage on the materials used and construction work actually performed
at rates as provided under "Payment for Force Account Work", Article
GC-09-6, but no allowance will be made for anticipated profits. Acceptable
materials ordered by the contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date
of cancellation or suspension of the work by order of the owner shall be purchased
from the contractor by the owner at actual cost and thereupon becomes the
property of the owner.
9. Partial Payments. At a regular period each month the engineer
shall make an estimate -o—ft-Re amount of work completed and of the value of such
completed work. He shall also make an estimate of the amount and value of accep-
table material to be incorporated in the completed work which has been delivered
and properly stored at or near the site or at a location acceptable . to the engineer.
He will also estimate and allow the full amount earned under force account work,
as the value thereof. The sum of values will hereafter be collectively referred
to in this subsection as the "value of completed work". With these estimates as
a base, a partial payment shall be made to the contractor, which partial payment
shall be equal to the value of completed work, less such amounts as may have
been previously paid, less such other amounts as may be deductible or as may
be owing and due to the owner for any cause, and less an amount to be
retained in protection of the owner's interests. In no case shall the amounts
allowed as partial payments exceed the reasonable value of completed work
as estimated by the engineer.
GC-39
The amount to be retained from any given partial payment will be such
that when added to the sum of amounts previously retained will bring the total
of amounts retained to an amount equal to ten per cent (10%) of the value of
completed work, but in no case, to an amount greater than five per cent (5%)
of the contract amount.
After the retained amount has reached five per cent (5%) of the said
contract amount, that amount will be retained until such time as final
payment is made with the following provision. Upon substantial completion of
the work under the contract which shall be understood to be not less than
97-1/2% of the work, the engineer may, at his discretion, reduce the
retained amount to an amount equivalent to not less than 200% of the contract
value or estimated value or estimated cost, which ever is greater, of the work
remaining to be done.
The owner may in all cases retain an amount of money, or, on account
of subsequently discovered evidence, nullify the whole or a part of any payment
certificate to such extent as may be deemed necessary to protect the owner
from loss on account of:
a. Defective work not remedied.
b. Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable
filing of claims.
c. Failure of the contractor to make payments properly
to subcontractors or for material or labor.
d. A reasonable doubt in the opinion of the owner that the
contract can be completed for the balance then unpaid.
e. Damage to another contractor.
Should the amount due the contractor under the estimate for any given
month be less than five hundred dollars ($500.00) at the option of the owner,
no payment shall be made for that month.
Partial payments shall not be construed as an acceptance or approval
of any part of the work covered thereby, and they shall in no manner relieve
the contractor of responsibility for defective workmanship or material.
The estimates upon which partial payments are based are not represented
to be accurate estimates, and all quantities shown therein are subject to
correction in the final estimate. If the contractor uses such estimates as a
basis for making payments to subcontractors, he does so at his own risk, and he
shall bear all loss that may result.
The making of partial payments under the contract,either before or
after the date set for completion of the work shall not operate to invalidate
any of the provisions of the contract or to release the surety.
GC-40
At the time payment is made for any materials which have been stored
on or near the site, the ownership of such materials shall be vested in the
owner, and they shall remain in storage until used on the work. Such materials
shall not be used on other work. The contractor shall be responsible for the
replacement of any materials which are damaged or stolen during storage.
10. Advances on Materials. For materials delivered and held in
storage upon the work or near the site of the work if approved by the engineer),
allowances will be made in the partial payments to the contractor. These
allowances shall be in amounts not exceeding ninety per cent (90%) of the net
cost to the contractor of the material f.o.b. the work,and from such allowances
there shall be retained the percentages regularly provided for in connection with
partial payments. In cases where there is a bid price on a given material in
place,the allowance shall be further limited to not exceed ninety per cent
(90%) of the difference between the bid price and the cost of placing as
estimated by the engineer.
At the option of the engineer, no allownace for materials shall be made
on any partial estimate unless the total allowable value for all materials on
hand is at least one thousand dollars($41,000.00) and no allowance shall be
made upon any single class of material the value of whcih is not at least
five hundred dollars ($500.00). The inventory of materials for which advances
are requested shall be kept to as reasonable an amount as required for prosecution
of the work. No allowance shall be made upon fuels, supplies, form lumber,
falsework, or other materials, or on temporary structures of any kind, which will
not become an integral part of the finished construction.
As a basis for determining the amount of advances on material, the
contractor shall make available to the engineer such invoices, freight bills,
and other information concerning the materials in question, as the engineer
may request. Should there be reasonable evidence, in the opinion of the engineer,
that the contractor is not making prompt payments for material on hand, allow-
ances for material on hand will be omitted from partial payment.
11 . Allowance for Materials Left on Hand. Materials not required by
the unit or lump sum prices named in the proposa ut delivered to the work at
the order of the engineer but left unused due to changes in plans, will, if the
materials are not pra lcably returnable for credit, be purchased from the
contractor by the owner at actual cost (without percentage allowance or
profit), and shall thereupon become the property of the owner.
12. Final Estimate. As soon as the completed work shall have passed
satisfactory inspection, the engineer will so notify the owner and contractor
in writing and the contractor will then be paid an amount such as will make the
total payments equal to the total contract price less the retained percentage.
GC-41
Payment of the final estimate will be made at the same time in the month and
in the same manner as above provided for monthly estimates. The retained
percentage of the final contract price shall be retained for a period of thirty
(30) days following the final acceptance of the completed project, and every
person performing labor or furnishing supplies toward the completion of said
improvement or work shall have a lien or claim upon said fund so reserved,
provided such notice of the lien or claim of such claimant shall be given in the
manner and within the time provided by law.
After the expiration of thirty (30) days following the final acceptance
of the work said reserve, or all amounts thereof in excess of a sufficient sum
to meet and discharge the claims of material men and laborers who have filed their
claims, together with a sum sufficient to defray the cost of such action to pay
attorney's fees, shall be paid the contractor.
13. Suspension of Payments. No partial or final payment shall be made
as long as any order made by the engineer to the contractor in accordance with
the specifications remains uncomplied with. Neither shall any partial or
final payment be made as long as any claim or lien filed or prosecuted against
the owner, the owner's officers or employees contrary to the provisions of the
contract remains unsatisfied.
14. Correction of Work after Final Payment. Neither the final cer-
tificate nor payment nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve
the contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship and unless
otherwise specified, he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any
damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of
one year from the date of final acceptance. The owner shall give notice of
observed defects with reasonable promptness. All questions arising under this
article shall be decided by the engineer.
15. Payments. Payments under the contract shall be paid in cash by
the owner un ess ofFerwise provided by the Special Provisions of these
specifications.
GC-42
CONSTRUCTION OF 1 .0 MG
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE RESERVOIR
AT SUMMIT OF BULL MOUNTAIN
MARCH 1990
PARTS IV & V
TIGARD WATER DISTRICT
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
F O R T H E
C O N S T R U C T I O N O F
1. 0 - MG
P R E S T R E S SE D C O N C R E T E
R E S E R V O I R
S . W. High Tor Drive
between 141st and 144th
FOR
1NROFfs�, TIGARD WATER DISTRICT
� 8777
``�7149 '� 9 Tigard, Burnham Street
Oregon97223
CREWPhone: 1-503-639-1554
�Q r 16.
BFR7' E. SPS
MARCH 1990
PART IV
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Description Page
SP-01 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-01
SP-02 OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF OREGON LAW. . . . . . . . . .SP-01
1. Payment of liens, Withholding
Taxes, Contribution to Industrial
Accident Fund, Labor & Materials. . . .SP-01
2. Payment of Claims by the owner. . . . . .SP-02
3. Working Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-02
4 . Nondiscrimination of Labor. . . . . . . . . .SP-02
5. Minimum Wage Rates on Public Works. .SP-02
6. Forfeiture of Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-03
7. Payment of Medical Care and
Attention to Employees. . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-04
8. Any and all other of the laws
of Oregon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-04
SP-03 SPECIFICATIONS BY STANDARD DESIGNATIONS . . .SP-04
SP-04 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. . . . . .SP-05
SP-05 PATENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-05
SP-06 GENERAL STATEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-06
SP-07 SCOPE OF WORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-06
SP-08 PLANS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-06
SP-09 TIME OF COMPLETION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-08
SP-10 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-09
SP-11 SITE INVESTIGATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-10
SP-12 COST DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-10
SP-13 ACCESS TO WORK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-10
SP-14 INCLUSION IN SUBCONTRACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-10
SP-15 OREGON PRODUCTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-11
SP-16 "OR APPROVED EQUAL" CLAUSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-11
SP-17 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-13
SP-18 RIGHT-OF-WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-13
SP-19 INTERFERENCES AND OBSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . .SP-13
SP-20 PROGRESS REPORTS AND SCHEDULES. . . . . . . . . . . .SP-14
SP-21 POSSESSION PRIOR TO COMPLETION. . . . . . . . . . . .SP-14
SP-22 PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-14
SP-23 COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. . . . . . .SP-15
SP-24 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR. . . . . . . . .SP-16
SP-25 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY OWNER. . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-16
SP-26 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . .SP-17
SP-27 WATER SUPPLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-17
SP-28 WORK PERMITS FOR CONSTRUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . .SP-17
SP-29 SAFETY STANDARDS AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION. .SP-17
SP-30 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION (SOILS TESTING) SP-19
PART IV
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SP-01 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
The laws of Oregon require that all prospective bidders
on public works construction must qualify therefor to the
satisfaction of the owner of such works before the forms or
other documents which are essential in the preparation and
filing of a proposal may be issued. Prequalification of
bidders on public contracts must be accomplished on forms
prescribed by the Department of Commerce. It therefore will
be presumed that each bidder will have applied to the owner
for approval of his qualifications and will have received
such approval before requesting that said forms or documents
be issued to him. Prospective bidders who heretofore may
have qualified with the owner and whose evidence of such
qualifications is still acceptable may upon request receive
the necessary approval without filing new proof thereof --
all subject to the discretion of the owner. All prospective
bidders requesting forms or documents for preparation of
proposals shall be prequalified with the owner ten (10) days
prior to proposal submission.
SP-02 OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF OREGON LAW
1. Payment of Liens, Withholding Taxes, Contributions
to Industrial Accident Fund, Labor, and Materials. The con-
tractor shall make payment promptly as due to all persons
supplying to the contractor labor or materials for the prose-
cution of the work provided for herein, and shall pay all
contributions or amounts due the State Industrial Accident
Fund (SIAF) from the contractor or subcontractors incurred
in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall
permit no lien or claim to be filed or prosecuted against
the owner on account of any labor or material furnished, and
shall pay to the Department of Revenue all sums withheld from
employees pursuant to ORS 315. 575 or ORS 316.711 and ORS
316. 714, as amended, and ORS 316. 167.
SP-01
2. Payment of Claims by the Owner. In the event the
contractor shall fail, neglect, or refuse to make prompt
payment of any claim for labor or services furnished to the
contractor or subcontractor by any person in connection with
this contract as such claim becomes due, whether said services
and labor be performed for the contractor or a subcontractor,
then, in such event, the proper officer or officers represent-
ing the owner may pay such claim to the person furnishing the
labor or services and charge the amount of the payment against
funds due or to become due the contractor by reason of his
contract in accordance with the provisions of ORS 279. 314 .
The payment of a claim in the manner authorized herein shall
not relieve the contractor or his surety from his or its
obligation with respect to any unpaid claims.
3. Working Hours. No person shall be employed more than
eight (8) hours in any one day or forty (40) hours in any one
week, except in cases of necessity, emergencies, or where the
public policy absolutely requires. In such cases, the laborer
shall be paid at least time and one-half pay for all overtime
in excess of eight (8) hours a day and for work performed on
Saturdays and on any legal holiday as specified in ORS 279. 334 .
4. Nondiscrimination of Labor. The attention of the
contractor is directed to the provisions of Chapter 659,
Oregon Revised Statutes, relative to unlawful employment
practices and discrimination by employers against any employee
or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color,
or national origin. Particular reference is made to Section
659. 030 ORS, which states that it is an unlawful employment
practice for an employer, because of the race, religion, color
or national origin of any individual, to refuse to hire or
employ or to bar or discharge from employment such individual
or to discriminate against such individual in compensation or
in terms, conditions or privileges of employment.
5. Minimum Wage Rates on Public Works. The contractor
shall comply fully with ORS 279. 348 through 279. 356, which
provides in part that "the hourly rate of wage to be paid by
any contractor or subcontractor to workman upon all public
works shall be not less than the prevailing rate of wage for
an hour' s work in the same trade or occupation in the locality
where such labor is performed. When a contractor or subcon-
tractor is a party to a state-wide agreement in effect with
SP-02
any labor organization, the rate of wages as established in
the agreement shall be considered to be the prevailing rate
in the locality. " The provisions of the statute do not apply
to workmen or other persons regularly employed on monthly or
per diem salary. The Commissioner of Oregon Bureau of Labor
is responsible for the determination of prevailing rates of
wages and minimum hourly rates of wages.
The minimum hourly rate of wage, not less than the pre-
vailing rate of wage, which may be paid to workmen in each
trade or occupation required for the work under the contract
employed in the performance of the contract either by the
contractor or subcontractor or by other persons doing or con-
tracting to the whole or part of the work contemplated by the
contract shall be as set forth in the Schedule of Minimum
Hourly Wage Rates bound with the proposed Agreement and the
workmen employed in the performance of the contract, shall be
paid not less than the applicable specified minimum hourly
rate of wage as such is set forth in said schedule. The con-
tractor shall keep the prevailing wage rates for this project
posted in a conspicuous & accessible place in or about project.
In case of conflict between any of the minimum hourly
wage rates set forth in the schedule above referred to and
other pertinent minimum hourly wage rates, as such other rates
may have been set forth in the contract provisions in accord-
ance with federal regulations, the higher of the conflicting
wage rates shall be applicable under the contract.
There is no representation on the part of the owner that
labor can be obtained at the hourly rates bound with the
special provisions. It is the responsibility of bidders to
inform themselves as to local labor conditions and prospective
changes or adjustments of wage rates. No increase in the con-
tract price shall be allowed or authorized on account of the
payment of wage rates in excess of those listed.
6. Forfeiture of Contract. This contract may be can-
celled at the election of the owner for any willful failure
or refusal to faithfully perform the contract according to its
terms as herein provided.
SP-03
7. Payment of Medical Care and Attention to Employees.
The contractor shall promptly, as due, make payment to any
person, co-partnership, association, or corporation furnish-
ing medical, surgical, and hospital care, or other needed
care and attention incident to sickness or injury to the
employees of such contractor, all of sums which the contrac-
tor agrees to pay for such services, and all monies and sums
which the contractor has collected or deducted from wages of
his employees pursuant to any law, contract, or agreement
for the purpose of providing or paying for such service.
8. Any and All Other of the Laws of Oregon, which are
applicable to work of the nature contemplated shall be ob-
served in all respects.
SP-03 SPECIFICATIONS BY STANDARD DESIGNATIONS
Whenever practicable, specifications will be made herein
by designating certain public standards of recognized organi-
zations. Abbreviation ASTM will be used to indicate American
Society for Testing Materials and this will be followed by
the official published designation number for the particular
specifications to which the reference applies. Other stan-
dards will be indicated by the full name of the sponsoring
organization or by clearly recognized abbreviations. In all
cases, it shall be understood that such references mean the
designated specifications or the latest revision thereof.
Specifications so defined shall have full force and
effect as though they were repeated in full in these speci-
fications.
All material, equipment and devices, not specifically
covered by such standards as indicated above, these specifi-
cations, by the plans or by addenda shall be subject to the
approval of the architect to determine the suitability for the
service intended.
SP-04
SP-04 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
Whether or not there appears here or elsewhere herein
specific reference to guarantees of all items of material,
equipment, and workmanship, they nevertheless shall be so
guaranteed against mechanical, structural, or other defects
for which the contractor is responsible that may develop or
become evident within a period of one (1) year from and
after acceptance of the work by the owner. Such guarantees
shall include care of backfilling of ditches or at struc-
tures should the fill settle to such extent as to require
refilling or resurfacing roadway surfaces to restore the
original or intended condition or grade. This guarantee
shall be understood to imply prompt attention to any remedy
of such defects as those mentioned above if and as they
occur after the contractor shall have written notice of
their existence. If the defect, in 'the opinion of the owner,
if of such nature as to demand immediate repair, the owner
shall have the right to make them, and the cost thereof
shall be borne by the contractor.
To support the above guarantee, the contractor 's per-
formance bond shall remain in full force and effect for one
(1) year following the acceptance of the project by the owner.
The bond shall be executed by a surety company authorized to
do business within the State of Oregon, and it shall be sub-
ject to the approval of the attorney for the owner.
SP-05 PATENTS
The contractor' s attention is called to the General
Conditions requirement on patents, and the hold harmless
clauses thereof. In addition to the requirements stated
therein, the contractor shall pay all royalties and assume
all responsibilities for the infringement of any patent
required by any process or items of equipment required for
the project. The costs to the contractor of all royalty pay-
ments for use of patented processes or equipment shall be
absorbed in the prices named for the work in the Proposal
form.
SP-05
SP-06 GENERAL STATEMENT
These Special Provisions supplement and amplify certain
sections of the General Provisions for the project. The
General Provisions shall apply except as herein modified.
SP-07 SCOPE OF WORK
The work to be performed under these specifications and
plans consists of furnishing all laborr materials and equip-
ment necessary for the e:,cavation for and con truction of a
one (1) million gallon pres'_ressed concro e reservoir, r, ated
piping, and app-j.rtenances.
No attempt has been made in these specifications or
plans to segregate work covered by any trade or subcontract
under one specification. Such segregation and establishment
of subcontract limits will be solely a matter of specific
agreement between the contractor and his subcontractors and
shall not be based upon any inclusion, segregation, or arrange-
ment in or of these specifications. The contractor and sub-
contractor in each case is warned that work included in any
subcontract may be divided between several general specifica-
tions and that each general specification or subhead of the
Technical (Provisions) Specifications may include work covered
by two or more subcontracts in excess of any one subcontract.
The above general outline of principal features of the
work does not in any way limit the responsibility of the con-
tractor to perform all work and furnish all plant, labor, and
materials required by the specifications and the plans and
drawings referred to therein.
SP-08 PLANS
The plans are designated by name, number and title.
Where reference is made to the drawings, the "Drawing Number"
of the sheet will be used. Each drawing bears the general
title:
SP-06
TIGARD WATER DISTRICT
1. 0-MG RESERVOIR
Drawing
Number Content
1 Title Page and Vicinity Map
2 General and Miscellaneous
3 Site Plan, Landscape Plan and Vertical
Profile
4 Existing Concrete Control Vault and
Piping Plan
5 Tank Section and Drawing Number for Details
6 Column Plan, Inside Wall Curb and Ventilator
Details
7 Pipe Entrances through Floor
8 Overflow Pipe and Bracket
9 Floor, Wall Footing Details
10 Lower Wall and Vertical Wall Joint Details
11 Seismic Cable Details
12 Column and Column Connection Details
13 Roof Edge and Reglet Details for Poured-in-
Place Walls
14 Top Anchor and Wall-Roof Connection
15 Typical Roof Slab Reinforcing
16 Plan of Roof Reinforcing
17 Reinforcing around 4 ' x 6 ' Roof Hatch
18 Circumferential Prestressing and Waterstop
Details
19 Vertical Prestressing
20 Inside Ladder and Hatch Details
SP-07
SP-09 TIME OF COMPLETION
After Notice to Proceed has been issued by the owner,
the contractor shall complete all work as specified within
the following time frame:
Reservoir complete and in service with all
piping and drainage lines installed and connected --
240 consecutive calendar days (8 months) .
The work shall be completed within the time period
specified by the contractor in his proposal. Work shall be
started within ten (10) days after receipt of "Notice to
Proceed. " It is believed that a target date of July 1, 1990
is realistic for start of construction.
Should the owner cause delay in completion of the work
by reason of requirements on extra work or otherwise provided
for by the plans or these specifications, the contractor will
be granted an extension of time for completion equal to the
amount of such delay and no charge will be made against him
for the extension of time so granted; provided, however,
that all such extension requested by the contractor shall be
made to the owner in writing on or before the fifth day of
the month following that in which the alleged delay is said
to have occurred and such claim for extension of time shall
state explicitly the reason therefor.
Should the contractor fail to file such written claim
for extension of time within the period provided therefor,
he thereby shall have abandoned any claim therefor. No claim
for delay will be considered by the owner except that alleged
to have been caused by extra work or special order of the
owner acting through the engineer.
The owner shall have the right to order the work to cease
for a time because of adverse weather conditions, but in case
such order is given the owner also will give notice as to when
the work shall be resumed and the contractor ' s time for comple-
tion will be extended for a time equal to the amount of the delay
so ordered. The contractor must not anticipate such orders, but
he shall obey them if issued and shall have no claim for damages
other than that covered by the extension of time.
SP-08
In naming the price for the work and for its
completion within the time quoted in the proposal, it shall
be understood and agreed that the work shall be completed
within that time. If, however, said work is not completed
within the time named in the contract as extended to cover
the total days of delay allowed in the paragraph above, the
owner may deduct and retain out of any sum then due or that
may become due the contractor at the time of such delinquency
or later the sum of $300. 00 for each and every calendar day
that the date of final completion of the work is delayed.
In submitting the proposal and signing the contract,
the contractor hereby shall have agreed to these provisions
and furthermore that the sum deducted and retained is not a
penalty but reimbursement to the owner for damages that the
owner will have sustained by reason of such delayed completion.
The damages so liquidated are understood to include the
additional cost to the owner for engineering supervision,
interest charges and overhead, of which damages would be
difficult or impossible to ascertain accurately.
It is further understood that should the contractor not
complete the work within the time specified, the owner may
discontinue any further progress payments until the work is
completed and accepted by the owner.
SP-10 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
The owner reserves the right to require that any bidder
before being awarded a contract shall execute a noncollusion
affidavit in such form as will satisfy the owner that the bid
offered is genuine, is not a sham or collusive, and in no
respect or degree is made in the interest or on behalf of any
person, firm or corporation not named in the proposal contain-
ing such bid.
SP-09
SP-11 SITE INVESTIGATION
The contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied
himself as to the nature and location of the work, the
general and local conditions, including but not restricted
to those bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling
and storage of materials, availability of water, roads and
groundwater. Information and data furnished or referred to
herein is furnished for information only. Any failure by
the contractor to acquaint himself with the available infor-
mation will not relieve him from responsibility for estimat-
ing properly the difficulty or cost of successfully perform-
ing the work. The owner assumes no responsibility for any
conclusions or interpretations made by the contractor on the
basis of the information made available.
SP-12 COST DATA
If so requested by the Owner, the contractor shall
furnish full information as to the pay of employees and the
cost of materials or other items which are parts of the
finished work or will become so.
SP-13 ACCESS TO WORK
Access to the work shall be provided as may be required
by the owner or his representatives. Also, the contractor
shall provide access to the work for representatives of the
appropriate local governmental agency, city, county, or
state, as well as the Federal Government for inspection of
the work and the methods of construction or for any other
required inspection.
SP-14 INCLUSION IN SUBCONTRACTS
The contractor shall include all applicable provisions
of this section of the specifications in all subcontracts
for work to be performed under this contract.
SP-10
SP-15 OREGON PRODUCTS
Contractor' s attention is directed to the provisions
of Oregon law, ORS 279. 036 through 279 . 044 regarding the
preference for products that have been grown, manufactured
or produced in Oregon. Contractors must use Oregon-produced
or manufactured materials with respect to common building
materials such as cement, sand, crushed rock, gravel, plaster,
etc. , in all cases where bid prices of such materials are no
greater than those of similar materials produced or manufac-
tured outside the state.
When a nonmetallic mineral construction material or
materials, except cement, sand, gravel, crushed rock and
plaster, are to be used and if said materials are, or can
be, produced in Oregon, the bidder shall submit alternate
bids covering the use of such Oregon materials and use of
materials from outside the state.
This section shall not apply where such preferences
constitute an interference or conflict with federal statutes
or regulations.
SP-16 "OR APPROVED EQUAL" CLAUSE
In order to establish a basis for quality, certain
processes, types of machinery and equipment, or kinds of
material may be specified on the plans or herein by designating
a manufacturer by name and referring to his brand or product
designation. It is not the intent of these specifications
to exclude other processes, equipment or materials of a type
and quality to those designated.
Whenever a manufacturer' s name, brand or item designating
is given, it shall be understood that the words "or approved
equal" follow such name or designation whether in fact they
do so or not.
SP-11
If the contractor desires to furnish items of minor
equipment by manufacturers other than those specified, he
shall secure the approval of the engineer prior to placing
a purchase order.
Certain items of major equipment, however, are speci-
fied in the Technical Provisions of these specifications.
The contractor may bid upon the use of approved alternate
equipment. In either case, the contractor shall state in
the proposal and list in the space provided the manufacturer
of the major equipment he proposes to furnish.
No extras will be allowed the contractor for any
changes required to adopt the substitute equipment, there-
fore, the contractor' s proposal including the approved
alternate shall include all costs for any modifications to
the plans, such as structural and foundation changes, or
any other modification which may be necessary or required
for approval and adaptation of the proposed alternate
equipment. Approval of alternate and equal major equipment
will be only by addenda issued at least five (5) days prior
to bid opening. Requests for approval of this major equip-
ment must come from the manufacturer or his representative
at least ten (10) days prior to bid opening. All such
requests must be accompanied by drawings and specifications
in sufficient detail to allow the owner to determine whether
or not the equipment proposed is equal of that specified.
The determination as to whether or not the proposed substi-
tute equals that specified shall rest solely with the owner.
Regardless of the major equipment furnished or alter-
nate equipment thereto, the contractor shall furnish the
services of a manufacturer' s representative to place the
equipment in operation and to test the equipment after
installation.
No substitutions shall be permitted after a proposal
has been accepted by the owner without written approval by
the engineer.
SP-12
SP-17 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYS
Prior to construction the engineer will locate and
stake all points of intersection and angle points. Once
these points are established, it will be the contractor' s
responsibility to reference and maintain them. The engineer
may at his discretion or at the request of the contractor
re-establish these points but such additional surveys may
be at the contractor' s expense.
SP-18 RIGHT-OF-WAY
The owner will provide the necessary right-of-way or
easements for the work. Information regarding the width,
status and special conditions attached to right-of-way or
easements can be obtained from the owner in advance of the
date when bids are received; the contractor shall confine
his operations to the designated areas and observe all
restrictions. Special occupancy and use of the streets are
subject to and limited by permit from the proper officials,
which must be obtained before the streets are obstructed in
any way. Reasonable occupancy and use will be supported by
the engineer' s certification if necessary.
SP-19 INTERFERENCES AND OBSTRUCTIONS
At certain places, power, light and telephone poles may
interfere with excavation and the operation of the contractor' s
equipment. Necessary arrangements shall be made with utility
companies for moving or maintaining such poles. The utility
company effected by any such interferences shall be notified
thereof so that the necessary moving or proper care of poles
and appurtenances may have appropriate attention.
All costs resulting from any other interferences and
obstructions, or the replacement of such, whether or not
herein specifically mentioned, shall be included and absorbed
in the unit prices of the contractor' s bid.
SP-13
SP-20 PROGRESS REPORTS AND SCHEDULES
The contractor shall, within ten (10) days after the
date of commencement of the work, prepare and submit to the
engineer for approval a practicable schedule showing the
order in which the contractor proposes to carry on the work,
the date on which he will start the several salient features
(including the procurement of materials, plant and equipment)
and the contemplated dates for completing the same.
SP-21 POSSESSION PRIOR TO COMPLETION
The owner shall have the right to take possession of or
use any completed or partially complete part of the work.
Such possession or use shall not be deemed an acceptance of
any work not completed in accordance with the contract. If
such prior possession or use by the owner delays the progress
of the work or causes additional expense to the contractor,
an equitable adjustment in the contract price, and/or the
time of completion, will be made and the contract shall be
modified in writing accordingly.
SP-22 PAYMENTS
The Tigard Water District will make progress payments
and final payment as defined in the General Conditions herein
in cash.
The following with regard to the amounts to be retained
from the contract price modify the General Conditions GC-09
(MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT) , Section 9, Partial Payments.
The amount to be retained from any given partial payment
will be such that when added to the sum of amounts previously
retained will bring the total of amounts retained to an amount
equal to 5% of the value of completed work except that upon
substantial completion of the work under the contract which
will be understood to be not less than 97h% of the work, the
owner may, at his discretion, reduce the retained amount to an
amount equivalent to not less than 200% of the contract value
or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining
to be done.
SP-14
The amount to be retained in protection of the owner's
interest as above set forth will be reduced in conformance
with the following:
A. If the contractor deposits with the owner bonds
and securities of a value equal to at least 5% of the amount
of the contract at the time he signs the contract for the
project, no amount will be retained from partial payments.
B. If the contractor deposits bonds and securities
with the owner during the life of the contract, any retained
amounts will be reduced by an amount equal to the value of
the bonds and securities. This reduction in retainage will
be made in the partial payments made subsequent to the time
the contractor deposits the bonds and securities with the
owner.
C. The value of the bonds and securities will be peri-
odically determined by the owner and amount retained on par-
tial payments will be adjusted accordingly.
D. The bonds and securities deposited by the contractor
. shall be of a kind approved by the State Treasurer.
E. At the time the engineer determines that all require-
ments for protection of the owner's interest have been ful-
filled, all bonds and securities will be returned to the
contractor.
SP-23 COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
The contractor under these specifications shall cooperate
fully with all other contractors and carefully fit his own
work to such other work as may be directed by the engineer.
The contractor shall not commit or permit any act to be com-
mitted which will interfere with the performance of work by
any other contractor.
SP-15
SP-24 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR
The contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment,
materials, and plant necessary to complete the project in
accordance with the plans and specifications. However,
note that the owner will furnish, at its expense, some
material required for the project. (See paragraph SP-25
below) .
The lump sum price quoted for the concrete reservoir
shall include, but not limited to, excavation, structural
concrete, reinforcement steel, circumferential prestessing
and pneumatic mortar, vertical prestressing, pipework
installation, miscellaneous ironwork, all necessary appur-
tenances, including outlet pipe wire mesh and pipe support
brackets, backfill to finished grade, and reestablish the
5-foot high cyclone fence. This includes leaving the dump
site in a presentable condition, subject to the approval
of the engineer.
The contractor shall not be responsible for landscap-
ing the reservoir site which includes planting of lawn and
shrubs, installation of irrigation system, re-blacktopping
of driveway, etc.
SP-25 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY OWNER
The owner shall furnish, at its expense, all ductile
iron pipe and fittings, including accessories (gaskets and
bolts) . All other types of pipe and fittings will be fur-
nished by contractor. Contractor shall be responsible for
installation of all types of waterworks material, as speci-
fied, including the purchasing and installation of all metal
brackets, etc. Specifically, the owner will furnish the
following ductile iron pipe and fittings:
Item Quantity
12" TJDI pipe (Class 56) . . . . . . . 72 ' (4 pcs)
6" TJDI pipe (Class 56) . . . . . . . 90 ' (5 pcs)
12" MJ 900 bend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 each
12" MJ 450 bend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 each
6" MJ 900 bend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 each
6" MJ 450 bend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 each
6" MJ 450 lateral. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 each
6" MJ solid sleeve (L.P. ) . . . . . 1 each
SP-16
SP-26 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STORAGE
The contractor will be authorized to store vehicles,
equipment and material at the dump site. This is not a
protected area, i.e. , no fencing.
The contractor' s office (shack) may be located immedi-
ately across the street (High Tor Drive) from the project
site where another reservoir owned by the water district
is located. This area is enclosed with a cyclone fence.
Small quantities of high valued material can be stored
here also.
SP-27 WATER SUPPLY
Potable, fresh water will be available on jobsite at
50 psi via an 1-11" meter.
SP-28 WORK PERMITS FOR CONSTRUCTION
The owner will acquire all necessary permits, including
those from:
a. Washington County
b. Oregon State Health Division
SP-29 SAFETY STANDARDS AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION
A preconstruction consultation survey was conducted in
January 1990 by a representative of the Oregon Occupational
Safety & Health Division. The contractor shall comply fully
with the requirements of this survey, copy of which is
attached hereto.
It is noted that the contractor shall be responsible
for retaining a registered professional engineer to design
the excavation protective system. Plans for the protective
system shall be submitted to the project engineer for approval.
Payment for the work described in this section will be
included as part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the
Proposal.
SP-17
The contractor shall observe state and local laws and
regulations pertaining to job safety; attention is called
also to federal safety laws and regulations which may apply
to the project, including but not limited to the latest
amendments of the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety &
Health Act of 1970, Part 1910--Occupational Safety and Health
Standards, Chapter XVII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regula-
tions, and Part 1518-Safety and Health Regulations for Con-
struction, Chapter XIII of Title 29, Code of Federal Regula-
tions. The contractor shall be solely responsible for deter-
mining which laws and regulations are applicable to the
project, and shall not be entitled to additional compensation
for compliance with such laws and regulations or subsequent
amendments thereof.
Safety requirements specifically set forth in these
Special Provisions shall be considered minimum requirements
applicable only in the absence of other controlling regula-
tions, orders, or decrees whether such violations be by the
contractor, his subcontractors or his employees.
The contractor shall exercise every precaution at all
times for the prevention of accidents and the protection of
persons (including employees) and property.
The contractor shall maintain at his office or other
well-known place at the job site, all articles necessary for
giving first aid to the injured, and shall make standing
arrangements for the immediate removal to a hospital or a
doctor's care of persons (including employees) who may be
injured on the job site. In no case shall employees be
permitted to work at a job site before the employer has made
a standing arrangement for removal of injured persons to a
hospital or to a physician's care.
United States Department of Labor Safety and Health
Regulations for Construction, 29 CFR 1518 of April 27, 1971
(Part II) , are included herewith by reference.
SP-18
SP-30 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION (SOILS TESTING)
A geotechnical study of the reservoir site was conducted
in February 1990 by Fujitani Hilts & Associates, Inc. A copy
of this report is attached hereto and is made available for
information on factual data only, i.e. , field boring logs and
samples. This report should not be used for contractural
purposes as a warranty of interpreted subsurface conditions
such as those indicated by the formal borings logs and/or
discussion of subsurface conditions contained therein.
The report makes many recommendations pertaining to
excavation, shoring, subgrade preparation, compaction of
backfill, etc. The contractor is advised to utilize these
recommendations, where appropriate, and which do not conflict
with other portions of these specifications.
Close quality control will be exercised by the owner
during the preparation and construction of building foundations.
Any further testing or quality control by a geotechnical
engineer that may be required shall be at the expense of the
owner.
SP-19
:0,
N 2;,
,mss
Department of Insurance and Finance
NEIL GOIDT
GOVERNORVERNOR 21 LABOR AND INDUSTRIES BUILDING • SALEM, OREGON 97310
January 12, 1990
John P Miller, Administrator
Tigard Water District
8777 SW Burnhan St
Tigard OR 97223-9917
RE: Consultative Survey R-122-89
The Tigard Water District has demonstrated interest in the safety and health of their
employees by requesting and participating in preconstruction consultation on December
19, 1989. The proposed reservoir construction site off of Southwest High Tor Drive was
visited.
This report will list recommendations that are based on the observation made during the
consultative visit including information you provided. You stated that construction of the
new 1 million gallon reservoir is projected to start in March of 1990. For this reason the
recommendation will include the requirements under OSHA's revised Subpart
P-Excavations, 1926.650 through 652, which we will adopt in 1990.
ITEM 1:
CONDITION: Method of protecting employees from cave-ins. The circular
excavation will be approximately 305 feet around and 23 feet deep.
RECOMMENDATION: 1. Excavation must be sloped, shored or shielded.
a. After reviewing the proposed construction site it appears
that sloping may not be an option. There is not enough
room/space on 3 sides to obtain the required slope.
Without testing the soil I would consider it to be type B soil
which requires a 1 :1(H:V) slope (ratio of horizontal
distance to vertical rise). This means that at least 23 feet
is required on all sides to obtain the correct angle of
incline.
b. Shoring or shielding is the preferred method of protecting
employees from cave-in in this case, although it may be
possible to use a combination of sloping and shoring.
Normal shoring or shielding systems such as timber
shoring, pneumatic/hydraulic shoring or trench shield can
not be used in this case.
An Equal Opportunity Employer
John P Miller
Consultative Survey R-122-89
Page 2
January 12, 1990
Since a reservoir will be constructed around the inside of the
excavation there is not way to secure the required horizontal
cross braces. Additionally, trench shields can not be used
because of reservoir construction.
All protective systems for use in excavations more than 20
feet in depth must be designed by a regi tered
professional engineer in accordance with 1926 652(b) and
Lcj. These rules specify requirements for (b); "Design of
Sloping and Benching systems", (c); "Design of support
systems, shield systems and other protective systems."
The following information is directed at assisting you in
developing language for your excavation bid contract. It is not
intended to circumvent the requirement that the proposed
excavation protection system be designed by a registered
professional engineer.
(1) The soil and rock deposits at the proposed site must
be classified in accordance with Appendix A to
Subpart P - Excavations. Appendix A provides a
method of categorizing soil and rock deposits in a
hierarchy of Stable Rock, Type A, Type B and Type C
in decreasing order of stability. The categories are
determined based on an analysis of the properties
and performance characteristics of the deposits and
the environmental conditions of exposure.
(2) Selection of support system that meets the
requirements of 1926.652(c) and have the system
designed or approved by a registered professional
engineer. the excavation sides or faces should be
supported by vertical members driven into the ground
or otherwise installed so that the bottoms have
sufficient anchorage to prevent ground pressures
from dislodging the support base. Several types of
vertical supports can be used including interlocking
corrugated metal stakes or I-beam supports with
wood shoring between and secured by two I-beam
supports. Vertical supports may require additional
lateral bracing anchored to soil behind vertical
supports or anchored to soil above the excavation (tie
rods, spreader rods or ground anchors). The amount
of additional anchorage will depend on the amount of
soil mass and the resulting pressure per cubic feet of
soil behind support system.
John P Miller
Consultative Survey R-122-89
Page 3
January 12, 1990
Solid metal sheets driven into the ground may not be
an appropriate support system, even if tie backs with
ground anchors are used with each sheet. The steel
plates/sheets may not have the capacity to resist
without failure all loads that are intended or could
reasonably be expected to be applied or transmitted.
(3) Support systems designed or approved by a
registered professional engineer must meet the
following additional requirements:
(ii) Designs shall be in written form and shall include
the following:
(A) A plan indicating the sizes, types and
configurations of the materials to be used int he
protective system; and
(B) The identity of the registered professional
engineer approving the design.
(iii) At least one copy of the design shall be
maintained at the job site during construction of the
protective system. After that time, the design may be
stored off the job site, but a copy of the design shall
be made available to the Administrator upon request.
Refer to Rule: Subpart P - Excavations
ITEM 2:
CONDITION: Underground installations (utilities) that reasonably may be
expected to be encountered during excavation work, shall be
determined prior to opening an excavation.
RECOMMENDATION: Contact utility companies or owners to advise of the proposed
work and ask to establish the location of the utility
underground installations prior to the start of actual
excavation..
Refer to: 1926.651(b)(1) through (4)
ITEM 3:
CONDITION: Safe access and egress from the excavation must be provided.
RECOMMENDATION: Provide a stairway wide enough to accommodate employee
traffic in both directions (entering and leaving excavation).
Stairways must be constructed in accordance with 1926.501,
Stairways.
John P Miller
Consultative Survey R-122-89
Page 4
January 12, 1990
The construction of the reservoir inside the excavation will require
an offset stairway. To accommodate the required angle of the
stairway rise (to the horizontal) of between 30 degrees and 50
degrees. The stairway will need to be built alon.9 the face of the
excavation. This may require additional excavation of soil along
one side/face. You stated that 6 feet 6 inches is required between
excavation faces and reservoir walls to allow operation of wrapping
machine around the perimeter of the reservoir.
Temporary stairs are required to have a landing not less than
30 inches (in length measured in the direction of travel) at every 12
feet of vertical rise.
Refer to Rule: 1926.651(c)(2)
ITEM 4:
CONDITION: Excavated or other materials or equipment that could pose a
hazard by falling or rolling into excavation must be stored away
from excavation edge or retained.
RECOMMENDATION: Materials or equipment must be stored at least 2 feet from the
edge of excavations or by the use of retaining devices that are
sufficient to prevent materials or equipment from falling or
rolling into excavations.
It may be possible to plan the placement of the shoring (vertical
supports) so it extends above the top edges of the excavation
(above ground level) approximately 42 inches. This would provide
a guardrail system around the excavation. You stated that the
excavation will remain open for about 6 months during the
construction of the reservoir inside. Extending the shoring above
the excavation 42 inches would provide the necessary fall
protection around the parameter of the open excavation.
Refer to Rule: 1926.651 ') Loose rock and soil and
1926.651�) Fall protection
ITEM 5:
CONDITION: Daily inspection of excavations including adjacent areas and
protective systems is required.
John P Miller
Consultative Survey R-122-89
Page 5
January 12, 1990
RECOMMENDATION: 1. Daily inspections of excavations, the adjacent areas and
protective systems shall be made by a competent person
for evidence of a situation that could result in possible
cave-ins, indications of failure of protective systems,
hazardous atmospheres or other hazardous conditions.
An inspection shall be conducted by the competent
person prior to the start of work and as needed throughout
the shift. Inspections shall also be made after every
rainstorm or other hazard increasing occurrence. These
inspections are only required when employee exposure
can be reasonably anticipated.
2. Where the competent person finds evidence of a situation that
could result in a possible cave-in, indications of failure of
protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other
hazardous conditions, exposed employees shall be removed
from the hazardous area until the necessary precautions have
been taken to ensure their safety.
Refer to Rule: 1926.651(k)
ITEM
CONDITION: Other requirements specific to excavations.
RECOMMENDATION: Provide provisions for the following:
1. Surface encumbrances removed or supported as necessary to
safeguard employees.
2. No employee shall be permitted underneath loads handled by
lifting or digging equipment.
3. Warning system for mobile equipment that operate adjacent to
an excavation, when operator does not have a clear and direct
view of the edge or edges of the excavations.
4. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent exposure to
harmful levels of atmospheric contaminants and to assure
acceptable atmospheric conditions inside the excavation.
5. Protection from hazards associated with water accumulation
must be provided.
John P Miller
Consultative Survey R-122-89
Page 6
January 12, 1990
6. Where the stability of adjoining buildings, walls or other
structures is endangered by excavation operations, support
systems such as shoring, bracing or underpinning shall be
provided to ensure the stability of such structures for the
protection of employees.
Refer to Rule: 1926.651
ITEM 7:
CONDITION: Other rules/requirements specific to all construction sites.
RECOMMENDATION: Provide provisions for the following requirements found in
OAR Division 3, Construction:
1. Medical services and first aid;
2. Sanitation - flush toilets and warm washing water;
3. Responsibility of general contractor and sub-contractors;
4. Housekeeping;
5. Fall protection, scaffolding, ladders;
6. Personal protective equipment;
7. Hazard communication;
8. Welding and cutting;
9. Electrical - grounding;
10. Cranes - aerial lifts - heavy equipment;
11. Motor vehicles;
12. Tools - hand and power;
13. Steel erection, concrete and masonry construction;
14. Access to work area - control;
15. Guarding for power tools;
16. Fire protection; and
17. Materials handling, storage, use and disposal.
If you have any questions about this report or would like further assistance, please
contact me at the phone number listed below.
e � I
Robert G. Randall
Occupational Safety Consultant
Technical Services Section
Oregon Occupational Safety & Health Division
378-3272
7970a/clm
F-2253-01
FHA FUJITANI HILTS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
GEOTECHNICAL CONSULTANTS
February 14, 1990
Mr John P. Miller
Tigard Water District
8777 S.W. Burnham Street
P.O. 230000
Tigard, Oregon 97223-9917
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
PROPOSED 1 MG RESERVOIR
TIGARD, OREGON
Dear Mr. Miller:
In general accordance with our proposal of January 23, 1990, and your authorization dated
January 24, 1990, we have completed a geotechnical study for the referenced facility. The
design drawings for the reservoir have been completed, and the purposes of this study are
to verify the appropriateness of the soil parameters used in the design and to present
earthwork recommendations for construction of the reservoir. This letter report presents
the results of our investigation.
This report was prepared for your use in the design of the subject facility and should be
made available to potential contractors and/or the Contractor for information on factual
data only, i.e., field boring logs and samples. This report should not be used for contractual
purposes as a warranty of interpreted subsurface conditions Such as those indicated by the
formal borings logs and/or discussion of subsurface conditions contained herein.
2255 S.W. Canyon Rd. - Portland, OR 97201 • 503/223-6147 • FAX 503/228-4065
Tigard Water District
F-2253-01
February 14, 1990
Page 2
SITE AND PROTECT DESCRIPTIONS
The proposed new reservoir will be located immediately adjacent to your existing reservoir
located on the south side of S.W. High Tor Drive between S.W. 141st and 144th Avenues
on Bull Mountain. The new reservoir will have a capacity of 1 MG with a water surface
elevation of 713 feet above sea level and a water height of 25 feet near the wall.
The reservoir will be an 84 foot diameter (O.D.) wire-wrapped concrete tank buried in the
ground so that the top of the tank is about 4 feet above the surrounding ground surface
requiring an excavation on the order of 25 feet deep. The walls of the reservoir will be
supported on a 4 foot wide ring footing, and the roof will be supported on columns and 7
foot diameter circular footings. The plans require that the foundation soils be capable of
an allowable bearing capacity of 4500 pounds per square foot (psf). The plans also indicate
that the lateral earth pressure is based on an equivalent fluid pressure of 65 pounds per
cubic foot (pcf), which includes seismic acceleration.
The floor of the reservoir will be a monolithic slab-on-grade poured on a 12 inch thick
mat of crushed rock. The crushed rock will be placed on a 30 mil pvc liner, and a
perimeter drain will be provided around the reservoir. The bottom of the tank subgrade
will be at an elevation of about 686.4 feet. A 6.5 feet clearance beyond the edge of the ring
wall footing is required for construction.
The ground surface on the site is practically level and consists of mostly a lawn area. S.W.
High Tor Drive is located on the north, an existing reservoir is located on the south and
residences are located immediately to the east and west.
FIELD EXPLORATIONS AND LABORATORY TESTING
The field exploratory program consisted of one boring drilled near the center of the new
tank as shown on the Site Plan, Figure 1. The boring, designated B-1 was drilled on
F-2253-01
Tigard Water District
February 14, 1990
Page 3
February 5, 1990, by Donald A. Kenner Drilling of Sherwood, Oregon, using a truck
mounted rotary drill rig. A Fujitani Hilts & Associates, Inc., representative was present
throughout the exploration to collect samples and log the borings. The boring was drilled
to a depth of 36.5 feet.
Samples were obtained at 2.5 to 5-foot depth intervals mostly using a standard 2-inch O.D.
split-spoon sampler. Standard Penetration testing was performed in conjunction with the
disturbed split-spoon sampling to measure in-situ relative density and consistency. At two
select locations, thin-walled Shelby tube samples were attempted instead of split-spoon
samples to obtain relatively undisturbed samples. All samples were sealed to retain
moisture and returned to our laboratory for additional examination and testing.
An observation well consisting of a 1-inch P.V.C. pipe with a porous stone tip surrounded
with sand was installed in the boring to provide a means of monitoring future groundwater
levels.
The summary boring log is presented in Figure 2. Soil descriptions and interfaces on the
log are interpretive, and actual changes may be gradual. The elevation shown on the
boring log was determined using a hand level from the edge of the existing reservoir. The
location of the boring as shown on the Site Plan, Figure 1, is also approximate and was
determined using a cloth tape from nearby points of reference.
All samples were visually examined in our laboratory to refine the field classifications, and
natural water contents were determined for applicable samples. No consolidation test were
considered necessary for this project,but two unconsolidated undrained triaxial compression
test were performed to determine the undrained (short term) strength of the soils for
excavation slope or shoring analysis. The results of the unconsolidated undrained
compression tests are summarized below:
Tigard Water District
F-2253-01
February 14, 1990
Page 4
Boring Sample Depth, Water Dry Density, Compressive
No. No. Ft. Content, fo pcf Strength. tsf
B-1 S-2 5.0 - 7.0 25.4 100.8 1.11
B-1 S-6 15.0 -17.0 28.5 95.5 2.89
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
The analyses, conclusions and recommendations contained in this report are based on site
conditions as they presently exist and assume the exploratory borings are representative of
the subsurface conditions throughout the site. If, during construction, subsurface conditions
different from those encountered in the exploratory borings are observed or appear to be
present beneath excavations, we should be advised at once so that we may review these
conditions and reconsider our recommendations where necessary.
Published geology indicates that the site is underlain by a surficial layer composed of upland
silt, a light brown structureless silt and that the silt overlies either the Helvetia formation
or basalt of the Columbia River Basalt formation. The Helvetia formation consists of a
reddish brown sand, sandy silt and silty clay with local zones containing granitic, quartzite
and basalt pebbles. The Columbia River Basalt underlies the Helvetia formation where
present and may be weathered for several tens of feet. We understand that hard basalt was
not encountered during the excavation for the existing reservoir.
The boring drilled for the new reservoir encountered a 5-foot thick surficial layer of loose
brown silt overlying hard to very stiff reddish brown silty clay. At a depth of 27 feet, stiff
to very stiff mottled sandy clayey silt was encountered to the bottom of the boring. The
upper silt represents the upland silt and the reddish brown clay represents the Helvetia
formation. The lower mottled brown sandy clayey silt may represent the Helvetia formation
or may be a weathered portion of the Columbia River Basalt.
F-2253-01
Tigard Water District
February 14, 1990
Page 5
Groundwater was not measured in the observation well because of the drilling fluid used.
Regional groundwater is at an elevation of about 215 feet (about 500 feet below ground
level), but locally the groundwater may be perched on top of the Helvetia formation in the
upland silt.
GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS
Grading Requirements
Excavations. An excavation of about 25 feet will be required. Due to safety considerations
and the nature of temporary excavations, the Contractor should be made responsible for
maintaining safe excavations slopes and supports. We recommend that the Contractor
incorporate all pertinent safety codes during construction including the latest edition of the
OSHA Standards for Construction Industry. For planning purposes, based on the strength
of the soils encountered in the boring, we recommend that you assume a cut slope in the
loose brown silt encountered in the top 5 feet of 1 vertical (V) on 1 horizontal (H). A
slope of 2.5V:1H should be assumed in the hard to very stiff silty clay below the silt.
If there is insufficient space for an open sloped excavation due to property constraints, a
shoring system will be required. The design of the shoring system should be the
responsibility of the contractor, but we recommend that we be retained to review and
comment on the system. The shoring will probably consist of a sheet pile wall or a wall
consisting of soldier piles and lagging. The wall will probably be braced in some manner
with struts or tieback anchors, although tieback anchors may not be feasible because of
property constraints. It is our opinion that a cantilever wall is probably not feasible because
the depth of penetration of the sheet piles or soldier piles below the bottom of the
excavation may be of the same order of magnitude as the excavation depth. Because our
boring did not penetrate to the depth that a cantilever wall may, there is a possibility that
hard basalt could be encountered before the wall penetrates to the required depth. In
addition, possible variations in the weathering of basalt could create some penetration
problems even for the shallow penetration that may be required for a braced wall if hard
Tigard Water District F-2253-01
February 14, 1990
Page 6
rock is shallower than disclosed by the boring. If the wall consist of sheet piles or driven
soldier piles, consideration should be given to the effects of the pile driving on adjacent
structures.
The shoring system should be designed to resist lateral earth pressures. For a braced
excavation, the struts or tiebacks should be designed to resist the loads using the pressure
diagram on Figure 3 assuming a pin connection in the shoring at the struts or tiebacks. The
diagram is not a true distribution of soil pressures, but provides a means to estimate the
maximum strut loads.
Subgrade Preparation After excavation to subgrade level and prior to the placement of
fill, the bottom should be examined by a geotechnical engineer to determine if there are
unsuitable areas that will require removal and replacement with structural fill. This
examination should be done in conjunction with recompaction of the subgrade to a dry
f
k density of at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined by ASTM D-1557.
Fills. The crushed rock mat that will be placed over subgrade on a pvc liner is specified
to consist of a 3/4 inch minus crushed rock compacted to a relative compaction of 95
percent of the maximum density determined by ASTM D-1557. We further recommend
that the crushed rock contain not more than 2 percent passing the No. 200 mesh sieve as
determined by washing to provide the necessary drainage characteristics. Fills should be
placed in 9 to 12-inch maximum loose lifts for areas that are compacted with large self-
propelled compactors. Lift sizes for small vibrating plates typically used to compact
granular backfill in trenches vary from 4 to 6 inches. The size of the lifts and the number
of passes of the compactor may need to be modified by the Contractor to achieve the
desired densities using the equipment that he has selected.
Backfill against the wall of the reservoir should also be placed in lifts and compacted.
However, the fill should be compacted to a lesser degree of compaction to prevent the
buildup of excess lateral pressures from developing against the wall. We recommend that
the relative degree of compaction be 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined
F-2253-01
Tigard Water District
February 14, 1990
Page 7
by ASTM D-1557. In addition, we recommend that self propelled compaction equipment
not be used within 3 feet of the wall and that the surface of the backfill be gently sloped
up and away from the wall during compaction so that the energy of the compaction
equipment is directed away from the wall.
Foundation Design
Based on the field exploration program, it is our opinion that the allowable soil bearing
pressure not exceed 3,500 psf with a one-third increase allowed for seismic loading.
Assuming that the allowable bearing pressure of 4,500 psf required by the completed plans
includes seismic loading, this value is appropriate.
Each footing excavation should be evaluated by a qualified Geotechnical Engineer to
confirm suitable bearing conditions and to determine that all loose materials, organics,
unsuitable fill and softened subgrade, if present, have been removed. If unsuitable soil
conditions are encountered at footing locations, we recommend that the unsuitable soil be
removed. In order to raise the grade, the excavated unsuitable soil beneath footings may
be replaced with compacted structural fill to grade as shown by Figure 4.
Settlement of the reservoir is anticipated to be very small because the weight of the
excavated soil is greater than the weight of the reservoir and water. However, some
settlement will occur as a result of recompression of the foundation soils and as a result of
high stress concentrations at footings. For footings, we estimate that total settlement will
not exceed 1 inch and that differential settlement will be 50 to 75 percent of the total. Our
settlement estimate assumes that no disturbance to the foundation soils would be permitted
during excavation and construction. To minimize the potential for disturbance, it is
recommended that excavations be made with a smooth bucket (no teeth) backhoe or that
the final 3 to 4 inches be excavated by hand. Alternatively, the exposed subgrade could be
compacted to a dry density of at least 95 percent of the modified Proctor maximum dry
density (ASTM D-1557).
Tigard Water District F-2253-01
February 14, 1990
Page 8
Lateral Earth Pressures The reservoir wall below grade should be designed to resist
lateral earth pressure. The lateral pressure will depend on the ability of the walls to yield.
Conventional retaining walls should be designed for an equivalent fluid weighing 35 pcf.
Nonyielding walls should be designed using an equivalent fluid weighing 45 pcf, provided
the backfill consists of well graded granular soil. These values assume that the wall is
properly drained to prevent the buildup of hydrostatic pressures. These recommendations
also assume that the backfill slope is horizontal. We understand that an equivalent fluid
pressure, including seismic acceleration, of 65 pcf, and hence this value is appropriate for
design.
Drainage is considered necessary to protect against saturation of the backfill due to leakage
from broken water lines or groundwater seepage. Recommendations regarding backfill and
drainage behind the basement wall are shown in Figure 5. The perimeter drain lines
should be adequately sloped to allow the water to drain under gravity. Failure to
adequately dispose of the water behind a wall could lead to significantly higher lateral
pressures than anticipated.
LIMITATIONS OF REPORT
It is recommended that close quality control be exercised during the preparation and
construction of building foundations. In addition, we also advise that the subgrade
preparation, grading operations, and footing excavations be observed by a geotechnical
engineer.
If there is a substantial lapse of time between the submission of this report and the start
of work at the site, if conditions have changed due to natural causes of construction
operations at or adjacent to the site, or if the basic project scheme is significantly modified
from that assumed, it is recommended that this report be reviewed to determine the
applicability of the conclusions and recommendations considering the changed conditions
and time lapse.
F-2253-01
Tigard Water District
February 14, 1990
Page 9
Unanticipated soil conditions are commonly encountered and cannot be fully determined
by merely taking soil samples, or drilling test borings. Such unexpected conditions
frequently require that additional expenditures be made to attain a properly constructed
project. Therefore, some contingency fund is recommended to accommodate such potential
extra cost.
Sincerely,
FUJITANI HILTS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
By 53332
JL
Frank Fujitani, P.E.
President 0 C 0 H
encl: Figures 1 - 5 -r:;y 9
x225301A.R yr
k • R
R R k
x i i
R
/ PROPOSED
1-MG RESERVOIR 1
IB-1 I EXISTING
1.1-MG RESERVOIR x
I
T BLACKTOPPED DRIVEWAY I
EXISTING CONCRETE k
E I CONTROL VAULT
x x R R R
x x x R
R
IMG HI-TOR RESERVOIR
LEGEND TIGARD, OREGON
B-1 6 BORING LOCATION AND NUMBER SITE PLAN
FEBRUARY, 1990 F-2253-01
FUJITANI HILTS i ASSOCIATES. INC.
Geotechnical Consultants FIG. 1
Portland.Oregon
=W W o =W TANOARO PENETRATION RESISTANCE
SOIL DESCRIPTION (140 l0. WEIGHT. ]O" CROP)
a L-H c- `— d" A BLOWS PER FOOT
W OC W
SURFACE ELEVATION 711.7' M_ ` "s ME �" 0 50 100
SILT - Loose, brown. O 0 . . . ..
VI .
5.0 5 ....... ...................................................
CLAY - Hard to very stiff, silty, `;' . .
p. . . . . . . . . .
reddish brown, scattered sand size . . . .
rock fragments. �, : ; : : • : : : : : : : : :
i0 ...............................
Ni . . . . . . . . .
NI ;
15 ._...............
4 .
p . . . 1 . . . . . . . .
00 20 . . :..._:._..:..._._...:...:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
27.0
SILT - Stiff to very stiff, sandy,
clayey, mottled brown.
0 30
35 ; . . . . . .__ _.
36.5 v' , . . . . . . . .
BOTTOM OF BORING (COMPLETED 2/5/90) . . . . . . . . .
40
NOTES: O • WATER CONTENT IN PERCENTO
1. SOIL DESCRIPTIONS AND INTERFACES ARE INTERPRETIVE AND ACTUAL
CHANCES MAT 0E GRADUAL.
2. WATER LEVEL IS FOR DATE SHOWN AND MAT VARY WITH TIME OF YEAR IMG HI-TOR RESERVOIR
LEGEND TIGARD, OREGON
IITOSPOON LE IMPERVIOUSSEAI LOG OF BORING N0. B-1
.0" 0.0. TNINWALLSAMPLEWATERLEVEL
* SAMPLE NOT RECOVERED PIEZOMETER TIP FEBRUARY 1990 F-2253-01
P SAMPLER PUSHED ATTEROERG LIMITS
�� LIQUID LIMIT FUJITAMI HILTS ASSOCIATES. INC.
USC UNIFIED SOIL \ L=NATURAL WATER CONTENT Gootechnlca1 Conwltanti FIG. 2
CLASSIFICATION �—PLASTIC LIMIT Portland. Oregon
STRUT
STRUT 0.8 H
STRUT
0.2H
P = 32H
H IN FEET
P IN PSF
F:::: IMG HI-TOR RESERVOIR
TIGARD, OREGON
APPARENT PRESSURE DIAGRAM
FOR STRUT DESIGN
FEBRUARY, 1990 F-2253-01
FUJITANI HILTS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
Geotechnical Consultants FIG , 3
Portland, Oregon
1 / K\\ 2 2F/
/ COMPACTED FILL
NOT TO SCALE
1MG HI-TOR RESERVOIR
TIGARD, OREGON
LIMITS OF
COMPACTED FILL
UNDER FOOTINGS
FEBRUARY, 1990 F-2253-01
FUJITANI HILTS 6 ASSOCIATES, INC.
Geotechnical Consultants FIG . 4
Portland, Oregon
IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL BASEMENT WALL OR SMALL
-7T CANTILEVER RETAINING WALL
---TT/
CLEAN (NOT MORE THAN 2% PASSING
NO.200 SIEVE BASED ON WET SIEVE
RANDOM ANALYSIS) FINE TO MEDIUM SAND (1)
BACKFILL (1 )
•'.M I N I MUM
FLOOR SLAB OR PAVEMENT
DRAIN •,�, CRUSHED ROCK
"d /1)V/1 WN ---
SUBGRADE
NOTES:
1 . COMPACT RANDOM BACKFILL AND CLEAN
SAND TO 92 PERCENT OF STANDARD
PROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY.
NOT TO SCALE
1MG HI-TOR RESERVOIR
TIGARD, OREGON
BACKFILL AND SUBDRAIN DETAILS
FEBRUARY, 1990 F-2253-01
FUJITANI HILTS A ASSOCIATES, INC.
Geotechnical Consultants FIG. 5
Portland. Oregon
PART V
TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
PART V
TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
50 YEAR RATED PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
SECTION
CONTROLOF WATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01563
SITEGRADING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING 02221
EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222
COLD WEATHER CONCRETING PROCEDURES 03051
HOT WEATHER CONCRETING PROCEDURES 03052
REINFORCINGSTEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03210
EARTHQUAKECABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . 03230
EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 03251
TANK WALL BASE AND TOP JOINT 03255
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300
PRESTRESSEDCONCRETE TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314
PAINTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09900
MISCELLANEOUSSPECIALTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10910
CONTROL OF WATER
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01563-1
(A) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
01563-1
(B) RELATED WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01563-1
(C) SUBMITTALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01563-1
,. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01563-1
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
01563-1
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
01563-2
SECTION 01563
SECTION 01563 -- CONTROL OF WATER
. 01 GENERAL
A. Description
This section covers the control of surface water runoff, dewater-
ing of pipeline trenches and structural excavations, and other
elements required for control of water if the site conditions
should dictate the need.
B. Related Work
Related work specified in other sections:
Section 02210 - Site Grading
Section 02221 - Trench Excavating and Backfilling
Section 02222 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures
C. Submittals
Prior to performing any excavation, the Contractor shall submit
its proposed dewatering plan to the Engineer for review. The
submittal shall include method of installation and details of
the proposed dewatering system.
. 02 MATERIALS
Materials and equipment required for control of water shall be
furnished and maintained as required to perform the Construction.
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. The necessary machinery, appliances and equipment shall be pro-
vided and operated to keep excavations free from water during
construction, and to dispose of the water so as not to cause
injury to public or private property or to cause a nuisance or a
menance to the public. Sufficient pumping equipment and machin-
ery in good working condition shall be provided for all emergen-
cies including power outage, and sufficient workmen shall be
available at all times for the operation of the pumping equip-
ment. The dewatering systems shall not be shut down between
shifts, on holidays or weekends, or during work stoppages without
written permission from the Engineer.
B. The control of groundwater shall be such that softening of the
bottom of excavations, or formation of "quick" conditions or
"boils" during excavation, shall be prevented. Dewatering sys-
tems shall be designed and operated so as to prevent removal of
the natural soils. Natural or compacted soils softened by sat-
uration with groundwater or standing surface water shall be
removed and replaced as instructed by the Engineer at no addi-
tional expense to the Owner.
01563-1
SECTION 01563 -- CONTROL OF WATER
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
C. During construction of structures, installation of pipelines,
placing of structure and trench backfill and the placing and
setting of concrete, excavations shall be kept free of water
except as specified. Surface runoff shall be controlled so as to
prevent entry or collection of water in excavations. The static
water level shall be drawn a minimum of 1 foot below the bottom
of the excavation, except 2 feet below the bottom ofexcavations
for structures, so as to maintain the undisturbed state of the
foundation soils and allow the placement of fill or backfill to
the required density. The dewatering system shall be installed
and operated so that the groundwater level outside the excavation
is not reduced to the extent that would damage or endanger
adjacent structures or property.
D. Open and cased sumps shall not be used as primary dewatering for
excavations deeper than 3 feet below the static water table.
Location of open or cased sumps shall be outside of trench exca-
vation or limits of structural excavation.
E. The release of groundwater to its static level shall be performed
in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of the
natural foundation soils, prevent disturbance of compacted back-
fill and prevent flotation or movement of structures and pipe-
lines. Underdrain systems and hydrostatic relief valves shall be
operational prior to release of groundwater.
F. The Contractor shall not obstruct the gutter of streets and roads
but shall use proper measures to provide for the free passage of
surface water.
G. Provision shall be made to take care of surplus water, mud, silt,
slickings or other runoff pumped from excavations and trenches or
resulting from sluicing or other operations. Siltation of com-
pleted or partially completed structures and pipelines by surface
water or by disposal of water from dewatering operations shall be
cleaned up at the Contractor's expense.
. 04 PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
01563-2
SITE GRADING
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-1
(A) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-1
(B) RELATED WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-1
(C) NOTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-1
(D) DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-1
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-1
(A) TOPSOIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-1
(B) EMBANKMENT MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-1
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-2
(A) GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-2
(B) SITE PREPARATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-2
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 02210-3
SECTION 02210
SECTION 02210 -- SITE GRADING
. 01 GENERAL
A. Description
This section covers stripping topsoil, excavating, embankment
construction, roadway construction and other earthwork related
to the site grading.
B. Related Work
Related work specified in other sections:
Section 01563 - Control of Water
Section 02221 - Trench Excavating and Backfilling
Section 02222 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures
C. Notification
Prior to commencing any site grading operations, the Contractor
shall notify the Engineer.
D. Definitions
1. Subgrade will be considered as that portion of the site sur-
face which has been prepared, as specified, and upon which
construction materials are to be placed.
2. Finished grade will be considered to be the finished surface
of the completed facility.
. 02 MATERIALS
A. Topsoil
Topsoil shall be naturally occurring silty loam.
B. Embankment Material
1. Embankment material shall be native material obtained from the
excavation required to complete the site grading.
2 . Excess native material obtained from trench excavation areas
may be used for embankment material if the material meets the
requirements of these Specifications.
3 . Embankment material shall be free from frozen lumps, rocks
larger than 6 inches in the largest dimension, roots, trash,
lumber and organic material. Suitability of material for
embankment in accordance with these criteria will be as deter-
mined by the Soils Engineer.
02210-1
SECTION 02210 -- SITE GRADING
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. General
1. The finished subgrade shall be true to grade and cross-section
and be competent, uniform and smooth.
2 . Grading shall produce uniform grades or slopes between spot
elevations or contours shown.
3 . Areas of construction activity shall be left in a condition of
uniform grade, blending into pre-existing contours and con-
cealing, as much as possible, evidence of construction activ-
ity by back dragging or raking to conceal tire marks.
4. Continued use of prepared subgrade for hauling which will cut
or deform it from the true cross-section, will not be per-
mitted. The Contractor shall, at no additional expense to the
Owner, repair damage to subgrade caused by its operations or
use by public traffic. No surfacing material shall be placed
until the subgrade is in a condition satisfactory to the
Engineer.
B. Site Preparation
1. Stripping Topsoil
a. The naturally occurring silty loam topsoil, up to a maximum
depth of 18 inches, within the limits of granular surfac-
ing, bituminous surfacing or paving, shall be stripped and
stockpiled at the site at a location as directed.
b. The naturally occurring silty loam topsoil within the
limits of the excavations required shall be stripped and
stockpiled separately from the other excavated materials at
a location as directed.
2. Excavation
a. Excavation shall include the removal of onsite materials,
exclusive of the stripping previously defined, to establish
the elevations indicated on the Contract Drawings.
b. After excavating to subgrade elevation and prior to place-
ment of surfacing, the top 6 inches of the subgrade shall
be scarified and compacted as specified.
02210-2
SECTION 02210 -- SITE GRADING
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
3 . Embankment
a. Embankment shall include the placement of materials to raise
the existing grade to the established elevations indicated,
the construction of roads, and placing and compacting of
approved material within areas where unsuitable material has
been removed.
b. Embankments shall be constructed by spreading the material in
6-inch to 8-inch lifts, moisture conditioning
drying) , and systematically compacting. (wetting or
4. Compaction
a. Roadway embankments and scarified subgrade in cut sections
shall be compacted by routing of hauling equipment or other
approved methods to obtain the required density.
b. Compaction within 3 feet of existing or new structures shall
be by hand-operated vibratory equipment.
c. Compaction under roadways shall be to at least 95% of the
maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D. Other
areas shall be compacted to at least 90$ of the maximum den-
sity as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D.
5. Spreading Topsoil
Stockpiled topsoil shall be uniformly spread over disturbed areas
not covered by roadways, walks or plantings following the opera-
tions of backfilling and site grading, so as to attain the indi-
cated finish grades. Any excess topsoil shall be wasted as
directed by the Engineer at no additional expense to the Owner.
. 04 PAYMENT
,,Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
, lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
02210-3
TRENCH EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-1
(A) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-1
(B) RELATED WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-1
(C) SHOP DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-1
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-1
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-1
(A) SHORING OR BRACING OF EXCAVATIONS . o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-1
(B) TRENCH EXCAVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-2
(C) BACKFILLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-3
(D) COMPACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-4
(E) CLEANUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-5
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02221-5
SECTION 02221
SECTION 02221 -- TRENCH EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
. 01 GENERAL
A. Descritition
This section covers trench excavating, backfilling, grading and
compacting required for the installation of pipelines, appurten-
ances and connections.
B. Related Work
Related work specified in other sections is as follows:
Section 01563 - Control of Water
Section 02210 - Site Grading
Section 02222 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures
C. Shop Drawings
Certification shall be submitted for each class of backfill
stating that it conforms to the Contract Documents.
. 02 MATERIALS
Backfill
Backfill is considered to be material placed in excavation. Back-
fill material shall be clean, free of wood waste, roots, brush,
sticks, debris, junk, broken concrete, brick, pavement, lumps of
clay and frozen material. Material passing the No. 200 sieve
shall be non-plastic. The backfill material shall meet the
requirements for the aggregate base contained in Section
02222 . 02 .A.
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Shoring or Bracing of Excavations
I. The banks of trenches, where required to control trench width
and protect adjacent structures, shall be sheeted and braced
at no additional expense to the Owner. Where shoring, sheet-
ing, bracing or steel strutted trench boxes are necessary,
they shall be furnished, placed, maintained and, except as
shown or specified otherwise, removed. Where damage is liable
to result from the removal of the sheeting, then the sheeting
will be required to be left in place and cut off if required
or directed.
2 . The design, - planning, installation and removal, if required,
Of steel strutted trench boxes or sheeting, shoring, lagging,
and bracing shall be accomplished in such a manner as to
maintain the required excavation or trench section and to
maintain the undisturbed state of the soils below and adjacent
to the excavation.
02221-1
SECTION 02221 -- TRENCH EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
3 . The use of horizontal strutting below the barrel of the pipe
or the use of the pipe as support for trench bracing will not
be permitted. Sheet piling and timbers in trench excavations
shall be withdrawn in a manner so as to prevent subsequent
settlement of the pipe or additional backfill loadings which
might overload the pipe.
4 . Following removal of shoring, bracing or steel strutted trench
boxes, the space left due to such removal shall be backfilled
immediately and the backfill compacted.
B. Trench Excavation
1. General
Excavation of every description and of whatever substance en-
countered shall be performed, to the depths, lines and grades
indicated or specified. It may be necessary to increase or
decrease the quantity of excavation because of unknown
factors. The Engineer reserves the right to change the trench
alignment from that indicated by 10 feet horizontally without
additional expense to the Owner. If additional piping is
required, this will be at the expense of the Owner.
2 . Trenches
a. Unless otherwise indicated, excavation shall be open cut.
During excavation, material suitable for backfilling shall
be stockpiled in an orderly manner, a distance back from
the edges of the excavations specified by the governing
safety agency. Materials unsuitable for backfilling shall
be wasted as specified. Caution shall be exercised in
operating heavy equipment over pipelines. Leaks or breaks
caused by the Contractor's operations shall immediately be
repaired at no additional expense to the Owner and in a
manner acceptable to the Engineer. The banks of excavated
areas shall be controlled as is necessary to prevent move-
ment of soil in areas supporting existing foundations,
slabs, pole lines, underground power or telephone cables,
trees, pipelines or other structures. If, as a result of
the excavation or through fault or neglect of the Con-
tractor, the earth or ground under or around such founda-
tions, slabs, pole lines, underground power or telephone
cables, trees, pipelines or other structures, slips or is
otherwise disturbed, corrective measures shall be taken as
directed at no additional expense to the Owner.
b. In the event the maximum allowable trench width is ex-
ceeded, the Contractor may be required, depending on the
depth of trench, to improve the pipe bedding by utilizing
concrete or other bedding materials as necessary to assure
02221-2
SECTION 02221 -- TRENCH EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
that the type of pipe installed can withstand the loads
imposed by the backfill due to the depth of the trench.
c. The bottom of the trench shall be excavated to the lines
and grades shown with proper allowance for pipe thickness,
and for foundation stabilization and special bedding when
required. Material containing rocks or cobbles larger than
2 inches in maximum dimension shall not be permitted within
6 inches of the pipe. Material of this t
removed from the bottom of the trench and typeshall
with
backfill material. Parts of the trench excavated below
grade shall be corrected with backfill as specified. The
depth of trenches shall be as indicated.
C. Backfilling
I. General
a. The area shall be finished off to uniform contour to prop-
erly drain, and the entire surface graded to result in
a neat appearing surface. In the event of natural cross
drainage, a depressed section shall be formed through the
crowned backfill.
b. Immediately after backfilling, excess dirt shall be removed
from the area. In addition, damage to existing roadways,
ditches, culverts, driveways, and other existing improve-
ments, shall be repaired at this time.
2. Foundation Preparation
a. Where clay, peat or other soft material is encountered that
may be saturated with water but does not break down into
fine particles and flow such as does silt or sand, a foun-
dation material shall be used to stabilize the soft mate-
rial in the bottom of the trench. This foundation material
shall be backfill placed to a minimum depth of 12 inches
below the bottom of the pipe bell.
b. Proper preparation of foundation, placement of granular
foundation material where required and placement of bedding
material shall precede the installation of pipe and appur-
tenances. This shall include the necessary leveling of
trench bottom, the removal of loosened material, rocks
and cobbles larger than 2 inches in maximum dimension and
leveling of foundation stabilization material and bedding
material to a uniform grade to provide uniform bearing and
support for each length of pipe on undisturbed or compacted
02221-3
SECTION 02221 -- TRENCH EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
material at every point along its entire length, except at
joints. Bell holes shall be excavated to an extent sufficient
to permit accurate work in making and inspecting of the
joints.
3 . Pipe Bedding
a. Bedding of the pipe shall be done only in the presence of
the Engineer, after foundation preparation, laying of and
jointing of the pipe.
b. As the pipe is installed it shall be bedded by hand with
material as shown. Care shall be taken to prevent any
damage or shifting of the pipe. The• pipe bedding material
shall be compacted into place to the same density as speci-
fied for backfill above the pipe bedding. Backfilling
shall continue above the pipe bedding material with mater-
ials as specified.
c. Pipe bedding shall extend a minimum of 6 inches over the
top of the pipe or to the depth shown. Rocks and cobbles
exceeding 2 inches in maximum dimension shall be removed to
a minimum depth of 6 inches below the bottom of the pipe.
D. Compaction
1. Compaction under roadways and driveways shall be by towed or
self-propelled mechanical compactors in uniform layers not
exceeding 8 inches in loose depth. Each layer shall have the
proper moisture content during compaction. Compaction shall
be to 95% minimum relative compaction as determined by ASTM D
1557, Method D.
2 . Compaction in other areas shall be by towed or self-propelled
mechanical compactors in uniform layers not exceeding 8 inches
in loose depth. Compaction shall be to 90% minimum relative
compaction as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D.
3 . Compaction within 3 feet of existing or new structures shall
be by hand-operated vibratory compactors.
4 . Trenches where settlement occurs shall be reopened to the
depths necessary for compaction, then refilled and compacted,
with the surface restored to grade.
5. Water settling or water jetting will not be allowed as a
method of obtaining compaction.
02221-4
SECTION 02221 TRENCH EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
E. Cle_b
1. Surplus and unsuitable excavated materials, abandoned
p
broken pavement, and rubbish, shall be removed from thecon-
struction site in a timely manner. Surplus and unsuitable
excavated materials shall be loaded directly to waste; no
stockpiling will be permitted. Disposal of waste materials
shall conform to all laws, regulations and ordinances and be
disposed of at a site obtained by the Contractor.
2 . Side ditches which have been affected by the Contractor's
operations shall be cleared, drained through points so af-
fected, and if the area affected is extensive the entire
drain ditch shall be reformed.
3 . Following placing of pipe, backfilling and testing,
roadway shoulders and unpaved streets shall be fini shed toys
uniform cross-section. Areas adjacent to the trench that are
disturbed as the result of construction under this Contract
shall be restored to their original condition.
. 04 PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
02221-5
EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . 02222-1
(A) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-1
(B) RELATED WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-1
(C) SUBMITTALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-1
. 02 MATERIALS
. . . . 02222-1
. . . . . . . . . . .
(A) AGGREGATE BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-1
(B) APPROVED STRUCTURAL FILL MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-2
(C) COVERINGS UNDER TANK FLOOR AND FOOTINGS 02222-3
(D) RING-DRAIN AND KEY-WAY PIPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-3
(E) DRAIN ROCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-3
0000 . . .
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-3
(A) CLEARING AND STRIPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-3
(B) BULK EXCAVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-4
(C) SOFT AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-5
(D) STOCKPILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-5
(E) SLIDE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-5
(F) FILL . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . 0 . 0 . . . . 00 . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 02222-6
(G) FILL UNDER CONCRETE FLOOR AND FOOTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-7
(H) MEMBRANE LINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-7
(I) FINISHED GRADE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-8
(J) PROTECT WATERSTOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-8
(K) AVOID DIFFERENTIAL SETTLEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-8
(L) COMPACTION TESTS02222-8
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(M) SOIL ENGINEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-9
(N) PROTECTIVE COVERING OVER AGGREGATE BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-9
SECTION 02222
EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES (continued)
PAGE
(0) BACKFILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-9
(P) SHORING, SHEETING AND BRACING 02222-10
(Q) OSHA/SITE RESPONSIBILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-10
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02222-10
SECTION 02222
SECTION 02222 -- EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
. 01 GENERAL
A. Description
This section covers excavating, stockpiling of topsoil, backfilling
and compacting for structures. Where applicable, the words "tank
pad area" or "tank site" shall be construed to include other types
of "structures. "
B. Related Work
Related work specified in other sections:
Section 01563 - Control of Water
Section 02210 - Site Grading
Section 02221 - Trench Excavating and Backfilling
C. Submittals
The Contractor shall furnish a sieve analysis from the supplier
and, if requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a
certified test result from an approved laboratory, both of which
shall verify that the aggregate base material conforms to the
Specification requirements. The cost of the laboratory test and
the laboratory certifications shall be paid for by the Owner.
. 02 MATERIALS
A. Aggregate Base
1. The entire area under floor and wall-footings, including a 4
foot wide strip outside the wall footings, shall be covered
with course aggregate, which shall consist of material of which
at least 25 percent by weight shall be crushed particles as
determined by Test Method No. Calif. 205. The percentage
composition by weight of aggregate base shall conform to the
following gradings when determined by Test Method No. Calif. 202
or ASTM Standard Methods C-117 and C-136.
Percentage Passing (3/4" Maximum) :
Individual
Sieve Sizes Test Results Moving Average
1"
100 100
3/4" 87 - 100
90 - 100
No. 4
30 - 60 35 - 55
No. 30 5 - 35 10 - 30
No. 200 0 - 12 2 _ 9
02222-1
SECTION 02222 -- EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
2 . The aggregate base shall also conform to the following quality
requirements:
Test Method Individual Moving
Test ASTM Standard Test Results Average
Resistance (R-value) * D-2844 78 Min. 80 Min.
Sand Equivalent D-2419 22 Min. 25 Min.
*) The R-value requirement will be waived provided the aggre-
gate base has a Sand Equivalent value of 35 or more.
3 . The aggregate shall be free from vegetable matter and other
deleterious substances, and shall be of such a nature that it
can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a
firm, stable base.
4. The aggregate under the reservoir shall be compacted to the
satisfaction of the Soils Engineer, with approved vibratory
compactors suitable to compact granular type materials.
5. Sand and gravel fills in lieu of crushed stone will not be
permitted.
B. Approved Structural Fill Material
1. If required, approved structural fill material shall be nonex-
pansive granular soil removed from the excavation that is free
from sod, large clods of earth or rocks six inches or over in
diameter, roots, trash, lumber or other debris, which contains
at least 40 . percent of material smaller than 1/4 inch in
diameter, which is capable of meeting the required tank support
conditions referred to in Section 02222 . 03 (B) when compacted to
95% minimum relative compaction in accordance with ASTM D 1557,
and which has been so approved by the Soils Engineer. Fill
material shall be capable of maintaining this compaction to 95%
minimum density.
2 . In the event that natural soils are not available on the site
to provide for the required tank support referred to under
Section 02222 . 03 (B) , approved fill shall meet the requirements
under Section 02222 . 02 (A) .
02222-2
SECTION 02222 -- EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
C. Coverings Under Tank Floor and Footings
I. The membrane liner shall be WASCO (phone: 207-324-1300) , 30
mil. thick (or approved equal) .
2 . Prior to pouring the tank floor, the aggregate base shall be
covered with 6 mil. polyethylene, building paper or approved
equal.
D. Rincg-drain and Key-way Piping
A 6" perforated transite or schedule 40 -pvc pipe shall be used
for the tank ring-drain and in any slope key-ways. All such
Piping shall be encased in approved drain rock as specified
here-in. The pipe shall be wrapped with an approved filter
fabric material prior to its installation. Alternately, a heavy
duty perforated tubing or perforated highway tubin
AASHTO-M-252 and wrapped with an a g, meeting
scree
may be used. One such product that m meets this1 criterian isaterial"Drain-
Guard' , as manufactured by ADS , INC. , Madera, CA (phone
#209-674-0054) .
E. Drain Rock
Drain rock shall consist of a well-graded processed gravel with
100 percent finer than 1.5 inches and 100 percent coarser than
the U.S. N0. 4 sieve.
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
`A. Clearing and Stripping
1. The areas to be graded shall be cleared of all trees (except
those noted to remain) , stumps, roots, brush, rubbish and
debris.
2. Upper soils containing grass, roots and other vegetation
shall be stripped from fill areas to a minimum depth of 6
inches and stockpiled or discarded as directed by the Contract
Documents and the Engineer.
02222-3
SECTION 02222 -- EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
3 . Where trees and stumps have been removed, all disturbed and
loose soils shall be removed, and the cavities backfilled and
compacted with approved materials.
B. Bulk Excavation
1. Unless recommended otherwise by the Soils Engineer, the entire
site falling within the "tank pad area" shall be excavated to
the lowest subgrade elevation of floor support or shall be
excavated to non-expansive bed rock, whichever is deeper. The
site may be excavated to another depth designated by the Soils
Engineer, only when all of the following tank support conditions
can be met in the opinion of the Soils Engineer:
a. differential vertical movements, due to settlement and/or
upheaval, should at all times be no greater than 0. 013% of
any horizontal distance on tank floor and footings.
b. a safe permissible bearing capacity should be maintained of
no less than 4, 500 PSF.
2 . In the event that, in the opinion of the Soils Engineer, the
natural subgrade in the "tank pad area" can adequately support
the tank within the above definition under Section 02222 . 03
(B) , the site shall be excavated to the lowest subgrade eleva-
tion beneath the aggregate base, floor or footings.
3 . The "tank pad area" shall be considered that portion of the
subgrade falling within 6 ' -6" feet from the outside wall
footing radius of the tank, if possible and if not shown
otherwise on the Drawings.
4 . Unless recommended otherwise by the Soils Engineer, tank sites
on hill slopes, on which fills are to be placed, shall be ter-
raced in a manner that all cuts are in bedrock or on subgrade
materials approved by the Soils Engineer. The "terracing" of
slopes shall consist of near horizontal benches at least 4
feet wide and spaced vertically at a maximum of 2 feet inter-
vals.
02222-4
SECTION 02222 -- EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
5. Unless recommended otherwise by the Soils Engineer, all near
horizontal benches shall be sloped 1. 5 percent in a manner
that it will provide natural drainage away from the slopes.
6. Unless recommended otherwise by the Soils Engineer, a key at
least 8 feet wide and 4 feet deep, shall be cut in the bedrock
or approved subgrade at the foot of all slopes.
7. Unless recommended otherwise by the Soils Engineer or shown
otherwise on the Drawings, a 6" perforated pipe, as specified
in Section 02222 . 02 (D) of these Specifications and encased in
approved drain rock, as specified in Section 02222 . 02 (E) ,
shall be installed on the interior recess side in all such
keys and in the tank ring-drain trench. The drain pipe shall
be placed a minimum of 12 inches below the surface in a manner
that the drain will have a minimum slope of 1. 0 percent from
the high point to an approved discharge point.
8. Unless a larger dimension is shown on the Drawings, a minimum of
6 '-611 clearance at any place around the largest circumference of
the wall-footing, starting at the bottom of the footing level
upwards shall be provided.
C. Soft Areas
Any subgrade materials not capable of meeting the tank support
conditions under Section 02222. 03 (8) , either discovered during
excavation or during subsequent compaction, shall be removed and
be replaced with approved fill material, as specified here-in,
under supervision of a competent soils engineer.
D. Stockpile
All suitable excavated material, as hereinafter defined, shall,
where necessary, , be stockpiled for backfilling purposes and/or
shall be transported to and placed in the fill and backfill areas
within the limits of the work, except as otherwise designated by
the Soils Engineer.
E. Slide Protection
Excavations shall be so braced and supported in accordance with
the recommendations of a competent soils engineer to prevent the
ground, adjacent to the excavation, from sliding or settling.
02222-5
SECTION 02222 -- EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
.03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
F. Fill
1. Approved fill material shall be placed in layers 6 inches or
less in loose thickness, and conditioned to a uniform moisture
content for maximum density unless recommended otherwise by a
competent soils engineer.
2 . Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or in these
Specifications, all fill materials shall be compacted with
approved vibratory type equipment of such capacity and weight
that compaction to 95% minimum relative compaction can readily
be obtained and maintained. Compaction should be carried out
under the supervision of a competent soils engineer.
3 . Where the moisture content is not suitable and/or sufficient
compaction has not been obtained, the fill shall be recondi-
tioned to an approved moisture content and recompacted to the
minimum required relative compaction, unless recommended
otherwise by the Soils Engineer, prior to placing any addi-
tional fill material.
4 . Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall be respons-
ible for arranging for the placing and compacting of approved
fill material in accordance with these Specifications. If the
Soils Engineer should determine that the Contractor is failing
to meet the minimum requirements, the Contractor shall stop
operations and make whatever adjustments are necessary to
produce a satisfactorily compacted fill.
5. Unless recommended otherwise by the Soils Engineer, cut and
fill slopes shall be no steeper than two horizontal to one
vertical.
6. Unless recommended otherwise by the Soils Engineer, cut slopes
in rock shall be no steeper than 1.5 horizontal to one vertical
and in soil no steeper than 2 horizontal to one vertical.
7 . The finished grade below the compacted aggregate base under the
tank floor and footings shall drain from the high point at the
center of the tank to the ringdrain around the tank under the
same slope as that of the floor or at 1. 0%, whichever is
greater.
8. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or in these
Specifications, all fills shall be compacted to 95% minimum
relative compaction in accordance with ASTM Standard Method D
1557 in a manner that the minimum tank support conditions,
defined in Section 02222 . 03 (B) , will be met at all times.
02222-6
SECTION 02222 -- EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
9. Sufficient personnel, equipment, drains, sumps, well points or
other means should be provided to maintain the site in an
acceptable dry condition for the duration of this contract.
10. Every precaution should be taken not to damage existing struc-
tures when excavating. Contractor will be held liable for any
damage to such structures resulting from such excavation.
11. If required, excavations shall be so braced and supported to
prevent the ground, adjacent to the excavation, from sliding or
settling. Localized slides or settlements shall be promptly
removed and corrected by the Contractor.
G. Fill under Concrete Floor and Footings
1. Unless recommended otherwise by the Soils Engineer, the area
under the aggregate base, floor and footings shall be scari-
fied to a depth of at least 6 inches, brought to the proper
moisture content and compacted by approved means to 95 percent
minimum relative compaction in accordance with ASTM Standard
Method D 1557 .
2 . Unless recommended otherwise by the Soils Engineer, after the
pipeblocks have been formed, the concrete has been placed, and
the forms have been removed, the areas under floor and foot-
ings and around pipeblocks that require structural/granular fill
shall be built up in 6 inch lifts with material falling within
the definition of Sections 02222. 02 (A) and 02222. 02 (B) , by
approved means to 95% minimum relative compaction at optimum
moisture content, until the finished elevations, shown on the
Drawings, have been reached.
3 . In lieu of forming the pipeblocks, the structural/granular fill
may be completed to the required finished elevation after which
the pipeblocks may be excavated. However, any loose or dis-
turbed soil must be removed from the excavated areas and thecompaction in the excavated areas must be re-checked for the
required 95 percent minimum relative compaction under the
supervision of a competent soils engineer.
H. Membrane Liner
I. Prior to placing the coarse aggregate, the compacted subgrade
base and ring drain trench shall be lined with a 30 mil.
thick sheeting as specified in Section 02222 . 020. 1, using
waterproof joints.
02222-7
SECTION 02222 -- EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
2 . Laps shall be sealed by glue at all joints in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions.
3 . Placement of the 30 mil sheeting shall start at the outside
circumference of the tank and be carried into the center of the
tank.
4 . The Contractor shall not drive stakes through the membrane
unless an acceptable method of membrane repair is utilized.
I. Finished Grade
The finished subgrade and grade of the gravel fill under floor
and footings shall not vary more than 0. 05 feet from the estab-
lished grades and cross-sections shown on the Drawings.
J. Protect Waterstops
Particular care shall be taken during filling and compaction to
prevent damage to any projecting waterstops.
K. Avoid Differential Settlements
Contractor shall also pay particular attention to the compaction
around all footings to insure that the tank support conditions
referred to in Section 02222 . 03 (B) will adequately be met.
L. Compaction Tests
1. Field density tests of the compacted fill will be performed by
the Soils Engineer at the rate of one test for each 1, 000
square feet of surface for each lift of 6 inches, to insure
that the specified 95% minimum relative compaction is being
obtained.
2 . Field density tests will be made in accordance with ASTM
Standard Method D-1556 or D-2922 .
3 . The cost for preparation of field density tests will be borne
by the Owner.
4 . If re-tests are required of any re-compacted fill or backfill
in areas where the original tests failed, they will be per-
formed by the Soils Engineer at the Contractor's expense,
unless specified otherwise.
02222-8
SECTION 02222 -- EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
M. Soil Encrineerincx
These recommendations regarding soils work and excavation of the
tank site are only meant as an aid to the Owner and Contractor and
should not be interpreted to eliminate the services of a competent
soils engineer, or to supersede the recommendations a competent
soils engineer may have regarding a particular tank project. The
furnishing of the Soils Engineer on the project shall be provided
by the Owner unless specified otherwise.
N. Protective Cove *ing Over Acf rrecrate Base
Upon completion of the aggregate base preparation for floor and
footings, the entire area under floor - and footings shall be
covered with a moisture barrier, as specificed in Section 02222. 02
C.2, allowing a 611 minimum overlap.
0. Backfill
1. Commencement
Backfill shall not be started until the leakage test has been
completed.
2. Method
a. Approved fill materials, to be approved by the Soils Engi-
neer, and approved previously stockpiled materials from the
excavation, except topsoil, shall be placed evenly and uni-
formly, by approved equipment, and brought up in successive
layers of loose materials, not exceeding 8 inches in depth
around the circumference of reservoir and appurtenances, to
the natural ground level or to the levels and slopes indi-
cated on the Drawings.
b. Hand-operated, light-weight dirt moving and compaction
equipment only shall be used within 3 feet of the tank
wall to help avoid any possibility that excessive pres-
sure will develop on the walls, which could cause cracking
or fracturing of the structure. Compaction shall be per-
formed on lifts no thicker than can be properly compacted
with hand-operated machinery.
02222-9
SECTION 02222 -- EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
3 . Compaction
a. Each layer shall be compacted to 90% minimum relative
compaction obtained at optimum moisture content for the
full depth of the fill.
b. The moisture-density relationship for the materials will be
determined and controlled in accordance with requirements
of ASTM Standard Method D-1557 .
c. Contractor shall take every precaution not to damage the
shotcrete covercoat of the tank during backfilling and
compaction operations.
4 . Compaction Tests
Compaction tests shall conform to Section 02222 . 03 (L) , except
that the lift height is 8 inches instead of 6 inches.
P. Shoring. Sheeting and Bracing
1. Where sheet piling, shoring, sheeting, bracing, lagging or
other supports are necessary, they shall be furnished, placed,
maintained and, except as otherwise shown or specified, shall
be removed.
2 . The design, planning, installation and removal, if required,
of sheeting, shoring, sheet piling, lagging and bracing shall
be accomplished in such a manner as to maintain the required
excavation and to maintain the undisturbed state of the soils
below and adjacent to the excavation.
3 . During the placement of backfill around structure walls with
out support at the top; such walls shall be continuously
braced and shored from the bottom to the top at intervals as
required but not to exceed 9 feet between lines of support.
Q. OSHA/Site Responsibilities
Regardless of what has been specified here-in, the ultimate
responsibility and liability of the tank excavation and backfill
shall be that of the Contractor. Under no circumstances shall
slopes of embankments be steeper than those approved by OSHA.
Contractor shall obtain and keep active all necessary permits
required by OSHA and local authorities to perform the excavation
and backfill.
. 04 PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION 02222-10
COLD WEATHER CONCRETING PROCEDURES
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03051-1
(A) DESCRIPTION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03051-1
(B) RELATED WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . 03051-1
(C) SHOP DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03051-1
(D) PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE . . . . . . . . . .
03051-1
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
" • • • • • • • • • • • • • . 03051-1
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03051-1
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . 03051-2
SECTION 03051
SECTION 03051 -- COLD WEATHER CONCRETING PROCEDURES
. 01 GENERAL
A. Definitions
Cold weather is defined as a period when for more than 3 succes-
sive days the mean daily temperature falls below 400 F or any day
when the temperature is expected to fall or falls below freezing.
B. Related Work
Related work specified in other sections:
Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete
Section 03314 - Prestressed Concrete Tank
C. Shop Drawings
Not less than 30 days prior to expected placement of concrete
under cold weather conditions, a complete procedure shall be
submitted for review covering all aspects of protection of con-
crete and its ingredients from the detrimental effects of cold
weather. Concrete placement during cold weather shall not com-
mence prior to return of the procedure marked "Reviewed" .
D. Product Delivery. Handling and Storage
The concrete temperature, during placement in cold weather, shall
not be less than 500 F. Temperature measurements of the concrete
as delivered to the jobsite shall confirm this requirement.
. 02 MATERIALS
Water and aggregates may be preheated for cold weather placement;
however, their temperature shall not exceed 1500 F. All methods and
equipment for heating of water and aggregate shall be subject to the
approval of the Engineer and shall conform to ACI 306.
.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. No concrete shall be placed on frozen ground.
B. The ground, against which concrete is to be poured, must be
protected against freezing after its preparation, or the concrete
placement shall be delayed until the ground has fully thawed out.
C. When temperatures are expected to be below 320 F the night before
the concrete is placed, then all reinforcing steel, forms and the
ground shall be preheated, for a minimum of 12 hours, under a
minimum temperature of 500 F.
03051-1
SECTION 03051 -- COLD WEATHER CONCRETING PROCEDURES
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
D. When temperatures are expected to be below 320 F any time before
the concrete has reached a strength of 1000 psi, the concrete
must adequately be protected against frost damage by heating
blankets, straw or insulation materials until at least the 1000
Psi concrete strength has been reached.
concrete temerature
shall at no time fall below 400 F based on erecording temperature
monitors placed at 50 feet on centers, each way, and around the
circumference of the floor and roof slabs and wall-footings.
E. Weather prediction made by the nearest NOA station, and corrected
for the local elevation and environmental conditions, may be
used to determine whether cold weather protection shall be re-
quired. Thermometers will be used by the Engineer and these
readings shall determine whether cold weather protection shall
be required.
F. When combustion type heaters are used to maintain concrete
temperatures within an enclosure, the exhaust gases shall be
vented from the heater to the outside atmosphere so that the
concrete is not exposed to the products of combustion.
. 04 PAYMENT
There will not be any additional reimbursement made to the Contract-
or for costs incurred for placing concrete during cold weather.
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
03051-2
HOT WEATHER CONCRETING PROCEDURES
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03052-1
(A) DESCRIPTION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03052-1
(B) RELATED WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03052-1
(C) SHOP DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03052-1
(D) PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03052-1
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 03052-1
(A) BATCHING AND MIXING . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03052-1
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . 03052-2
(A) CONCRETE TEMPERATURE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03052-2
(B) DELIVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
• • • • • • • • . 03052-2
(C) PREPARATION FOR PLACING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03052-2
(D) PLACING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
• . . . . . .
03052-2
(E) FINISHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 03052-2
(F) PROTECTION AND CURING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03052-2
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03052-3
SECTION 03052
SECTION 03052 -- HOT WEATHER CONCRETING PROCEDURES
. 01 GENERAL
A. General
Hot weather is defined as any combination of high air tempera-
ture, low relative humidity and wind velocity tending to impair
the quality of fresh or hardened concrete or otherwise resulting
in abnormal concrete properties. During hot weather, any or all
of the methods specified herein for temperature control of con-
crete shall be used as required to maintain the concrete tempera-
ture below the limits specified.
B. Related Work
Related work specified in other sections:
Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete
Section 03314 - Prestressed Concrete Tank
C. Shop Drawings
Not less than 30 days prior to expected placement of concrete
under hot weather conditions, a complete procedure shall be
submitted for review covering the aspects of protection of con-
crete and its ingredients from the detrimental effects of hot
weather. Concrete placement during hot weather shall not commence
prior to the return of the procedure marked "Reviewed" .
D. Product Delivery, Handling and Storage
1. Aggregate piles, cement bins and batch plant bins shall be
shaded from the direct rays of the sun.
2 . Aggregate piles shall be cooled by wetting and evaporation.
Aggregate wetting shall be performed in such a manner that it
will not cause wide variations in moisture content impairing
slump uniformity.
.:02 MATERIALS
A. Batching and Mixing
1. Concrete mix water shall be refrigerated or ice shall be added
to the mix up to 100 percent of the water requirement. Ice,
when introduced into the mixer, shall be in such form that it
will be completely melted and dispersed throughout the mix at
the completion of the mixing time. The mixing time shall be
held to the minimum practicable consistent with producing
concrete meeting the specified requirements.
2. All methods and equipment for cooling of water and aggregate
shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall
conform to ACI 305.
03052-1
SECTION 03052 -- HOT WEATHER CONCRETING PROCEDURES
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Concrete Temperature
The temperature of concrete, as delivered at the time and
location of placement, shall not exceed 1000 F under any condi-
tions. The temperature of concrete as delivered at the time and
location of placement under the following combined ambient
conditions, except concrete that will be deposited within wall
or column forms, shall not exceed the following temperatures:
Relative humidity Ambient temperature Maximum concrete
less than greater than F _temperature F
40 90
30 80 80
20 75 75
70
B. DelDel_y
Concrete shall be placed in the Construction within 90 minutes
after the completion of mixing.
C. Preparation for Placing
Elevated forms and reinforcing steel for beams and similar mem-
bers shall be cooled by fog spraying and evaporation immediately
prior to placing concrete. Forms shall be free of standing water
when concrete is placed herein.
D. Placing
Concrete shall be placed in shallower layers than under normal
weather conditions if necessary to assure coverage of the pre-
vious layer while it will respond readily to vibration.
E. Finishing
Fog spray shall be used during finishing operations whenever
necessary to avoid surface plastic-shrinkage cracking. Fog spray
shall also be used after finishing and before the specified
curing is commenced to avoid surface plastic-shrinkage cracking.
F. Protection and Curing
Forms shall be kept covered and continuously moist. Once forms
are loosened and during form removal, concrete surfaces shall be
protected from drying and shall be kept continuously wet by fog
spraying or other approved means.
03052-2
SECTION 03052 -- HOT WEATHER CONCRETING PROCEDURES
. 04 PAYMENT
There will not be any additional reimbursement made to the Contract-
or for costs incurred for placing concrete in hot weather. Payment
for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
03052-3
REINFORCING STEEL
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03210-1
(A) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03210-1
(B) SUBMITTALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03210-1
(C) TEST CERTIFICATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03210-1
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03210-1
(A) DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03210-1
. 03 CONSTRUCTION03210-2
. . . . . . . . . . .
(A) REINFORCING BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03210-2
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03210-4
SECTION 03210
SECTION 03210 -- REINFORCING STEEL
. 01 GENERAL
A. Description
This section covers the work necessary to furnish, install and
complete the reinforcing steel.
B. Submittals
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings of detailed placing and
bending lists for the Engineer's approval before the reinforce-
ment is fabricated.
C. Test Certificates
1. Mill test certificates shall be submitted to the Engineer to
certify that the reinforcing steel meets the specified re-
quirements.
2 . In addition, the Engineer may require that test samples be
taken and test certificates be furnished by a reputable mate-
rial testing laboratory at the Contractor's expense.
. 02 MATERIALS
A. Deformed Reinforcing Bars
1. Unless otherwise specified, reinforcing steel shall be Grade
60 billet steel conforming to ASTM A-615.
2. Varying grades shall not be used interchangeably in struc-
tures.
3 . All such reinforcing shall be deformed steel bars with defor-
mations conforming to the requirements set forth in ASTM
Specification A-615.
4 . Steel bending processes shall conform to the requirements of
ACI-318 .
5. Bending or straightening shall be accomplished so that the
steel will not be damaged.
6. Kinked bars shall not be used.
03210-1
SECTION 03210 -- REINFORCING STEEL
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Reinforcing Bars
1. General
a. Mild steel reinforcing bars shall be furnished, cut, bent
and placed as indicated on the Drawings.
b. At the time of placing concrete, all reinforcement shall be
free from loose mill scale, rust, grease or other coating
which might destroy or reduce its bond with concrete.
c. Steel reinforcement placed in the work shall be stored
under cover to prevent rusting, and shall be placed on
blocking such that no steel touches any ground surface.
d. All reinforcing steel shall be tied together and supported
in such a manner that displacement during placing of con-
crete and shotcrete will not occur.
e. When there is a delay in depositing concrete, reinforcement
shall be reinspected and cleaned when necessary.
2. Cutting and Bending
a. Steel reinforcement shall be cut and bent in accordance
with ACI 318 and with approved practices and machine
methods, either at the shop or in the field.
b. Reinforcement shall be accurately formed to the dimensions
indicated on the Drawings and on the bending schedule.
c. Bends for hooks on bars shall be made around a pin having a
diameter not less than six times the minimum thickness of
the bar.
d. All bars shall be bent cold.
3 . Minimum Bar Spacing
The clear distance between parallel bars shall not be less
than one and one-half times the diameter of the bars and,
unless specifically authorized, shall in no case be less than
one inch, nor less than the maximum size of coarse aggregate
specified.
03210-2
SECTION 03210 -- REINFORCING STEEL
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
4. Concrete Cover (Minimum)
a. On all formed surfaces which will be exposed to water,
ground or the elements, there shall be a nominal cover over
the steel of two times the bar diameter or 1. 5 inch, which-
ever is greater, with an installation tolerance of + 1/4
inch. When crossing bars of different diameter are
encountered in one face, one shall consider the bar size
and location that will provide the largest cover over the
nearest steel to the outside surface.
b. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, all reinforcing
steel facing subgrades in footing and floors for either
concrete or shotcrete construction of the tank, shall be
given a nominal protective cover of 1. 5 inch minimum. The
largest cover shall be used when different size bars are
encountered in one face.
c. The minimum cover over reinforcing steel for concrete
construction of other facilities shall be as shown on the
Drawings.
5. Splicing
a. Except as shown by details on the Drawings, reinforcing
steel shall not be spliced at any location without specific
approval by the Engineer. Splices in adjacent bars shall
be staggered.
b. Where permitted or required, splices in reinforcing steel
shall have sufficient lap to transfer full strength of the
bar by bond and shear.
c. In no event shall the lap be less than 40 diameters of the
spliced bars.
d. Fabric mesh shall be lapped a minimum of 40 wire diameters
of the lapped wire.
6. Supports
a. All reinforcement shall be retained in place, true to
indicated lines and grades, by the use of approved high
density "adobes", stainless steel chairs or plastic spacers
and shim plates (to support spacers for floor and footing
reinforcing) .
03210-3
SECTION 03210 -- REINFORCING STEEL
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
b. The supports shall be of sufficient strength and stability
to maintain the reinforcement in place throughout the
concreting operations.
c. Supports must be completely concealed in the concrete and
shall not discolor or otherwise mar the surface of the
concrete.
7. Reinforcement Around Openings
Where reinforcing steel has to be cut to permit passage of
pipe or to create openings, and should no detail be shown for
extra reinforcing in such areas, the area of steel removed by
the creation of the opening must be replaced by placing at
least double the area of steel removed by the opening equally
around the openings. The steel shall be placed such that it
extends 5 feet beyond the opening on each side to provide for
sufficient bond.
. 04 PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
03210-4
EARTHOUAKE CABLES
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03230-1
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03230-1
(A) EARTHQUAKE CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03230-1
(B) CLOSED CELL NEOPRENE SEISMIC CABLE SLEEVES 03230-1
(C) MILD STEEL REINFORCING BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03230-2
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03230-2
(A) EARTHQUAKE CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03230-2
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .•. . . . 03230-2
SECTION 03230
SECTION 03230 -- EARTHQUAKE CABLES
. 01 GENERAL
A. This section covers the work necessary for the tank earthquake
cables, complete.
B. The Contractor shall submit five copies of the quantity, location
and details for the Engineer's approval before the earthquake
cables are fabricated.
. 02 MATERIALS
A. Earthquake Cables
1. Where called for on the Drawings, earthquake cables consisting
of 7 wire galvanized strands meeting. the requirements of
Section 03314 . 02 (A) shall be installed to connect wall and
wall footing.
2 . Galvanized strands for earthquake cables shall meet the quan-
tity and spacing outlined on the Drawings.
B. Closed Cell Neoprene Seismic Cable Sleeves
1. Neoprene sleeves for seismic cables, which encase the galvan-
ized strands, shall conform to the minimum dimensions shown on
the Drawings to permit unrestrained flexing of the strands
inside the sleeves under the maximum projected radial wall
movements.
2 . The material shall be medium grade closed cell neoprene con-
forming to 2A3 of ASTM D 1056 and as further specified here-in
and on the Drawings.
a. Compression deflection 9-13 PSI
b. Shore 00 durometer 60-80 PCF
c. Density 12-28 PCF
d. Water absorption by weight 5%
e. Temperature range:
low (flex without cracking) -300 F
high continuous 1500 F
high intermittent 2000 F
f. Compression set (average)
1/2" sample compressed 50%
for 22 hrs. @ 700 F and 24 hrs. recovery 15%-25%
g. Heat aging (7 days @ 1580 F)
lineal shrinkage (max. ) 5%
h. Tensile strength 115 PSI min.
i. Elongation 180% min.
j . Resilience (bayshore-% rebound average
1/2" thickness @ 720 F) 20%-40%
03230-1
SECTION 03230 -- EARTHQUAKE CABLES
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
3. RUBATEX R431N or R423N, or approved equal, are acceptable
materials.
C. Mild Steel Reinforcing Bars
The mild steel reinforcing bars for the support of the earthquake
cable anchors shall conform to the requirements of Section 03210,
REINFORCING STEEL.
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Earthquake Cables
1. The cables may be cut to length with a, burning torch.
2. Where necessary, the strands shall be pre-bent before placing
the units in wall and wall footings, as called for on the
Drawings.
3 . The strands shall be tied to circumferential reinforcing as
required and as shown on the Drawings.
4. In the footing, the strands shall be tied to the radial foot-
ing bars.
. 04 PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
03230-2
EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03251-1
(A) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03251-1
(B) SUBMITTALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03251-1
(C) OBSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03251-1
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03251-1
(A) WATERSTOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03251-1
(B) JOINT SEALERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03251-2
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03251-2
(A) INSTALLATION OF WATERSTOPS 03251-2
(B) JOINT SEALERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03251-3
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03251-3
SECTION 03251
SECTION 03251 -- EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
. 01 GENERAL
A. Description
This section covers the work necessary to furnish, install and
complete, the tank expansion and construction joints.
B. Submittals
Furnish certified mill certificates showing that the material
meets all of the requirements specified here-in. The Engineer,
at his option, may take samples of any materials and have them
tested by an independent testing laboratory to verify their
compliance with these Specifications. All such costs shall be
borne by the Owner. If any materials should fail to meet these
Specifications, all costs for further testing of the replacement
material shall be borne by the Contractor.
C. Obstructions
Contractor shall pay particular attention to removing all ob-
structions such as concrete, nails, etc. , from joints when move-
ments of floor, wall and roof sections can be expected under
prestressing, temperature and other conditions.
. 02 MATERIALS
A. Waterstops
1. Waterstops shall be of an approved type, supplied by an ap-
proved manufacturer and shall be plastic made of virgin poly-
vinylchloride compound, shall be ribbed, uniform in dimen-
sions, dense, homogeneous, free from porosity, and as detailed
on the Drawings.
2. No reclaimed PVC shall be used in the compound.
3 . The finished waterstop material shall meet the following
minimum requirements:
a. Tensile strength 2, 000 psi (ASTM D-412)
b. Ultimate elongation 350% (ASTM D-412)
c. Shore hardness 75 + 5 (ASTM D-2240)
d. Specific gravity 1. 3 (ASTM D-792)
e. Stiffness in flexure 1300 psi (ASTM D-747)
f. Cold brittleness -350 F (ASTM D-746)
g. Water absorption: 48 hours 0. 320% max. (ASTM D-570)
h. Tear resistance 290 lb./in. (ASTM D-624)
03251-1
SECTION 03251 -- EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
.02 MATERIALS (continued)
4 . VINYLEX CORPORATION, 2636 Byington-Solway Road, Knoxville, TN
37921 (Phone 615-690-2211) and GREENSTREAK PLASTIC PRODUCTS,
Box 7139, St. Louis, MO 63177 (phone 314-225-9400) are two of
several suppliers who can furnish waterstops meeting these
requirements. Approved equal materials may also be used.
B. Joint Sealers
1. Joints, not requiring waterstops or when so indicated on the
Drawings, shall be sealed with a mastic joint sealer material
of uniform, stiff consistency that does not contain solvents.
2 . The mastic shall tenaciously adhere to primed concrete sur-
faces, shall remain permanently mastic 'and shall not contam-
inate potable water.
3 . The material shall be of a type that will effectively and
permanently seal joints subject to movements in concrete.
4 . The mastic joint sealer shall be an acceptable two-part,
self-leveling (or gun grade) , non-staining, polyurethane
elastomeric sealant which cures at ambient temperature.
Acceptable sealants shall conform to ASTM C-920 or Federal
Specification TT-S-00227E.
5. Acceptable polyurethane materials are SIKAFLEX/lA and SIKA-
FLEX/2C POLYURETHANE ELASTOMERIC SEALANT, as manufactured by
SIKA CHEMICAL CORP. , Santa Fe Springs, CA (213-941-0231) and
SELECT SEAL U-227 RESERVOIR GRADE, as manufactured by SPC,
Upland, CA (714-985- 5771) , or approved equal.
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Installation of Waterstops
1. The waterstop shall be correctly positioned in the forms so
that the center of the waterstop is centered on the joint.
2. In cases where preformed expansion joint material is used in
conjunction with the waterstop, allowance shall be made for
equal waterstop embedment on each side in the concrete.
3 . Waterstop shall be held in place in the forms by use of a
split form or other approved method that will positively hold
the waterstop in the correct position and to the correct
alignment.
03251-2
SECTION 03251 -- EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
4. Horizontal waterstops shall be bent up during placing of
concrete until the concrete has been brought to the level of
the waterstop; additional concrete shall then be placed over
the waterstop, after which the concrete shall be thoroughly
vibrated.
5. All horizontal and vertical waterstops, which are not acces-
sible during pouring, shall be tied off in two directions
every 12 inches in such a manner that bending over one way or
another is prevented.
6. A hog-ring or nail may be driven through both ends of the
waterstop to facilitate placing and tying of waterstops to
reinforcing steel forms or form-ties.
7. All waterstops shall be properly spliced and joints shall be
checked for strength and pinholes after splicing.
8. Splices shall be strong enough to develop a pulling force of
75 percent of the strength of the waterstop, and shall be
watertight.
9. Connect the ends of the radial waterstop in the wall footing
joints to the circumferential waterstop in the wall to wall-
footing joint and to the circumferential waterstops in the
floor to wall-footing joints if they should exist.
B. Joint Sealers
I. Joint sealed areas shall be sandblasted or roughened and blown
clean of dust and sand with compressed air before the material
may be applied.
2. Joints shall be primed (if required) and the sealant shall be
applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
. 04 PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
03251-3
TANK WALL BASE AND TOP JOINT
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . 03255-1
(A) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03255-1
(B) SUBMITTALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03255-1
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03255-1
(A) PVC WATERSTOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03255-1
(B) NEOPRENE BEARING PADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03255-1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(C) CLOSED CELL NEOPRENE PADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03255-2
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .'. . . . . . . . . . . . 03255-2
(A) INSTALLATION OF PVC WATERSTOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03255-2
(B) BEARING AND FILLER PADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03255-2
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . 03255-3
SECTION 03255
SECTION 03255 -- TANK WALL BASE AND TOP JOINT
. 01 GENERAL
A. Description
This section covers the work necessary for the tank wall base
and top joint (if shown on the Drawings) , complete.
B. Submittals
1. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a 10 foot minimum
length of each of the closed cell neoprene pads and the neo-
prene bearing pads in order that the Engineer can test the
pads for compliance with these Specifications.
2 . Furnish certified mill certificates showing that the material
meets all of the requirements specified here-in. The Engi-
neer, at his option, may take ' samples of any materials and
have them tested by an independent testing laboratory to
verify their compliance with these Specifications. All such
costs shall be borne by the Owner. If any materials should
fail to meet these Specifications, all costs for further
testing of the replacement material shall be borne by the
Contractor.
. 02 MATERIALS
A. PVC Waterstops
PVC waterstops shall conform to requirements in Section 03251,
EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. The size and location of the
waterstop shall be as shown.
B. Neocrene Bearing Pads
1. Neoprene pads shall be of dimensions and hardness shown on the
Drawings";and shall be made by an approved manufacturer.
2. The material for 40 durometer neoprene pads shall conform to
ASTM D-2000 M2BC414A14C12F17 and the material for 30 durometer
neoprene pads shall conform to ASTM D-2000 M2BC310A14C12F17.
3 . Unless otherwise specified on the Drawings, neoprene pads
shall be of 40 durometer.
4 . KIRKHILL RUBBER CO. , 300 E. Cypress St. , Brea, CA 92621 (Phone
714-529-4901, Construction Products Dept. ) is one of several
suppliers who can furnish neoprene pads meeting these require-
ments. Approved equal materials may be used.
03255-1
SECTION 03,255 -- TANK WALL BASE AND TOP JOINT
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
C. Closed Cell Neoprene Pads
1. Closed cell neoprene pads, shall be used as a filler material
in the flexible joints between the wall and wall-footing and
between the wall and roof connection in the areas not taken up
by the solid neoprene bearing pads and waterstops.
2 . The material shall be soft grade conforming to 2A1 of ASTM D
1056. RUBATEX R411N is an acceptable product. Approved equal
F materials may be used.
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Installation of PVC WaterstoA
PVC waterstops shall be continuous and shall be installed where
shown. The method of installation shall be as specified in
Section 03251.
B. Bearing and Filler Pads
1. Bearing and filler pads shall be installed as indicated on the
Drawings.
2 . Bearing and filler pads shall be glued to the concrete with an
approved rubber cement material to prevent uplift of the pads
during concrete pouring.
3 . In addition, all pads shall be held down with approved plastic
shim plates placed under the reinforcing steel.
4. Nailing down pads will not be permitted.
5. All voids and cavities between bearing and filler pads, water-
stop and seismic cable sleeves, irrespective of whether these
voids are large or small, shall be filled with a soft mastic
of a consistency that will not adversely affect the quality of
plastic and neoprene materials.
6. Closed-cell neoprene shall be ordered at least 1/4-inch wider
than theoretically required to facilitate placing and to
reduce development of voids between filler pads, bearing pads
and waterstops.
7. Contractor's workmanship shall be such that no cement grout or
concrete seepage will occur through the bearing and filler pad
area resulting in a restraint of radial wall-movements.
03255-2
SECTION 03255 -- TANK WALL BASE AND TOP JOINT
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
8. A continuous neoprene pad and one or more sponge filler pads
are required between the top of the wall and the underside of
the roof. Any void areas between such pads shall be caulked
and sealed to prevent any mortar from the roof pour to come in
contact with the wall top.
. 04 PAYMENT
Payment for all work in this section, except pvc waterstop, will be
included as part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
Payment for pvc waterstop will be made as specified in Section
03251: "Expansion and Construction Joints. "
END OF SECTION
03255-3
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . .
03300-1
(A) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-1
(B) RELATED WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-1
(C) REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS, GUIDES AND RECOMMENDATIONS 03300-1
(D) SUBMITTALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-2
(E) CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-3
(F) READY MIXED CONCRETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-4
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-4
(A) CONCRETE COMPOSITION
• • • • • • • . 03300-4
(B) PORTLAND CEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-4
(C) FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-5
(D) WATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
• 03300-7
(E) RETARDING DENSIFIERS . . . . .
• 03300-7
(F) AIR-ENTRAINING AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-8
(G) WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-8
(H) PROPORTIONING NORMAL CONCRETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-8
(I) MEASUREMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-9
(J) COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, WATER AND CEMENT CONTENT . . . . . . 03300-9
(K) WALL FORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-9
(L) ROOF FORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 03300-11
(M) EPDXY ADHESIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-11
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-11
(A) CONCRETE QUALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-11
(B) MIXING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
03300-12
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE _(continued)
PAGE
(C) PROTECTION FROM ABRASION OR FIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-12
(D) PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-12
(E) GENERAL FORMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-14
(F) WALL, WALL FOOTING AND COLUMN FOOTING FORMS . . . . . . . . . 03300-15
(G) ROOF FORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-18
(H) BULKHEADS AND SCREEDS FOR FLOORS AND ROOFS . . . . . . . . . . 03300-18
(I) SURFACE FINISHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-19
(J) CURING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-22
(K) CONCRETE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-23
.04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03300-24
SECTION 03300
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 01 GENERAL
A. Description
This section covers cast-in-place concrete including formwork.
B. Related Work
Related work specified in other sections:
Section 02222 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures
Section 03051 - Cold Weather Concreting
Section 03052 - Hot Weather Concreting
Section 03210 - Reinforcing Steel
Section 03230 - Earthquake Cables
Section 03251 - Expansion and Construction Joints
Section 03255 - Tank Wall Base Joint
Section 03314 - Prestressed Concrete Tank
Section 09900 - Painting
C. Referenced Specifications Guides and Recommendations
1. The latest edition of the following publications, form a part
of this specification to the extent indicated by the refer-
ences thereto.
2. American Societv for Testing and Materials
a. C 31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the
Field.
b. C 39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Speci-
mens.
c. C 40 Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate for Concrete.
d. C 85 Cement Content of Hardened Portland Cement Concrete.
e. C 88 Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulfate or
Magnesium Sulfate.
f. C 94 Standard Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
g. C131 Resistance to Degradation of Small Size Course
Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles
Machine.
h. C143 Slump of Portland Cement Concrete.
i. C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
j . C156 Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials.
03300-1
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 01 GENERAL (continued)
k. C173 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volu-
metric Method.
1. C231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure
Method.
m. C233 Standard Method of Testing Air-Entraining Admixtures
for Concrete.
n. C260 Standard Specifications for Air-Entraining Admixtures
for Concrete.
o. C457 Microscopical Determination of Air-Void Content and
Parameters of the Air-Void System in Hardened Concrete.
p. C494 Standard Specifications for Chemical Admixtures for
Concrete.
q. C670 Preparing Precision Statements for Test Methods for
Construction Materials.
r. C683 Compressive and Flexural Strength of Concrete Under
Field Conditions.
s. C803 Penetration Resistance of Hardened Concrete.
3 . Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, ACI 301
as supplemented and modified herein.
4 . Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal and
Heavyweight Concrete, ACI 211. 1.
D. Submittals
The following shall be submitted:
1. The Shop Drawings shall show complete details and arrangement
of reinforcing and embedded items.
2 . A sufficient quantity of the proposed aggregate, sand, air-
entraining admixtures, cement and water (if other than Owner
furnished water) for testing of materials and concrete mix
designs referred to under Section 03300. 01E herein.
03300-2
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 01 GENERAL (continued)
3. Certification of aggregate compliance with these Contract
Documents, and source of supply and location of all materials
and cement.
4 . Fo_ag
a. Forming, shoring and bracing designs for footings, walls
and roofs shall be designed by the Contractor to meet all
requirements specified here-in.
b. If requested by the Engineer, drawings and calculations
shall be submitted verifying the selection of form ties,
horizontal and vertical stiff-backs or braces for wall
panels, forming and form openings, shoring of roof forms,
or any other part of forming, shoring or bracing which may
be considered critical by the Engineer.
C. All falsework and forming requirements for roof sup
ort
systems must be designed by an engineer registered in the
same state as the tank will be built in. The drawings,
with supporting calculations, must each be signed and
sealed by him. No work shall be started until the roof
support and form design has been reviewed by the Engineer.
d. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequacy
of the forming, shoring and bracing design.
e. The turn-around time of the Engineer's review or approval,
or disapproval, will be 2 weeks from date of receipt of
each written submittal.
f. Any formwork installed by Contractor shall be solely at
Contractor's risk. The Engineer's review or approval will
not lessen or diminish the Contractor's liability.
E. Concrete Mix Designs
1. All concrete materials shall be proportioned so as to produce
a workable mixture in which the water content will not exceed
the maximum specified.
2. If the concrete mix designs specified herein have not been
used previously by the readymix supplier or if directed by the
Engineer, mix proportions and concrete strength curves for
regular cylinder tests, based on the relationship of 7, 14 and
28 day strengths versus slump values of 2, 4 and 6 inches, all
conforming to these Specifications, shall be established by an
approved readymix supplier or an independent testing labora-
tory. A laboratory, independent of the readymix supplier,
shall be required to prepare and test all concrete cylinders.
03300-3
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 01 GENERAL (continued)
The costs for preparation of mix designs (if required by the
Owner to be performed by an independent testing laboratory)
and testing of concrete and materials shall be borne by the
Owner, except when materials do not meet specified require-
ments, in which case such costs shall be borne by the Con-
tractor.
3 . The exact proportions by weight of all materials entering into
the concrete delivered to the jobsite shall conform to the
approved mix design unless specifically so directed by the
Engineer or Laboratory for improved specified strength or
desired density, uniformity and workability.
4 . The proportions of such mix design shall be based on a full
cubic yard of hardened concrete.
5. Ready mix companies or jobsite batch plants shall furnish
delivery tickets, signed by a Certified Weighmaster, on which
each shall state the weight of aggregates, sand, cement,
admixtures and water and the number of cubic yards of concrete
furnished, which will be compared against the approved mix
design.
6. There shall be no variation in the weights and proportions of
materials from the approved mix design.
7 . There shall be no variation in the quality and source of
materials once they have been approved for the specific mix
design.
F. Ready Mixed Concrete
Ready mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of ACI 301
and ASTM C 94 . In case of conflict, ACI 301 shall govern.
. 02 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Composition
Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate,
coarse aggregate, water, and air-entraining solution so propor-
tioned and mixed as to produce a plastic workable mixture in
accordance with requirements of this section of the specifica-
tions and suitable to the specific conditions of placement.
B. Portland Cement
1. Portland cement shall be from an approved source and shall
conform to the requirements of the current ASTM Specification
C-150, for Type II cement. Only one brand of cement from one
manufacturing plant may be used.
03300-4
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
2. Cement may be delivered in paper sacks or in bulk.
3 . If cement is delivered in sacks, each sack shall contain not
less than 94 pounds of cement, and if delivered in bulk, one
barrel of cement shall be considered to weigh 376 pounds.
4. In order that the cement may not become unduly aged after
delivery, the Contractor shall use cement that has been stored
on the jobsite before using cement direct from freighting,
hauling or transporting operations.
5. Storage bins for bulk cement shall be watertight and con-
structed so that there will be no dead storage.
6. If there is reason to believe that dead storage exists, the
bins shall be emptied completely at least once every four
months.
7. Cement bins at the mixing plant, and cement storage silos
shall be provided with effective dust collectors at the vents
to prevent loss of cement.
8. The Contractor shall designate the source and quantity of
cement required for his needs at least 30 days prior to its
use, so that appropriate tests, inspection and certification
can be made.
9. Certified mill certificates shall be furnished by the cement
company with every shipment, giving proof that the above
requirements have been met.
10. In addition, the Owner may conduct, at its own expense, any
tests it considers necessary, to insure that the cement fur-
nished meets the specified requirements.
11. Any cement not meeting the Specifications will be rejected.
12. The Owner may direct the use of Portland cement of a type
other than that above specified, in which case it will pay the
additional cost, if any, for the cement required over the cost
of that specified, or shall receive appropriate credit for any
cement required of a lesser cost than specified.
C. Fine and Coarse Aggregates
1. Fine aggregate shall be clean, natural sand consisting of
hard, strong, durable and uncoated particles.
2. Material removable by decantation from fine aggregate shall
not exceed five percent (5%) by weight.
03300-5
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
3. The moisture content of fine aggregate shall not exceed eight
percent (8%) by weight at the time the aggregate is used for
the concrete.
4. Fine aggregate shall be subjected to careful, thorough anal-
ysis to determine conformity with all requirements of these
specifications.
5. Mortar specimens made with the fine aggregate shall have a
compressive strength after seven (7) days of at least ninety
percent (90%) of the strength of similar specimens made with
Ottawa sand having a fineness modulus of 2 .40 + 0. 10.
6. Coarse aggregate shall be washed gravel or crushed stone
consisting of hard, tough, durable particles free from ad-
herent coating.
7. It shall contain no vegetable matter of soft, friable, thin,
flat or elongated particles in quantities considered
deleterious.
8 . A thin, flat or elongated particle is defined as a particle
having a maximum dimension in excess of five times its minimum
dimension.
9. Aggregate which has disintegrated or weathered badly under
exposure conditions similar to those which will be encountered
in the work under consideration shall not be used.
10. When crushed stone is used, the crusher shall be equipped with
a screening system which will entirely separate the dust from
the stone and convey it to a separate bin.
11. The substances designated shall not be present in excess of
the following amounts:
a. Soft fragments 5%
b. Clay lumps 1.4%
c. Material removed by decantation: 1%
12 . When the material removed by decantation consists essentially
of crushed dirt, the maximum amount permitted may be raised to
one and one-half percent (1-1/2%) .
13 . Coarse aggregate shall be subjected to a careful, thorough
analysis to determine conformity with all requirements of
these Specifications.
03300-6
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
14. The maximum size aggregate shall be 3/4 inch and the aggregate
shall be uniformly well graded from coarse through fine.
15. Corrective measures to remedy deficiencies in a
ing may be used only with the writtenggregate Egrad
ngi-
neer. approval pproval of the ngi-
16. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence to the
Engineer that all aggregate used in the work meets the re-
Ilk quirements specified herein.
17. Tests shall be performed by a reputable independent testing
laboratory and the cost of testing be borne by the Contractor.
18. If the Engineer deems that additional testing of aggregate is
necessary, he may select samples from any of the aggregate
delivered to the ready mix plant or jobsite and have them
tested by a laboratory of his choice.
19. Such material shall not be used in the work until test reports
are available.
20. If in such tests the material fails to meet the specified
requirements, the aggregate will be rejected and the expense
of testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
21. If such tests show the aggregate to be satisfactory, the cost
of additional testing will be paid by the Owner but the Con-
tractor shall have no claim for costs due to delays caused by
testing.
D. Water
Water for mixing shall be clean, fresh and free from injurious
amounts of oil, acid, chlorides, sulfates, alkali or organic
matter. Water shall conform to ACI 301.
E. Retarding Densifiers
I. All Class "A" concrete (as defined in Par. H below) used for
wall construction, shall also contain PRO-KRETE-R, as manu-
factured by PROTEX Industries, Inc. , Denver, CO, or approved
equal, in the amount of two (2) fluid ounces per 100 lbs of
cement whenever the air temperature during the pour exceeds
850 F.
2 . To be considered as equal, any alternate product offered for
consideration shall contain no calcium chloride, and shall be
03300-7
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
compatible with air-entrained cements and air-entraining
admixtures conforming to the applicable ASTM, AASHO, ANSI and
Federal specifications.
F. Air-Entraining Agents
1. Unless specifically required by the Owner, Class "A" concrete
shall not be air-entrained. Unless otherwise specified, all
other concrete may be air-entrained at the option of the
Contractor.
2 . Air-entraining agents shall meet ASTM C-260, ASTM C-233 and
ASTM C-457 .
3 . The maximum total volumetric air content of the concrete
before placement shall be 6 percent plus or minus one percent
as determined by ASTM C-173 or ASTM C-231.
4 . Subject to these Specifications, consideration will be given
to the following products: PROTEX "AES", GRACE "DARER AEA",
MASTER BUILDERS "MB-AE1011 , or SIKA CHEMICAL "AER" .
G. Water Reducing Admixtures
1. In addition to air-entrainment, approved water reducing addi-
tives, which do not effect the ultimate performance of any
steel in any way, may be added to maintain the maximum water
content below that specified herein. Water reducing additives
shall conform to ASTM C494, Type A or D.
2 . The use of water reducing additives shall not permit a reduc-
tion in the minimum specified cement content or in the speci-
fied amount of air-entrainment.
3 . Admixtures shall contain no calcium chloride, tri-ethanolamine
or fly ash. All admixtures shall be from the same manufac-
turer.
4 . Superplasticizers, if allowed by the Engineer, shall conform
to ASTM C494, Type F or G, batch plant added using second or
third generation only.
H. Proportioning Normal Concrete
Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, concrete shall be of
the following classes, each meeting the mix and compressive
strength requirements as specified hereafter, and shall be used
as follows:
a. Class "A" : Prestressed concrete reservoir walls.
b. Class "B" : Columns, roof slabs and drop panels.
c. Class "C" : Reservoir floors, wall footings, column footings,
pipe blocks and appurtenances.
03300-8
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
At the Contractor's option, Class "A" concrete may be substituted
for Class "Be' and "C" concrete. Likewise, Class "B" concrete may
be used in lieu of Class "C" concrete.
I. Measurement
1. All measurements shall be by weight. However, Contractor, at
his own expense, may increase the cement content at a corres-
ponding reduction in weight of aggregate
is concerned that the minimum sep th and mix nratioeneverrequi he
ments under these specifications can not be met. quire-
2. The amount of water to be used shall be the amount necessary
to produce a plastic mixture of the specified slump.
3 . The slump shall be between two inches and four inches when
tested in accordance with ASTM Specifications C-143.
J. Compressive Strength Water and Cement Content
1. Not withstanding what has been stated here-before, and unless
shown otherwise on the Drawings, the concrete shall meet the
following requirements:
Class A Class B Class C
2. Min. Compressive Strength 5, 000
Psi 4, 000 psi 3, 500 psi
3 . Max. Water Content (gallon per
94 lb. sack of cement) 5.5 gal. 5.5 gal. 6. 0 gal.
4. Min. Cement Content (94 lb.
sack of cement per cubic yard
Of solid concrete) 7.5 sacks 7 sacks 6 sacks
5. The cement content is required irrespective of strength.
K. Wall Forms
1. Full Height Pours
The wall form design shall be such that wall sections can be
poured full height without creating horizontal cold joints and
without causing snapping of form ties which shall be of suffi-
cient strength and number to prevent spreading of the forms
during the placement of concrete and which shall permit ready
removal of the forms without spalling or damaging the con-
crete.
03300-9
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
2. Ties
a. Form ties which remain in the corewall of water-retaining
structures shall have waterstops and a one inch minimum
breakback or cone depth.
b. Snap ties, if used, shall not be broken until the concrete
has reached the design concrete strength. Snap ties,
designed so that the ends must be broken off before the
forms can be removed, shall not be used. The use of tie
wires as form ties will not be permitted. Fully threaded
stub bolts may be used in lieu of smooth ties with water-
stops.
c. Taper ties with plastic or rubber plugs of an approved
and proven design may also be used. The plugs must be
driven into the hole with a steel rod, placed in a cylin-
drical recess made therefore in the plug. At no time shall
plugs be driven on the flat area outside the cylindrical
recess.
d. Ties shall positively secure the wall to the required
dimension and hold the wall to that dimension prior to and
during concrete placement.
3 . Form Size
a. BURKE, ECONOMY, SYMONS, ALUMA, and regular plywood forms
may be used for forming of circular walls, as long as there
are no straight sections longer than 36 inches at any place
around the outside circumference of such walls.
b. The height of such wall panels shall not exceed 8 feet
unless built-in pouring openings are incorporated in such
wall panels.
4. Form Stiffeners
a. Horizontal walers shall consist of structural steel chan-
nels, angles or tubing of adequate size to retain the
concrete without deflecting.
b. The walers shall be rolled or welded to the proper radii or
offset brackets shall be used for shaping the wall to the
dimensions shown on the Drawings and shall be used both for
inside and outside wall forms in direct contact with the
wall panels and at vertical spacings of no more than 96
inches on center.
c. There shall be at least one such waler within 24 inches of
the top and bottom of the wall.
03300-10
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
d. The largest dimension of the steel waler shall be in the
radial direction.
e. Vertical structural steel or wood members shall be used at
a minimum horizontal . spacing of 74 inches and shall have
sufficient rigidity and strength to insure the proper
vertical alignments with the aid of braces under all pre-
dictable stress conditions.
f. In lieu of the above, a different system and spacings may
be used if it is satisfactorily demonstrated to the Engi-
neer that it will be equally effective.
L. Roof Forms
1. Forms and falsework supports for the roof shall be suffi-
ciently rigid and strong to support the wet concrete and the
men and equipment necessary for its placement without appreci-
able deflections. A minimum of 40 PSF for live-load shall be
allowed in the design.
2. Unless the level of roof screeds remain unaffected by the
deflection of roof-forms, an upward camber, where necessary in
the opinion of the Engineer, shall be provided to all form
areas which will deflect under the concrete load.
3 . The Contractor shall check with the Engineer as to additional
camber requirements for beams and slabs to permit concrete and
steel to act efficiently without development of deflection
cracks.
M. Epoxy Adhesive
An approved non'-sag epoxy adhesive shall be applied over all
dry-packed holes on the inside surface of the corewall. An
acceptable material is SELECT BOND GP-3000, as manufactured by
SELECT PRODUCTS CO. , Upland, CA (phone #714-985-5771) . Approved
equal materials may be used.
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Concrete Quality
1. Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, sand, coarse
aggregate, water, air-entraining solution and admixtures as
specified or approved by the Owner. The required proportions
shall be assembled, well mixed, transported, placed, consoli-
03300-11
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
dated, finished and cured as here-in-after specified. Con-
crete shall be uniformly dense and sound, free from faults,
cracks, voids, honeycomb and other imperfections.
2. If not called for specifically and unless specified otherwise
hereunder, concrete requirements shall follow ACI 301 where
applicable.
B. Mixing
1. Concrete shall be batched in fully automatic or semi-automatic
stationary plants or approved portable batch type plants, and
mixed in stationary or truck mixers. Mixing equipment and
mixing procedures shall be subject to. the approval of the
Engineer.
C. Protection from Abrasion or Fire
1. Every reasonable precaution shall be taken to protect finished
surfaces from abrasions or other damage. Concrete surfaces or
edges likely to be injured during the construction period
shall be protected by leaving the forms in place or by
erecting satisfactory covers. No fire shall be permitted in
direct contact with concrete at any time.
D. Placement of Concrete
1. Concrete in walls shall not be placed in layers thicker than
24 inches (vertical dimension) at any one time except that the
bottom layer shall be no thicker than 12 inches.
2 . Concrete in circular spirally-tied columns, having no horizon-
tal reinforcement crossing into the region bounded by the
vertical reinforcement, maybe deposited from the top of the
column form, at Contractor's option. All concrete shall be
vibrated as required here-in. The final quality of the poured
concrete column shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
If the quality of the column is found to be unacceptable, the
Engineer, at the Contractor' s expense, may require the
complete removal of the column and may require that an
alternate placement method be used.
3 . Each layer of concrete in walls and columns shall be vibrated
thoroughly before the next layer may be placed thereon.
Vibrators shall be taken through the top layer down through
the full layer thickness below to insure proper integration of
the concrete and to avoid the development of cold joints and
honeycomb between the layers. In other words, each layer of
concrete shall be vibrated at least twice.
03300 - 12
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
4 . Each wall footing, wall section, column footing (if any) and
column pour (if any) shall immediately be preceded with a
cement/sand slurry mix consisting of equal parts cement and
sand in combination with 4. 5 gallons of water per sack of
cement. The thickness of the slurry shall be 1 inch average
for the wall and columns and 1/2 inch average for the wall
and column footings.
5. Unforeseen cold joints in walls shall be roughened and then
covered with a pure mixture of cement and water of approxi-
mately .,l inch thickness, before the pour may be continued.
6. Horizontal waterstops in floor and roof decks, if shown on the
Drawings, shall be lifted up, then the concrete shall be
placed under the waterstop, the waterstop shall then be laid
down on that concrete, additional concrete shall be placed on
top of that waterstop to the approximate finish level of the
concrete, where upon the concrete shall be thoroughly vibrated
in one continuous motion from one end of the waterstop to the
other end without skipping any areas. Visual observation
shall be performed by the Contractor to certify that voids
under waterstops do not exist.
7. Cold joints in floor, roof slabs and in wall-footings shall be
avoided at all costs. Joints shall be continuously covered
with new concrete, and shall be thoroughly integrated through
vibration, even if it means that horizontal passes of only 6
inches in width be made until additional concrete and equip-
ment becomes available to permit wider passes in concrete
placement.
8. The following minimum equipment, which must be in excellent
working condition, shall be available on the site for every
concrete placement operation on floor, wall and roof:
a. Conveying: 2 pumps, or 2 cranes, or 1 pump and 1 crane
(for floor and roof decks only) .
b. Vibrating: 3 vibrators of 14, 000 vibrations per minute
(minimum) .
c. Trowelling: 2 power operated trowelling machines (for floor
and roof decks only) .
The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability
of the equipment as to its condition and capacity. The Con-
tractor shall assume complete responsibility for having ade-
quate equipment.
9. The key between the floor and column footing joint (if any)
shall be screeded with a steel brush after the initial set of
the concrete. The key between the floor and the wall-footing
03300 - 13
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
joint (if any) , shall be screeded with a steel brush in
circumferential passes after the initial set of the concrete.
At no time shall screeding be done in a radial direction.
Screeding shall be postponed until the laitance of the
concrete can be fully removed. Heavy sandblasting may be done
in lieu of the above and with the approval of the Engineer.
Curing compounds, if used, shall be removed from the keys, by
sandblasting, prior to the pouring of the footing concrete.
E. General Forming
1. Purpose
a. Forms shall be used, whenever necessary, to confine the
concrete, to shape the concrete to the required lines and
grades, and to obtain a thoroughly compacted dense concrete
through proper vibrating.
b. The forms shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to
hold the concrete and to withstand the necessary pressure,
tamping and vibration, without deflection from the pre-
scribed lines.
2 . Design
a. The surfaces of all forms in contact with the concrete
shall be clean, rigid, tight and smooth.
b. Openings sufficient in size and number to permit convenient
access to properly clean, inspect and place concrete within
the forms shall be provided.
c. Exposed sharp edges shall be eliminated from finished
concrete work by means of 3/4 inch triangular fillets or
chamfer strips placed in the forms.
3 . Removal
a. All forms shall be removed before backfilling is placed.
b. Forms shall be so constructed that they can be removed
without hammering on, or prying against, the concrete and
shall be removed in such a manner as to prevent damage to
the concrete and to insure the complete safety of all parts
of the structure.
4. Form-Ties and Seepage
a. Form-ties may be loosened temporarily to permit the removal
of bulkheads.
03300 - 14
SECTION 03300 ---CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
b. All forms, whether prefabricated or custom made, shall be
assembled and connected in such a manner that only minor
mortar seepage through the joints will occur during
vibration of the concrete, which shall be small enough that
no honeycomb areas will develop.
5. Clean and Oil
a. All dirt, chips, sawdust, mud, water and other foreign
matter shall be removed from within the forms or within the
excavated areas, before any concrete is deposited therein.
b. Forms previously used shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
dirt, mortar and foreign matter before being reused.
c. Before concrete is deposited within the forms, all inside
surfaces of steel and plywood form surfaces shall be thor-
oughly, but not excessively, coated with an approved non-
staining bond releasing form oil.
F. Wall . Wall Footing and Column Footing Forms
1. All vertical wall and column footing sides shall be formed by
methods acceptable to the Engineer and to the correct eleva-
tions and location shown on the Drawings.
2 . Pouring Openings
a. Pouring of walls may be done only through pouring openings
on one of the wall sides, and may not be pumped or poured
from the top through the use of "elephant trunks" or
tremies.
b. Contractor shall either erect the complete form on one side
of ,the wall .and then erect the form panels on the other
side of the wall while the concrete pour is in progress or
remove form panels from either the inside or outside form-
assembly before concrete pouring starts.
c. The horizontal centerline distance between such openings
shall not exceed 96 inches nor shall the distance between
the nearest opening and the bulkhead for the vertical joint
exceed 36 inches.
d. The vertical centerline distance between horizontal rows of
openings shall not exceed 96 inches.
e. The minimum pouring opening size shall be 18" x 18".
03300-15
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
f. The bottom of the lower openings shall be no more than 48
inches from the top of the wall-footing.
g. Under no circumstances shall forming be such that the drop
of concrete in the forms will exceed 8 feet in any one
place.
3 . Blockouts
There shall be no blockouts or other types of wall-openings
other than those shown on the Drawings.
4 . Remove Wood Splinters
a. Contractor shall remove all wood splinters on concrete
surfaces after stripping of wood forms.
b. Such work shall be completed before sandblasting of exte-
rior wall surfaces may be started.
5. Bulkheads
a. Bulkheads to form vertical wall joints shall be strong
enough to withstand concrete pressures during pouring and
vibrating, and shall be properly placed between the forms
and against the waterstop to avoid mortar seepage.
b. Holes shall be provided in the bulkheads to permit passage
of horizontal mild steel reinforcing where required by the
Drawings.
c. Unless these are specifically called for on the Drawings,
no chamfer strips shall be placed in the corners of verti-
cal construction joints of reservoir walls.
6. Form Removal
a. Forms may be removed as soon as the concrete has developed
sufficient strength to prevent sagging, excess deflection,
misalignment, spalling, cracking, breaking of edges and
surfaces and any other damage to the concrete.
b. Removal of wall forms shall not be started any sooner than
12 hours after completion of the wall pour.
03300-16
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION lcontinued)
7. Ali cMme nt and Tolerances
a. Every precaution shall be taken to see that all forms are
in the proper alignment, plumb, placed to correct radius
and that all form supports are secure and tight.
b. Form sills shall be used to contain or hold down neoprene
pads and facilitate proper alignment of forms. The
maximum permissible variation in the horizontal and
x vertical location of the waterstops, neoprene pads and
seismic cables (if required) is plus or minus 1/4 of an
inch.
c. The maximum permissible variation in tank radius, as mea-
sured from the center of the tank to the inside wall sur-
face at the bottom, is plus or minus 3/8 of an inch.
d. The out-of-round tolerance is: 3/4" in 501 , 3/8" in 10 '
and 3/16" in 2411 from the true curvature specified at any
point on the wall.
e. The maximum permissible variation in the vertical align-
ment, from the bottom to the top of the wall, is plus or
minus 3/8 of an inch.
f. The allowable tolerance in the average wall thickness for
Poured walls shall not vary more than 1/8 inch either way.
All transitions from plus to minus shall be gradual, even
and smooth, and without abrupt changes in the surfaces.
g. Adequate time and cooperation shall be provided to the
Inspector to verify the compliance of these requirements
prior to closing up the forms or pouring concrete.
8.
Sl i form
The use of slipform construction on liquid-retaining walls
will not be permitted on any part of the tank, unless the
Contractor can satisfactorily demonstrate to the Engineer that
there will not be any "tearing" of the corewall.
9. Gabs Between Wall and Wrabned Wire
Irrespective of what has been stated elsewhere in this sec-
tion, the forming and bracing method shall be such that no
gaps between the wrapped wire and the corewall will develop
which exceed 3/8 of an inch at any place on the wall.
03300-17
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
G. Roof Forms
1. Form Finish and Alignment
The finished form surface shall be smooth, true to elevation
and alignment and all joints between boards, plywood sheets or
form panels shall be mortar-tight, or be made mortar-tight by
taping or other means as the situation calls for, before any
concrete pour may be started.
2. Form Removal
a. Removal of the forms will be permitted only when the con-
crete has attained the strength specified in these Specifi-
cations or shown on the Drawings.
b. As soon as the forms have been removed, the Engineer will
carefully examine the top and bottom surface of the con-
crete for any defects in the concrete or irregularities in
the surface which shall be repaired as required.
3 . Form Adiust and Release
The Contractor shall provide either wedges under timber posts,
screw jacks under shoring, or provide other means to adjust
the forms and relieve the load.
4 . Tolerance
a. Unless stated otherwise on the Drawings, the permissible
tolerance at any point for flat or dome-roof form-surfaces
shall not exceed plus or minus 1/4 inch from the specified
elevation or thickness.
b. Any transition between high and low points shall be grad-
ual, smooth and even, and shall be to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
H. Bulkheads and Screeds for Floors and Roofs
1. Unless free-spanning vibrating and finishing screeds are used,
sufficient floor and roof screeds shall be installed to insure
that the finished concrete surface will conform to the slopes,
elevations and tolerances specified in these documents.
03300-18
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
2. Screeds and bulkheads shall be set to specified alignment and
elevations permitting a maximum tolerance of 1/4 inch plus or
minus.
3. All transitions between high and low points shall be gradual,
smooth and even, and shall be to the satisfaction of the Engi-
neer.
I. Surface Finishes
1. Wood-Float Finish
a. This requires an integral finish by wood-float after
screeding, to compact the surface evenly.
b. Any excess surface water shall be removed before floating
and no mortar shall be used for leveling.
2. Steel Trowel Finish
a. This shall be an integral finish obtained by trowelling
with a steel trowel after the surface has been floated and
allowed to stand until all water-sheen has disappeared.
b. Final trowelling shall be done after the concrete has
hardened sufficiently to prevent drawing moisture and fine
materials to the surface and when the concrete is suffi-
ciently hard that no mortar accumulates on the trowel.
C. Cement or mixture of cement and sand, shall not be spread
on surfaces to absorb excess water or to stiffen the con-
crete.
d. Trowelling shall produce a dense, smooth, impervious sur-
face free from defects and blemishes.
e. All finished surfaces of wall and wall-corbel tops (if
required) , column-footings (if required) and floors shall
receive a smooth, even, level and hard (so called "burnt")
steel trowel finish. The entire wall footing surface,
particularly outside the circumferential waterstop, shall
also receive a hard steel trowel finish.
3 . Unformed Surfaces
Unformed surfaces which will not be exposed in the completed
work shall be brought to required finished elevations and left
true and regular.
03300-19
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
4 . Roof Slabs
All flat roof surfaces, if shown on the Drawings, shall re-
ceive a steel trowel finish which is subsequently broomed with
a steel or hard-bristled broom to leave a fine uniformly
scratched concrete surface. If a dome roof is specified on
the Drawings, a smooth wood float finish shall be provided.
5. Screeds
a. Sufficient screeds, unaffected by form deflections under
concrete loads, shall be installed to insure an even con-
crete surface, true to grade and elevation, without unac-
ceptable local depressions of any sort.
b. Screeds shall be set to the required levels and be approved
by the Engineer before any concrete may be placed.
6. Form Tie Holes
a. Tie holes shall be thoroughly sandblasted or roughened.
After cleaning, and after installing plugs for taper ties,
the tie holes shall be coated with a water insensitive
epoxy and properly filled through damp-packing with a
mortar of dry consistency and a mix of one part of cement
to one part of plaster sand. The amount of water to be
added to the cement-sand mix shall be such that the mortar
can be driven into the voids and will compact properly.
b. Embeco or other additives shall not be used for damp-pack-
ing such cavities.
c. Interior tank wall surfaces which have been damp-packed
shall be covered with an approved 10 mil. thick water
insensitive non-sag epoxy coating, which shall conform to
the requirements of Section 03300. 02 (M) .
d. Finished surfaces shall be free from sand streaks or other
voids.
7 . Sandblasting
a. The exterior surface of poured concrete wall areas, which
will receive wire-wrapped reinforcing or paint, if any,
shall be sandblasted, regardless of the forming method
used, by the dry or wet sandblasting process using a sharp
silica sand, copper slag or approved equal.
b. The surface shall be sandblasted sufficiently to remove all
laitance, form oil or other type coatings.
03300-20
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
c. The surface shall be cut sufficiently to provide a good
mechanical bond between the shotcrete covercoat and the
concrete wall.
d. A minimum of 1.5 lbs. of silica sand (#16 grit) , copper
slag (#12/#16 grit) , or equal, shall be used per square
foot of surface area to be sandblasted if a manual applica-
tion process is used; 1. 0 lbs. of silica sand (#16 grit) ,
copper slag (#12/#16 grit) , or equal, shall be used per
square foot of surface area to be sandblasted if an auto-
mated process is used.
e. All sandblasting shall be done to the satisfaction of the
Engineer, and this work shall not be started before the
completion date of the curing period or before all the
tie-holes have been drypacked.
8. Honevcombed areas
a. Unless the removal of one or more defective panels is
required by the Engineer, defective surfaces, such as
honeycomb, shall be cut out entirely until homogeneous
concrete is met, even if it means going through the entire
wall, floor or roof slab.
b. Such areas shall be coated with an approved epoxy bonding
material, which shall be applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions, before damp-packing the area
with a mix consisting of one part of Portland cement and
two parts of sand and fine gravel, epoxy and sand mix, or
any combination of materials and mixes as the situation
dictates in the opinion of the Engineer.
c. The water content of the damp-pack material shall be such
that. a ball of the mix may be squeezed in the hand without
bringing free water to the surface.
d. Damp-pack material shall be tamped into place and finished
to match adjacent concrete surfaces.
e. Particular care shall be taken that no sagging of the
material will occur.
f. The bond between any two layers of damp-pack shall be
improved through the use of an approved epoxy bonding
agent.
03300-21
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
g. Surfaces which have been damp-packed shall be kept continu-
ously damp during, and for a period of not less than seven
days after completing the damp-pack operation, by the
curing procedure described below in Section 03300. 03 (J) .
h. Under no circumstances shall Contractor apply a plaster
coat over the honeycomb areas to conceal the existence of
the honeycomb in the concrete.
i. Neither Embeco nor calcium chloride shall be used for
filling honeycomb areas, nor shall they be mixed with
damppack material.
9. Miscellaneous Surfaces
Miscellaneous surfaces that are not covered herein and not
specifically designated on the Drawings shall be finished as
directed by the Engineer.
J. Curing
1. All horizontal, screeded and floated surfaces, exposed to
drying winds and sunlight, shall be covered with SELECT
EMULSION CURE 309-CLEAR (application rate: 200 sf/gallon) or
CONCURE CONCENTRATE (application rate: 350 sf/gallon) or
PROTEX CPW-26 (application rate: 200 sf/gallon) , and/or after
the surface is dry to the touch, with a 6 mil. thick poly-
ethylene which shall be carefully taped and sealed to the
concrete surface and kept on such surface for as long as
possible, but for at least 7 days, to minimize the loss of
moisture trapped between the polyethylene and the concrete.
The polyethylene covering will not be required for new wall
construction.
2. Water must be introduced between the polyethylene sheeting and
the concrete (after the concrete has set) whenever moist drops
cannot be detected on the concrete side of the sheeting.
Water for curing shall be generally clean and free from any
elements which might cause staining or discoloration of the
concrete.
3 . No curing compound, other than SELECT EMULSION CURE 309-CLEAR,
as manufactured by SELECT PRODUCTS COMPANY of Upland, CA
(phone 714-985-5771) or CONCURE CONCENTRATE, as manuactured by
CONCRETE TIE of Compton, CA (phone 213-774-1870) or PROTEX
CPW-26, as manufactured by PROTEX Industries, Inc. of Denver,
CO (phone 303-935-3566) , will be accepted unless it is
pigmented or colored, such as white, at the time of applica-
tion, it is non-toxic to potable water, meets ASTM C-309 and
has a water retention of 0.010 gr/sq cm as determined per ASTM
C-156 standards. Regardless of the type of curing compound
used, Contractor shall assume complete responsibility for its
adequacy.
03300-22
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
4. All formed concrete surfaces shall be sprayed, immediately
after the forms have been removed, with SELECT EMULSION CURE
309-CLEAR or CONCURE CONCENTRATE or PROTEX PROMULSION 200 at a
rate of 200, 350 or 200 sq. ft. (max. ) per gallon, respec-
tively.
K. Concrete Tests
1. Compression tests shall conform to ASTM C-39, ASTM C-670, ASTM
C-683 and ASTM C-803 .
2. Proportioning (or chemical analysis) tests shall conform to
ASTM C-85.
3. At least one slump test and five test cylinders shall be made,
under the supervision of the Engineer, by an approved testing
lab for every 40 cubic yards of ready-mixed concrete delivered
to the jobsite. Each cylinder shall be coded to identify the
date of delivery, the truck number, the location where the
concrete has been used and the slump measured upon discharge.
4. The specimens shall be standard test cylinders, six inches in
diameter, twelve inches in length, and they shall be prepared
in accordance with ASTM Standard C-31.
5. Molds for the standard test cylinders shall be furnished at
the expense of the Owner.
6. Subject to the conditions outlined in Section 03300. 03 (K) (12) ,
all costs for making and testing of concrete and materials, by
an approved recognized reputable testing laboratory, will be
borne by the Owner.
7. Making and testing of cylinders shall be performed by an
approved testing , laboratory that normally engages in the
preparation of concrete mix designs and testing of concrete
materials.
8. One cylinder compression test shall be made of each group of
test of cylinders after 7, 14 and 28 days, at the Engineer's
option.
9. If desired by the Engineer, proportioning tests for each class
of concrete delivered to the jobsite, shall be made from test
cylinders designated by the Engineer.
03300-23
SECTION 03300 -- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
10. In addition to the test cylinders referred to in Section
03300. 03 (K) (3) , an additional 3 test cylinders shall be
made for each day's pour, or for every 41000 square feet of
wall and roof surface, whichever provides the largest
number of cylinders.
They shall be cured in the same manner, and in the same
location of the concrete area to be investigated. Before
walls may be prestressed, or before roof-forms may be strip-
ped, at least one cylinder, of each batch of 3 cylinders,
must be tested to verify whether the in-place concrete
strength meets the minimum specified design strength.
11. The compressive test results of the cylinders referred to in
Section 03300. 03K. 8 above will be compared against the
strength-versus-slump relationship curves referred to in
Section 03300. 01E. 2 . Proportioning tests may then be made,
at the discretion of the Engineer, on those groups of
cylinders which have shown low readings.
12. Any concrete not meeting the minimum specified design
strength and any concrete showing a cement content less than
the ratio by weight established in the original mix design
will be subjected to further testing of concrete cores taken
from the concrete in question. Should these tests confirm
that the specified requirements have not been met the extra
costs involved in such testing shall be borne by Contractor;
and the concrete, at the Engineer's option, and at Con-
tractor's sole expense, may be rejected and must then be
removed from the site or may be strengthened with additional
shotcrete or concrete as the situation warrants it.
. 04 PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
03300-24
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-1
(A) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-1
(B) RELATED WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-1
(C) WORK BY CONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-1
(D) WORK BY PRESTRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-2
(E) BID-SUBMITTAL BY CONTRACTOR CONCERNING PRESTRESSOR . . . 03314-3
(F) CONTRACT AWARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-4
(G) NON RESPONSIVE BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-5
(H) SHOP DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-5
(I) PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-5
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-6
(A) SEVEN WIRE STRAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-6
(B) SOLID WIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-6
(C) HIGH-STRENGTH THREADBARS - GALVANIZED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-6
(D) ANCHORAGES FOR VERTICAL POST-TENSIONED TENDONS . . . . . . . 03314-7
(E) TESTING OF PRESTRESSING MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-8
(F) ANCHOR POCKETS FOR VERTICAL TENDONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-8
(G) DUCTS FOR VERTICAL TENDONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-9
(H) EPDXY GROUT FOR VERTICAL TENDONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-9
(I) PORTLAND CEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-9
(J) SHOTCRETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-9
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-12
(A) CIRCUMFERENTIAL PRESTRESSING EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-12
(B) CIRCUMFERENTIAL PRESTRESSING APPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-12
(C) VERTICAL PRESTRESSING EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-13
(D) VERTICAL PRESTRESSING APPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-13
SECTION 03314
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
PAGE
(E) CIRCUMFERENTIAL AND VERTICAL PRESTRESSING OPERATIONS 03314-16
(F) SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-18
(G) SANDBLASTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-18
(H) SHOTCRETE EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-19
(I) SHOTCRETE APPLICATION PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-19
(J) SHOTCRETE PLACING AND FINISHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-20
(K) SHOTCRETE TESTS03314-22
. . . . . . . . . .
(L) HAND PLACED SHOTCRETE FOR REPAIRS ONLY 03314-23
(M) RESTRICTIONS ON SHOTCRETE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-23
(N) SHOTCRETE WATERCURING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-24
(0) CLEANING AND WATERPROOFING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-24
(P) DISINFECTING AND FILLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-25
(Q) TESTING AND REPAIRING LEAKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-25
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 03314-26
SECTION 03314
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 01 GENERAL
A. Description
1. This section covers the complete furnishing and installation
of seven wire strand and bars for circumferential and vertical
Prestressing, respectively, of concrete walls and the complete
shotcreting operations. This section also covers the qualifi-
cations for the Contractor and the Prestressor and Shotcreter.
This section also covers general requirements for the tank and
construction materials used in the tank. In the event of a
discrepancy between this section of the Specifications and any
other section of the Specifications, this section shall
govern. The word "wire" as used in this Section may refer to
either strand or wire and the words "stressing machine" may
refer to either circumferential wrapping machinery or vertical
tendon stressing equipment.
2 . The Contractor shall furnish and erect a prestressed concrete
reservoir of the capacity shown on the Drawings, consisting of
a concrete roof, concrete floor and a poured-in-place concrete
core wall, post-tensioned vertically with steel rods and
circumferentially with wrapped strand and protected with
several coats of shotcrete and paint.
3 . The tank shall conform to the dimensions and be equipped with
the appurtenances shown on the Drawings and as specified
herein.
4 . Concrete work shall conform to the provisions of Sections
03051, 03052, and 03300 as supplemented and modified by this
section.
B. Related Work
Related work specified in other sections:
Section 02222 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures
Section 03051 - Cold Weather Concreting Procedures
Section 03052 - Hot Weather Concreting Procedures
Section 03230 - Earthquake Cables
Section 03251 - Expansion and Contraction Joints
Section 03255 - Tank Wall Base Joint
Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete
Section 09900 - Painting
Section 10910 - Miscellaneous Specialties
C. Work by Contractor
1. Due to the nature of the project, it is the intent of these
Specifications to obtain a first class product with emphasis
on overall safety, quality and quality control, both during
and after the construction process.
03314-1
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 01 GENERAL (continued)
2 . The Owner is desireous of obtaining a prestressed concrete
reservoir which will not develop the type of structural and
aesthetic problems that have surfaced on some previously built
tanks. Therefore, as evidenced by these Specifications and
Drawings, a strong emphasis on performance has been made to
assure that desired details and proven construction methods be
utilized to provide the highest quality structure available.
For example, the stringent forming and pouring methods, the
close-tolerance continuously recorded circumferential pre-
stressing and the automated shotcrete specified are only three
of many ways that will help prevent structurally deficient
walls, prestressed wire corrosion and honeycombed shotcreted
surfaces as well as many other types of problems prevalent in
some tank designs and construction techniques now being
marketed. The Owner is aware that many of the catastrophic
failures which have occurred have been instantaneous and have
sometimes occurred several years after the project was offi-
cially accepted. Therefore, it is imperative that the speci-
fied features of these Documents be strictly adhered to and
only bids from Contractors that have a successful performance
record in prestressed and reinforced concrete reservoir
construction, be considered.
3 . Bidders are required to submit the following information with
their bids:
a. The name(s) of the proposed superintendent who will be in
direct charge of the project for the full duration of the
Contract.
b. A list of reservoir jobs successfully completed by each of
the superintendents listed, which shall include a job
description, the name and address of the Owner and the
Consultant, and the approximate completion date.
c. The name and address of the Prestressor and Shotcreter.
d. The information in Section 03314. 01E herein pertaining to
the prestressing equipment and the Prestressor.
D. Work by Prestressor
1. No stressing system falling under any of the following re-
quirements will be considered unless it has been successfully
used on structures of similar size and capacity. The Con-
tractor shall submit with his bid the name and address of the
Owner and the completion dates and location of five structures
03314-2
SECTION 03314 , -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 01 GENERAL (continued)
on which the proposed qualifying equipment has been used.
Descriptive literature shall also be submitted with the bid
showing the proposed machinery with the recorders and a
typical copy of an actual recording of the applied forces
taken from one of the jobs on which such machinery has been
used. Any stressing system that will not provide the substan-
tial equivalent of the above requirements will be rejected.
2 . A bid will not be considered responsive unless such data has
'.
been submitted with the bid. This applies to both the wrap-
ping as well as the tendon-stressing equipment.
3 . The prestressing shall be done by a firm or individual (s)
having the equivalent of at least five (5) years continuous
experience in the installation of the type of prestressing
specified, and if subcontracted, the prestressing firm or
individual (s) will be responsible to the Contractor for
the following phases of work:
a. Furnish, stress and pressure grout the vertical prestress-
ing tendons with epoxy.
b. Sandblast the exterior concrete core wall.
c. Furnish and install the horizontal prestressing wire.
d. Apply the shotcrete covercoat application over the wire.
E. Bid-Submittal by Contractor Concerninq Prestressor
1. The name and address of the Owner and the completion dates and
location of five structures on which the proposed qualifying
system, meeting the substance of these Specifications require-
ments, has been used.
2 . Descriptive literature of the wrapping, the vertical pre-
stressing and the shotcrete machinery meeting all of these
Specification requirements.
3 . Include in such data photographs or prints of the means of
recording of both the circumferential and vertical prestress-
ing applications and copies of actual photographs, print-outs
or other records of applied wrapping forces (as well as force
elongation diagrams if available) taken from jobs in which the
machinery has been used.
03314-3
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 01 GENERAL (continued)
F. Contract Award
1. The Contract will be awarded on the basis of the methods,
material and equipment shown on the Drawings and specified in
these Specifications. The Specifications and Drawings are
based on proven construction techniques that result in suc-
cessful low-maintenance tank storage performance. The
following specific design criteria and salient characteristics
are considered essential to the successful construction of
the prestressed concrete tank.
a. experience in constructing a large quantity of successful
tanks, ease of construction, Contractor familiarity with
this type of tank construction and reduced inspection costs
associated therewith.
b. adaptability of liners, as specified here-in, to be used
under floor and subgrade to prevent water migration.
c. capability of subgrade to be compacted with heavy equip-
ment.
d. capability of floor and footing to expand and contract.
e. satisfactory response of tank under seismic conditions.
f. a "freed" condition between wall and wall-footing by
use of neoprene bearing pads.
g. a PVC waterstop between corewall and wall-footing.
h. properly formed, poured and reinforced poured-in-place
walls.
i. concrete floor, walls and roof of the minimum thickness,
strength and cement content specified here-in.
j . a reduced number of vertical wall joints.
k. a PVC waterstop between each vertical wall joint.
1. quantity of vertical prestressing and the type of positive
anchoring system as specified here-in.
m. vertical prestressing tendons consisting of individual
galvanized threadbars encased in pvc tubing and which can
be stressed twice.
n. epoxy pumping of all vertical prestressing tendons.
o. external, continuously wrapped circumferential prestressing
providing the desired final force specified. (No stressing
system based on pulling wire through a die and or a
Jack-operated, circumferential tendon or cable systems,
based on circumferential movement of the prestressing steel
after it is placed in/around the wall, will be allowed. )
P. positive anchoring system of circumferential prestressing
to the corewall and spaced as shown on the Drawings.
q. maximum allowable spacing of circumferential prestressing
as shown on the Drawings.
r. galvanized vertical and circumferential prestressing for
long-life performance.
s. continuous and instantaneous recording and correction of
all applied prestressing forces.
03314-4
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 01 GENERAL (continued)
t. a maximum acceptable stress tolerance of ± 1.5% at any
point along the prestressing steel.
u. no variation in prestressing forces due to friction losses.
v. automated, wet-mix 10-sack shotcrete applied over a fully
sandblasted concrete corewall.
w. external paint protection as specified here-in.
x. conventional two-way, flat slab reinforced concrete roof
and slope as shown on the Drawings. (No post-tensioned,
precast, waffle, dome or other types of roof systems will
be allowed. )
y. wall-roof connection as shown on the Drawings.
z . an acceptable tank leakage rate not to exceed 1/10 inch per
24 hours after second week.
G. Non Responsive Bid
The information required in Section 03314 . 01 (C) and Section
03314 . 01 (E) above shall be submitted with the bid proposal.
Failure to submit such information will be deemed a material
irregularity which will cause the bid to be rejected as nonre-
sponsive.
H. Shop Drawings _
Should such data not be shown on the Drawings, Contractor shall
submit shop drawings of the circumferential prestressing wrap-
ping schedule and the intermediate lock-off elevations for the
Engineer's approval before the wall pour is made.
I. Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
1. Prestressing steel shall be adequately packaged against intru-
sion of chemical contaminants (from the atmosphere or other-
wise) for the protection of the steel against physical damage
and corrosion during (and subsequently as the result of) ship-
ping and storage.
2 . Prestressing steel that has sustained physical damage through
rust or otherwise will be rejected.
3 . All materials and prestressing material delivered to the job
site shall be stored off the ground on planks, supported by 4"
x 4" timber, which must be covered with polyethylene or sizal-
kraft paper to prevent any moisture from coming up from the
bottom.
4 . Coils of wire, reels of strand, prestressing tendons, anchor-
ages, etc. , shall be stacked neatly and as compact as possi-
ble.
03314-5
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 01 GENERAL (continued)
5. All materials for tendons and all fabricated tendons
shall be covered with tarpaulins in such a manner that
water, rain, moisture and dust are kept away.
. 02 MATERIALS
A. Seven Wire Strand
1. Hot-dipped galvanized seven wire strand used for prestressing
shall meet the following minimum requirements:
Item Specification
a. Nominal strand diameter 3/811
b. Nominal area after galv. 0/089 in2
c. Nominal weight/1000 LF 303 lbs.
d. Pitch 12-16 (strand diam. )
e. Tensile strength 21, 400 lbs. (min. )
f. Yield strength @ 1% extension 16, 000 lbs. (min. )
g. Elongation in 24-inch at fracture 4 .5% (min. )
h. Weight of zinc coating 0.85 oz./ft.2 (min.
2 . Hot-dipped galvanized seven wire strand shall be manufactured
in accordance with ASTM A-416 prior to galvanizing. Each wire
of the strand shall be individually hot-dipped galvanized
before being stranded.
B. Solid Wire
1. Hot-dipped galvanized steel wire used for prestressing shall
meet the following minimum requirements:
Item Specification
a. Tensile strength 220, 000 psi (min. )
b. Yield strength @ 1% extension 180, 000 psi (min. )
c. Elongation in 10-inch at fracture 4. 0% (min. )
d. Bending (R=Sd) to break 6 bends/90 min. )
e. Weight of zinc coating 0. 85 oz./ft. (min. )
2 . Hot-dipped galvanized steel wire shall be manufactured in
accordance with ASTM A-421 prior to galvanizing. Material
manufactured in accordance with ASTM A-227 or ASTM A-648 will
not be accepted.
.C. High-Strength Threadbars - Galvanized
1. Deformations of the threadbars shall form a screw-thread suit-
able for mechanically coupling lengths of thread bar and for
positive attachment of anchor assemblies.
03314-6
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
2. Deformations shall conform to ASTM A-722, Type II requirements
and shall be uniform such that any length of bar may be cut at
any point and the internal threads of a coupling designated
for that size of bar can be freely screwed on the bar. The
bars and their deformations shall be hot rolled.
3 . Tensile and Physical Properties shall meet the following
requirements with bars being manufactured in accordance with
ASTM A-722, Type II:
Item Unit Specifications
a. Nominal diameter inches 1.25 1. 375
b. Min. tensile force kips (min. ) 187 237
c. Yield force at 0. 2% offset kips (min. ) 150 190
d. Elong. in 20 bar (diameter) % (min. ) 4 4
e. Nom. cross-sectional area sq. inches 1. 245 1.577
f. Nominal bar weight lbs/ft. 4 . 39 5.56
g. Min. wt. of zinc coating oz/sq. ft. 0. 85 0. 85
Note: Threadbars with quenched or tempered steels will not be
permitted and shall have a maximum carbon content of
0.55%. Only manufacturers with at least 5 years of
experience (under their current name) in the manufac-
turing of post-tensioning material will be accepted.
D. Anchorages for Vertical Post-Tensioned Tendons
1. All post-tensioned prestressing shall be secured at the
ends by means of approved permanent anchoring devices,
which shall hold the prestressing steel at a force not
less than 95% of the guaranteed minimum tensile strength
of the prestressing steel.
2. The load from the vertical prestressing anchoring device shall
be distributed to the concrete through steel bearing plates of
dimensions and details shown on the Drawings.
3 . All vertical prestressing anchor plate dimensions, all dimen-
sions relating to the conical hole in the top and bottom of
the bearing plate (350 cone angle with the vertical) , all
steel tubing attached to the top bearing plate, and all tendon
spacings shall strictly conform to the details shown on the
Drawings.
4 . Fully-threaded anchor connections shall be used at both ends
of the vertical prestressing bar, which shall incorporate a
spherical-shaped bearing surface to match the conical surface
in the bearing plate.
03314-7
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
.02 MATERIALS (continued)
5. The contact point of the spherical-shaped vertical prestress-
ing bearing surface to conical hole shall be approximately
1/4" to 1/2" below the bearing plate surface.
6. Wedge anchors shall not be used for permanent anchor hardware.
E. Testing of Prestressing Material
1. Prestressing Contractor shall furnish at his own expense Mill
test certificates showing the dimensional and physical charac-
teristics of each size, heat or reel of the prestressing steel
he has furnished.
2 . Prestressing Contractor shall furnish evidence, to the satis-
faction of the Engineer, prior to the preparation of shop
drawings and installation of vertical tendons, that the pro-
posed tendon anchorage system meets the requirements of these
specifications. The Engineer may order additional tests to be
taken. Should such additional tests not meet the specifica-
tions, such expenses shall be paid for by Contractor; other-
wise such expenses shall be borne by the Owner.
3 . Before any stressing operation may be started, Contractor
shall calibrate all recording equipment at an approved testing
laboratory to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
4. All continuous force readings for either the vertical or the
circumferential prestressing operations shall be developed
with electronic (or the substantial equivalent) force (strain
gauge method) sensing transducers, all having a maximum non-
linearity error of +0.5% and a maximum hysteresis error of
+0. 25$.
F. Anchor Pockets for Vertical Tendons
1. Anchor pockets for vertical prestressing tendons shall consist
of steel cans, hot-dipped galvanized after cutting (unless
shown otherwise on the Drawings) and subsequently welded to
the top bearing plate.
2 . Anchor pockets shall be adequately sealed from moisture and
concrete intrusion by wooden lids and 2 inch wide plastic
adhesive tape.
3 . Anchor pockets for vertical prestressing tendons must have
adequate provisions for flushing of ducts with water during
concrete placement.
03314-8
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
G. Ducts for Vertical Tendons
1. Duct enclosures for vertical prestressing steel shall be
standard 1.25" diameter PVC pipe class 160, unless otherwise
specified on the Drawings.
2 . All ducts shall be provided with expandable valves to facili-
tate the injection of epoxy after prestressing.
3 . All connection details shall be as shown on the Drawings.
H. Epoxv Grout for Vertical Tendons
1. The vertical tendon system shall offer complete 2 part epoxy
protection of the prestressing steel inside ducting and
anchors.
2 . Portland Cement grout will not be accepted.
I. Portland Cement
Portland Cement for the tank construction and shotcreting shall
meet the requirements set out in Section 03300 of these Specifi-
cations.
J. Shotcrete
1. Fineaggregates
a. Fine aggregates shall meet the requirements set out in Sec-
tion 03300 of these Specifications.
b. A well graded coarse sand shall be used for all shotcrete
applications.
c. Coarse sand shall generally consist of the following grada-
tion:
Sieve Size Passing by Weight
3/8 inch 100
No. 4 95-100
No. 8 80-100
No. 16 50- 85
03314-9
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
Sieve Size Passing by Weight
No. 30 25- 60
No. 50 10- 30
No. 100 2- 10
The fineness modulus shall fall between 2. 70
and 3 . 00.
d. Plastersand shall be used for finish coatings if smooth (as
opposed to "natural") surfaces are required on the Draw-
ings.
e. Plastersand shall meet the following gradation:
Seive Size V Passing by Weight
3/8 inch 100
No. 4 97-100
No. 8 90- 98
No. 16 70- 85
No. 30 35- 55
No. 50 15- 25
No. 100 2- 8
The fineness modulus shall fall between 2.40
and 2.75.
2 . Rebound
a. Rebound is defined as aggregate mixed with some cements,
which ricochets off the surface during the application of
shotcrete because of collision with the harder surface,
reinforcement, or with the aggregate particles themselves,
which amount varies with the position of the work, air
pressure, cement content, maximum size and grading of
aggregate, amount of reinforcing and thickness of layer.
b. Rebound materials may not be reused in any form for shot-
crete.
03314-10
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 02 MATERIALS (continued)
3 . Water
Water shall meet the requirements set out in Section 03300 of
these Specifications.
4. Air-Entrainment & Admixtures
Air-entrainment and admixtures shall meet the requirements set
out in Section 03300 of these Specifications.
5. Shotcrete Probortionina
a. Each one cubic yard of mortar in the ready mix truck or
mixer shall consist of 940 lbs. of Portland cement and
2, 820 lbs. of moist sand. A mix ratio of 1 lb. of cement
to 3 lbs. of sand is mandatory for all systems. Up to 50
oz . of PRO-KRETE-R or POZZOLITH 300R may be added at the
option of Contractor during warm weather conditions.
b. Whenever night temperatures are expected to drop below 35F,
"high early" Portland cement shall be used in lieu of
regular Portland cement. Should "high early Portland
cement not be available, the mix design shall consist of
1, 034 lbs. of regular Portland cement to 2, 674 lbs. of
moist sand without any additives. For site batching, the
moist sand-cement mix ratio by weight shall be no greater
than 2 .59.
c. If the batching procedure requires that smaller volumes of
cement and sand be used, the required cement-to-sand ratio
shall still be strictly adhered to.
d. Additives other than PRO-KRETE-R or POZZOLITH 300R (such as
POZZOLITH 300N or others) shall not be used unless specifi-
cally approved by the Engineer, after careful consideration
Of its corrosive influence on prestressing steels.
e. If used by the shotcreter, the total volumetric air content
of the shotcrete before placement shall not exceed 7
percent (plus or minus one percent) as determined by ASTM
C-173 or ASTM C-231.
f. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, shotcrete cyl-
inder strengths at 28 days shall be no less than 4, 000 psi.
Higher shotcrete cylinder strengths shall not permit a
reduction in the above specified cement contents. The
cement content in the above mix designs may be increased
should the specified 28 day strength requirement not be
met.
03314-11
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Circumferential Prestressing Equipment
1. The circumferential stressing system shall produce a con-
tinuously, electronically (or substantial equivalent) moni-
tored permanent stress or force recording along the full
length of the wire as it is being applied and the stress
variation in any wire at any point around the circumference
shall not be greater than ± 1.5 percent of the ultimate
strength of the steel. In addition to this recording, any
system which deflects the tensioned wire between the tension-
ing device and the wall after it has left the tensioning
device, shall provide a similar continuously monitored
stress or force record along the full length of the wire as it
is being applied to the wall. These -recordings shall show
that either before or after deflection, that the stress
variation in any wire at any point around the circumference
shall not be greater than + 1.5 percent of the ultimate
strength of the steel.
Due to prior instances of force measurement inaccuracies and
the inherent problems associated with hand-held stressometers,
no manual recorded force readings will be accepted. This re-
quirement shall be strictly adhered to.
2. Any wrapping that does not meet the stress tolerances speci-
fied and/or cannot meet the requirements of Section 03314.03
(A) ( 1) , will not be accepted and will be removed at
Contractor's expense. Contractor shall be responsible for all
costs associated with meeting the specified tolerances.
3 . Since intermittent force applications can result in an unequal
stress distribution around the wall (due to friction losses) ,
the prestressing system shall be capable of applying a
continuous wrapped force at any point around the circumference
within the specified tolerances. Circumferential stressing
systems based on jack-operated cable or rod-type tendons
(such as those placed inside of ducts incorporated in the
corewall or placed manually around the exterior of the
corewall) will not be allowed.
B. Circumferential Prestressing Application
1. Wrapped wire shall be anchored to the wall at least once for
every coil or reel.
2. Permanently anchoring one wire to a previously wrapped wire
will not be permitted.
3 . Wrapped wire ends shall be joined by suitable splicing methods
that shall develop 90% of the full strength of the wire.
4. Use of different alloys in the splicing material will not be
permitted.
03314-12
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
5. The clear spacing between any two wrapped wires in the verti-
cal direction shall be 1. 5 wire diameters or 3/8 inch, which-
ever is larger.
6. All wrapped wires not meeting the spacing requirements shall
be spread by approved methods or shall otherwise be removed.
C. Vertical Pr tstr ?ssi Icr E mipment
4'
I. The Contractor shall provide a continuously, electronically
(or substantial equivalent) , monitored permanent force elonga-
tion record from zero to full force at the final lockoff for
all of the vertical prestressing work.
2 . The ordinate of the permanent recording shall show the elonga-
tion in inches and the abscissa shall show the force in pounds
or kips.
3 . Manually recorded force and elongation readings will not be
accepted.
4 . The vertical tendon stressing machinery shall have automatic
electronic tensioning cut-off devices or equivalent means to
insure that the specified force and elongation is not exceeded
at any time during any tendon stressing operation.
5. The force readings at the stressed bar ends, immediately after
lock-off, for any stressing operation, on any tendon, shall
not fluctuate more than + 1.5% (of the minimum ultimate
strength of the steel) from the desired average force setting.
6. The applied force, immediately after lock-off for the final
stressing operation on any tendon, shall be no less than 72%
and the applied force before lock-off shall be no greater than
75% of the minimum ultimate strength of the steel.
";D. Vertical Prestressing Application
1. All permanent anchor hardware shall have a ball-shaped
threaded nut that can be screwed down on to a matching cone-
shaped bearing surface in the bearing plate after the desired
tension on the anchor hardware and/or prestressing steel has
been applied.
2 . The number and spacing of tendons, if shown on the Drawings,
shall not be altered under any condition.
3 . High-strength threadbars shall be used for vertical prestress-
ing which meet the requirements of Section 03314 . 02 (0) of
these Specifications.
03314-13
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
.03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
4 . All ducts shall be clean and free of water and deleterious
materials that would impair bonding of the grout or interfere
with grouting procedures.
5. Grout injection pipes shall be fitted with positive mechanical
shutoff valves, which shall not be removed within the first 24
hours.
6. Grouting of tendons shall be started at the lowest grout con-
vection.
7. Each vertical tendon duct shall be pumped until the entire nut
at the top anchor has been covered. Peagravel and/or silica
sand may be placed (at Prestressor's option) around the top
anchor nut prior to epoxy pumping.
8. In cold weather, and especially during frosts, special precau-
tions must be taken to avoid the freezing of grout. In the
event that the grouting procedure cannot be postponed, the
wall temperature must be kept above the freezing point with
hot blankets or by other approved means.
9 . Upon completion of the vertical stressing and grouting opera-
tion, all anchor pocket areas above the anchor nuts shall be
drypacked with a 1 cement to 2 sand mortar mix immediately
after the epoxy coating on the inside can surface has become
tacky, or alternately, the metal can may filled with concrete
aggregates and epoxy.
10. The inside surfaces of any metal cans to be drypacked shall be
coated with a 2 part epoxy.
11. Drypacking shall not proceed until the epoxy coat has become
tacky.
12 . The drypack surface shall be finished flush with the adjoining
concrete surface.
13 . Vertical tendon components shall be assembled off the ground
and as detailed on the Drawings.
14 . Particular attention shall be given to sufficient taping of
damaged joint connections and holes in PVC tubing.
15. Vertical prestressing tendons shall be accurately placed at
the locations shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the
Engineer, and shall be securely fastened in place to reinforc-
ing steel and form ties to prevent movement during placement
of concrete.
03314-14
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
16. All vertical tendons shall be fully assembled before they are
installed in the forms.
17. All vertical tendons shall be flushed with water from the top
immediately upon completion of the concrete vibrating opera-
tion.
18. Flushing of ducts shall proceed after the pouring and vibrat-
ing of concrete around the tendons has been completed.
19. Water shall be introduced through a taped-off hole in the
wooden lids on the anchor pockets and be permitted to drain
through the bottom grout tube. Flushing shall not be accom-
plished by introducing water through the bottom connection.
20. Upon completion of the water flushing operation of vertical
tendons, the ducts shall be given a short burst of compressed
air from the top only to remove any accumulations of water at
the bottom of the ducts.
21. Cleaning of tendons with air only, or removal of water with
air from the bottom connection, will not be permitted.
22 . Placing of vertical tendons shall be done to proper locations,
elevations and alignments, with a maximum tolerance of plus or
minus 1/4 inch.
23 . All vertical tendons shall be properly tied at the anchor
plates and shall be tied with #4 bars at 2 feet intervals
between the anchor plates, unless shown otherwise on the
Drawings.
24. Anchor plates must be installed at right angles to the tendon
alignment near the anchor.
25. The maximum permissible misalignment of anchor plate to tendon
alignment is plus or minus 2 .5 degrees.
26. Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, the minimum con-
crete cover around metal anchor pockets and bearing plates
shall be 1.5 inches.
27. The clearance between bottom anchor plate and waterstop in
tank walls shall be no less than 2 inches nor more than 4
inches.
03314-15
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
E. Circumferential and Vertical Prestressing Operations
1. The initial electronically (or substantial equivalent) re-
corded steel stress shall not exceed 75 percent, nor shall it
be less than 72 percent of the guaranteed minimum ultimate
strength (M.U.S. ) of the steel at any time during and after
stressing.
2. Each vertical tendon in the wall shall be stressed twice to
the values shown on the Drawings; the first time before cir-
cumferential prestressing starts; the second time upon comple-
tion of the shotcrete application and after the shotcrete has
reached a compressive strength of 1000 psi.
3 . An automatic, continuously electronically (or substantial
equivalent) monitored permanent recording of the applied
force, at any point on the wire, at any point on and around
the tank wall, must be made during the entire circumferential
prestressing application. All such recordings must be based
on a continuous sensing of the applied force on the wire
between the tensioning drum and the wall when, and as, the
wire is being wrapped and laid on the wall.
4. The force setting on wrapping and tendon stressing machinery
shall be such that the applied forces fall within the speci-
fied minimum or maximum stress or force limitations; the force
setting shall be corrected immediately when the applied force
falls outside the required force tolerance limitations.
5. In the event that the stressing machinery is incapable of
holding the applied forces within the specified stress or
force limitations, the Engineer will order, at Contractor's
expense, the removal and replacement of such machinery in
favor of a different stressing process capable of maintaining
such tolerance requirements.
6. The loss in stress in post-tensioned prestressing steel due to
creep and shrinkage of concrete creep of steel and sequence
stressing shall be assumed as 25, 000 psi.
7. The final stress is the low initial stress of 0. 72 M.U.S. re-
duced by the stress loss of 25, 000 psi.
8. The final force is the steel section multiplied by the final
stress.
9. The final force shall be no less than the required working
force shown on the Drawings.
03314-16
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
10. The continuous, electronically-produced force application
chart during the wrapping application becomes the property of
the Owner.
11. Manual, individual or intermittent force readings taken on
wrapped wire in full bodily contact with the wall will not be
accepted. Force readings based on anything other than instan-
- taneous force readings, as the wire is being tensioned, and
wrapped around the tank, will not be accepted.
12 . An automatic, continuously electronically (or substantial
equivalent) monitored and simultaneously recorded force-
elongation reading must be made for each vertical stressing
application.
13. The force-elongation reading must represent the true relation-
ship between the elongation at any given point of the vertical
stressing operation and the applied force on the prestressing
steel at that same point.
14. The force-elongation relationship must be constantly main-
tained from the beginning, starting with the removal of the
slack to the point of lock-off and complete release of the
force on the vertical prestressing steel after retraction of
the stressing piston or equivalent stressing device.
15. All electronically produced force-elongation readings during
the vertical tendon stressing operations become the property
of the Owner.
16. The ultimate initial prestressing force for vertical tendons
shall not be applied until the concrete compressive strength
in the wall shall have reached the specified 28-day strength.
17. Wrapping may start when the concrete has reached a strength of
3,000 psi; however, under no circumstance shall the compres-
sive stress, under any condition, exceed 55%.
18. In the event that gaps between the corewall and the wrapped
wire develop that exceed 3/8 inch, wrapping shall be discon-
tinued and the wall shall be built up with shotcrete to pro-
vide the proper curvature. Alternately, if approved by the
Engineer, the gaps may be dry-packed after wrapping is com-
pleted and before shotcreting is started.
19. Wrapping over intermediate shotcrete coats or built-up shot-
crete areas may commence 12 hours after the shotcrete has been
applied or when the shotcrete has reached a strength of 250
psi, whichever is later.
03314-17
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
20. Because prestressing wire exposed to excessive temperatures
greatly increases the possibility of irrevocable damage, such
as steel embrittlement, stress corrosion, or wire splitting,
the temperature of the prestressed wire during application
shall not be allowed to increase by more than fifty degrees at
any time during such application due to the stressing tech-
nique. No system which relies on pulling the prestressing
wire through a die to create a force, will be allowed.
21. All tendon ducting and anchors (both vertical and circumferen-
tial prestressing) shall be pressure grouted with an approved
2 part water insensitive epoxy and approved epoxy grouting
equipment.
22 . Grout injection pipes shall be fitted with positive mechanical
shutoff valves, which shall not be removed within the first 24
hours.
23 . Grouting of tendons shall be started at the lowest grout
connection.
F. Safety Precautions
1. Every precaution shall be taken to keep personnel and visitors
outside the danger area of breaking wires or bars.
2. At no time shall anyone stand in the line of stressed vertical
tendons or stressed wire.
3. No work shall be performed by anyone, other than the pre-
stressing crew, within 100 feet from the wrapping operation or
the application of the vertical tendon stressing operation.
4. Where access to the site by unauthorized persons is outside
the Contractor's control, while prestressing work is in pro-
gress, Contractor shall erect protective fencing to prevent
breaking wires or cable from endangering such workers.
5. There shall be no welding to anchor plates after the tendons
have been assembled, neither shall prestressing steel be used
as a "ground" for welding operations.
G. Sandblastina
1. Exterior surfaces of poured concrete walls and dome-ring areas
(if any) , shall be sandblasted with #16 silica sand, #12/#16
copper slag, or equal, by the dry or wet sandblasting process
before wire wrapping may be started. Sandblasting shall not
commence before the completion date of the curing period or
before all the tie-holes have been drypacked.
03314-18
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
2. The concrete surface shall be heavily pitted leaving no traces
of laitance, form-oil and original surface smoothness and sur-
face color.
3. The minimum sand or copper slag consumption per 100 square
feet of surface shall be 150 lbs. for manual application pro-
cesses and 100 lbs, for automated application processes.
H. Shotcrete Equipment
1. Mixing
This shall be done in conformance with the requirements of
Section 03300 "Cast-In-Place Concrete. " '
2 . Delivery Equipment
a. The delivery equipment shall be of an approved design and
size which has given satisfactory results in similar pre-
vious work.
b. The equipment shall be capable of discharging mixed mate-
rials into the hose under close control and shall be able
to deliver a continuous smooth stream of uniformly mixed
material at the proper velocity to the discharge nozzle,
free from slugs of any kind.
c. The nozzle shall be of a design and size that will insure a
smooth and uninterrupted flow of materials.
d. Delivery equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned at the end
of each shift.
e. Equipment parts shall be regularly inspected and replaced
as required.
3. Air Supply
The air capacity of the compressor shall be large enough that
the minimum amount of air to be available at the nozzle shall
be no less than 400 CFM, irrespective of whether or not air
from the same air supply is used for other purposes.
I. Shotcrete Application Process
1. Shotcrete shall be applied under the wet mix process only.
03314-19
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
2 . Nozzles shall be mounted on power driven machinery enabling
the nozzle to travel parallel to the surface to be sprayed at
a uniform linear or bidirectional speed.
3 . The nozzle shall be kept at a uniform constant distance from
the surface, always insuring a right angle spray of the
material to the surface.
4 . Hand operated nozzles and shotcreting operations dependent on
the performance of the nozzleman will not be accepted except
where additional shotcrete is needed to correct flat areas or
for architectural surface treatments.
5. Grout materials shall be delivered to the jobsite in ready-mix
trucks from approved batching plants. However, job mixing
will be accepted provided automatic weigh batch plants are
used.
6. The sand, cement and water shall be premixed before being
pumped through a 2" minimum hose by specially designed mortar
pumps.
7 . The high velocity impact shall be developed pneumatically by
injecting compressed air at the nozzle.
8. The minimum air capacity to be furnished to the nozzle shall
be 400 CFM.
J. Shotcrete Placing and Finishing
1. General
a. Shotcrete shall be applied in a steady, uninterrupted flow.
b. Should the flow become intermittent for any cause, the
machine operator shall direct the nozzle away from the work
until it again becomes constant, or shut off the flow of
materials.
2 . Position of Pneumatic Nozzles
The nozzle shall be held at approximately right angles to the
surface and shall be kept at the proper and the same distance
from the surface dictated by good practice standards for the
type of application, type of nozzle and air pressure employed.
3 . Shotcreting More Than One Layer
a. Sufficient time shall be allowed for each layer of shot-
crete to set up so it may take the next layer without sag-
ging.
03314-20
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
b. The shotcrete shall be started at the bottom of the wall
until all wrapped wire has been covered. Subsequent shot-
crete layers may be applied from the top down or from the
bottom up at the discretion of the Contractor.
c. While the nozzle travels around the wall, the nozzle shall
be raised or lowered at a uniform rate in such a manner
that an adequate overlapping of coatings and a uniform
finish will develop.
d. The nozzle shall be spiralled up or down around the tank to
either the top or the bottom of the wall or to the termi-
nation of the intermediate wire layer.
4. Application of Shotcrete
a. To insure proper penetration around the wire and proper
conveyance of the material through the hose, a 5" to 7"
slump of the mortar at the pump is recommended.
b. Prewetting of the wall prior to the shotcrete application
shall not be done, even in arid areas. The moisture ab-
sorption by earlier applied layers is relied upon to im-
prove the bond and strength of the material and to reduce
drying shrinkage of the applied shotcrete.
c. The application of the shotcrete in the number and thick-
ness of layers specified here-in is mandatory for proper
penetration of shotcrete behind wire or steel and to reduce
shrinkage due to more uniform in-depth drying of the shot-
crete.
5. Shotcrete Covercoats Over Wrapped Wire
a. Each',.layer of wrapped prestressing steel shall be covered
with shotcrete until a minimum cover of 3/8" over the steel
has been obtained.
b. The final covercoat, to make up for the full thickness of
shotcrete over the final wire or strand layer, shall be
applied in at least 3 layers of equal thickness.
c. Each layer of shotcrete shall be completed for the full
circumference of the tank and substantially the full height
of that layer before the next layer of shotcrete may be
applied.
03314-21
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
6. Coating Thickness
a. All shotcrete coatings shall be built up in layers of
approximately 3/8 inch in thickness until the final re-
quired thickness has been obtained.
b. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the minimum
shotcrete cover over all wrapped steel shall be 1.5 inches.
7. Finish Coat
a. After the minimum shotcrete cover specified over the
wrapped prestressing wire has been completed by the auto-
mated shotcrete procedure, and only if such finish require-
ments are shown on the Drawings, the exterior surface shall
be given an acceptable float finish true to line and curva-
ture and to details shown on the Drawings.
b. If a float finish is required on the Drawings, plaster or
hand-applied shotcrete may be used to build up and level
the surface and to obtain the desired surface finish and
projections.
c. The finish coat mix (if a smooth float finish is required
on the Drawings) , shall consist of a minimum of one sack of
cement for each 3-1/2 cubic feet of moist plaster sand.
d. If no finish requirements are shown on the Drawings, it is
intended to have a natural original gun finish of the shot-
crete cover coat.
8. Protection of Adiacent Buildings and Surface
a. Contractor shall take every possible precaution to protect
adjacent buildings, concrete surfaces, vehicles, equipment,
etc. , from being damaged by overshooting shotcrete and by
materials carried away by the wind.
b. Overshot shotcrete and rebound materials deposited on the
roof shall be removed before it adheres to the concrete
surface.
c. Contractor shall pay for all damages caused by his opera-
tions under this contract.
K. Shotcrete Tests
Testing of shotcrete shall conform to Section 03300. 03 (K) "Con-
crete Tests" of these Specifications.
03314-22
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
L. Hand Placed Shotcrete for Repairs Only
1. To insure a high quality shotcrete, the Contractor shall
satisfy the Engineer that the nozzleman has had sufficient and
acceptable experience in the application of structural shot-
crete.
2. Experience gained on shotcrete pool and ditch construction
will not be considered as experience for qualifying the
nozzleman, unless approved by the Engineer.
3 . The nozzleman shall be capable of applying thin coats of even
and uniform thickness.
4. The nozzleman's skill will be tested and approved by the
Engineer before he may start any work.
M. Restrictions on Shotcrete Operation
1. Shotcrete shall not be applied under such strong wind condi-
tions that a considerable amount of cement and moisture will
be removed by the wind from the mortar spray between the
nozzle and the surface on which the shotcrete is applied.
2. Shotcrete may be applied in cold weather provided the surfaces
are not frozen.
3 . The temperature during the day must be expected to rise to at
least 400 F and the night temperature of the first night after
the shotcrete application must not be expected to drop below
27° F.
4. The use of Type 3 Portland cement is required (when readily
available) in the event shotcrete is applied at temperatures
below 40° F (also note Section 03314.02 (J) (5) ) .
5. The Contractor may apply shotcrete under the conditions
specified herein solely at his own risk.
6. Whenever rain or frost has damaged shotcrete which has not had
a chance to set up, such shotcrete shall be removed and
replaced.
7. Contractor shall consult with the Engineer to determine
whether or not he will accept the shotcrete damaged by rain or
frost before applying any new layers of shotcrete.
03314-23
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
N. Shotcrete Watercurina
1. Intermediate layers of shotcrete shall be kept damp by hand
curing or other means no sooner than 12 hours after the shot-
crete has been applied.
2 . This watercuring is not required should additional shotcrete
be applied on the entire wall surface within the following 12
hours.
3 . An indiscriminate use of continuous watercure for intermediate
layers shall be avoided.
4 . Complete shotcrete surfaces, which do not receive any addi-
tional coatings, shall be intermittently watercured for a
period of at least seven (7) days, with the aid of approved
soaker hoses, placed around the top of the wall, and, if
available, electric timers which permit the hoses to be auto-
matically turned on and off at one hour intervals. Alternate
methods of controlling the watercuring may be used if approved
by the Engineer.
5. Membrane curing for any part of the work will not be permit-
ted.
6. Wall coatings, as specified in Section 09900, shall be applied
no later than five (5) days after completion of the water-
curing. If conditions make it impossible to apply coatings
within the five (5) day period, shotcrete shall be inter-
mittently watercured for a period of ten (10) days instead of
the seven (7) days specified here-in.
O. Cleaning and Waterproofinq
1. After construction is completed, the interior of the tank
shall be completely hosed out and cleaned of all dirt and
loose material.
2 . Floor and wall-footing cracks, which may have developed from
drying shrinkage, shall not be taped or chipped out and
caulked.
3 . The floor shall be covered with a minimum of two inches of
water and pure cement shall then be spread evenly over the
entire floor area at the rate of one sack of cement to every
1000 square feet of floor area.
4. The floor shall not be allowed to dry after the application of
cement.
03314-24
SECTION 03314.. -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
5. Should repeated cement seeding fail to seal the cracks, each
crack shall be pumped and sealed with a two part water
insensitive epoxy.
P. Disinfecting and Filling
1. Water containing 50 PPM of chlorine shall be sprayed on all
wall, column and underside of roof areas.
2. Water containing 50 PPM of chlorine shall be brought to such a
depth that when the tank is filled, the resulting chlorine
solution is 2 PPM.
3 . The water containing 50 PPM of chlorine shall be allowed to
stand for 24 hours prior to filling the tank.
4 . The tank shall then be filled in approximately eight-foot in-
crements with 8 normal working hours between each increment
for observation of possible leaks through ring drains, wall,
and wall-footing.
5. The disinfection shall be accepted if samples taken for the
final bacteriological test conform to AWWA Standard C-601 and
are found to be satisfactory.
Q. Testing and Repairing Leaks
1. Testing
a. After filling the tank, the water level shall be held at
the overflow for a period of 24 hours.
b. The tank and the drain lines from the ring drain shall then
be examined for evidence of leaks.
c. All leaks shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
d. Any areas that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are exposed
to contamination during the repair work shall be
re-chlorinated to the Engineer's satisfaction.
2 . Leak Detection Methods
a. Leaks in floor construction joints may be detected with the
aid of a diver.
b. Mud or cement deposits on the floor, when stirred up, would
flow to the leak and may so indicate where the leaks are.
03314-25
SECTION 03314 -- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
c. Honeycomb and cracks around waterstops may be detected
through tapping with a hammer along the joint.
d. Any of these procedures may be insisted upon by the
Engineer when cement seeding has not stopped the leaks.
e. Leakage through joints, which may have resulted from
bentover waterstops or honeycomb under or around waterstops
may require the removal of concrete around the waterstops
in suspected areas.
f. Chipped out concrete areas shall be properly drypacked with
a mix of 1 cement to 2 coarse sand, after coating the
existing concrete surface with an approved epoxy.
3. Acceptance
a. The acceptable drop in water level of covered water tanks
shall not exceed 1/10 inch per 24 hours in the second week
after the tank has been filled. There shall be no visible
running leaks or water puddles. Small damp spots will be
accepted during the first 6 months of operation; should
they not have healed by then, the Engineer may order the
immediate repair of such areas. Any cracks, voids,
honeycomb or cold joints showing or causing running leaks
of water, shall be epoxy pumped by qualified operators
until such cracks and voids have been completely sealed.
b. The tank shall not be backfilled until and unless the Engi-
neer has accepted the tests.
.04 PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
03314-26
PAINTING
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09900-1
(A) DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09900-1
(B) PROTECTION OF MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09900-1
(C) SUBSTITUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09900-1
. 02 MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . 09900-1
. 03 CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09900-1
(A) SURFACE PREPARATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09900-1
(B) APPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .•. . . . . . . . . . . . 09900-1
. 04 PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09900-2
SECTION 09900
SECTION 09900 -- PAINTING
.01 GENERAL
A. Description
This section covers furnishing and applying paints and coatings
to the exterior wall and roof areas of the tank.
B. Protection of Materials
All material shall be delivered to the jobsite in their original
unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name, brand and
batch number.
C. Substitutions
Requests for material substitutions must be made and approved in
writing.
. 02 MATERIALS
A. Underground wall areas shall be coated with SIKA-PROOF MEMBRANE
(phone #213-941-0231) , KOPPERS BITUMASTIC SUPER SERVICE BLACK,
KOPPERS BITUPLASTIC NO.28 (phone #800-547-2468) , or an approved
equal in conformance with these Specifications.
B. Aboveground wall areas and roof edges shall be coated with AMERON
#2104 (phone #714-529-1951) , TNEMEC SERIES 6 TNEME-CRYL (phone
#714-494-5056) , or an approved equal, in conformance with these
Specifications.
C. Exposed flat roof areas shall be coated with MANVILLE 170F or an
approved equal.
.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Surface Preparation
1. All concrete surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the
recommendations of the coating manufacturer.
2 . The surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned, if they are not free
of grease, curing compounds or other deleterious matter, as
recommended by the coating manufacturer.
B. Application
1. Two coats of SIKA-PROOF MEMBRANE, KOPPERS BITUMASTIC SUPER
SERVICE BLACK, KOPPERS BITUPLASTIC NO. 28, or an approved
equal, shall be applied by brush, spray or roller to com-
pletely cover the underground wall at a minimum rate of 80
square feet per gallon per coat, or, if greater, at the
manufacturers recommended usage rate.
09900-1
SECTION 09900 -- PAINTING
. 03 CONSTRUCTION (continued)
2. Three coats of an approved latex-acrylic paint, equivalent to
AMERON #2104, TNEMEC SERIES 6 TNEME-CRYL or an approved equal,
shall be applied by brush, spray or roller to completely cover
any exposed exterior tank wall surface and roof edge at a rate
of 150 square feet per gallon per coat.
3 . Each coat shall be free of runs, skips or "holidays" .
4. All work shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations, except for the above usage rate of the paint.
5. The application of the coatings shall commence within 5 days
after completion of the watercuring.
6. The exposed flat roof areas shall be coated with a suitable
concrete primer, as manufactured by MANVILLE (or approved
equal) , at a rate of 1 gallon per 100 square feet and then
covered with MANVILLE 170F, Type II asphalt (or approved
equal) at a minimum rate of 60 lbs. per 100 square feet and
while it is still hot embed therein an approved gravel or
small rock at the rate of approximately 10 pounds per square
feet. If no roof curb is shown on the Drawings, a galvanized
metal gravel stop shall be incorporated around the entire roof
edge to contain the asphalt and rock. As required by the
roofing manufacturers, the roof surface shall be prepared in
accordance with their recommendations.
. 04 PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
09900-2
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
PAGE
. 01 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10910-1
(A) DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10910-1
(B) A. I .S.C. SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10910-1
(C) SHOP DRAWINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10910-1
(D) STAINLESS STEEL/ALUMINUM/HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED 10910-1
(E) WELDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10910-1
. 02 MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10910-2
(A) HATCH AND VENTILATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10910-2
. 03 CONSTRUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10910-2
. 04 PAYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10910-2
SECTION 10910
SECTION 10910 -- MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
.01 GENERAL
A. Description
This section covers miscellaneous specialties as specified and
indicated.
B. A.I.S.C. Specifications
Fabrication and erection of the ladders and cages shall be in
accordance with the Specification for the Design, Fabrication and
Creation of Structural Steel for Buildings of the latest edition
of the A.I.S.C. Manual, and Section 1910.27 of the latest edition
of the OSHA standards, except as specified herein.
C. Shop Drawings
The Contractor shall submit complete shop drawings of the hatch,
vents, ladders and cages for approval to the Engineer.
D. Stainless Steel/Aluminum/Hot-dipped Galvanized
All ladder bolts, expansion bolts, nuts, washers and expansion
sleeve inserts shall be stainless steel Type 316. All ladders,
cages and brackets shall be hot-dipped galvanized (after fabrica-
tion) or aluminum, at the Contractor's option. Ladder rungs
shall be manufactured from solid bar stock.
E. Welds
All welds shall have full penetration.
10910-1
SECTION 10910 -- MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
. 02 MATERIALS
(A) . Hatch and Ventilator
1. Unless otherwise required on the Drawings, provide one fiber-
glass roof ventilator with expanded aluminum bird screen
similar to RELIEF FIBER-AIRE No. 4B as manufactured by SWART-
WOUT, INC. , Grandview, Missouri (distributed by J.E. Phillips
CO. , Inc. , Los Angeles, Ca. , phone: (213) 837-6173) ) , or
approved equal.
2. The roof hatch shall be aluminum similar to BILCO JD-3AL or
approved equal and conform to the following minimum require-
ments:
a. Frame opening width 4 '-011
b. Frame opening length 61-011
c. Flush grip handle.
d. Comp. spring lifting mechanism assembly.
e. Heavy duty forged brass hinges with stainless steel pins.
f. Heavy duty automatic lock open arm with red vinyl release
grip.
g. Heavy duty check chain.
h. Plate cover reinforced for 300 #/S.F. liveload.
1. 1-1/2 11 Drain coupling.
J . Channel frame with anchor flange.
k. Stainless steel slamlock with brass spoon handle.
1. All steel plate, sheeting and hardware galvanized or
cadmium plated except as noted above.
m. Shop finish of cover and frame: Mill finish.
.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Install miscellaneous specialties as indicated and in accord-
ance with the manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Provide 3 coats of SIKA-PROOF (or approved equal) at a rate of
150 square feet per gallon per coat on all aluminum surfaces
in contact with concrete.
. 04 PAYMENT
Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the
lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
10910-2